83_FR_32124 83 FR 31992 - Smaller Reporting Company Definition

83 FR 31992 - Smaller Reporting Company Definition

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 132 (July 10, 2018)

Page Range31992-32022
FR Document2018-14306

We are adopting amendments to the definition of ``smaller reporting company'' as used in our rules and regulations. The amendments expand the number of registrants that qualify as smaller reporting companies and are intended to reduce compliance costs for these registrants and promote capital formation, while maintaining appropriate investor protections. We are amending the definition of ``smaller reporting company'' to include registrants with a public float of less than $250 million, as well as registrants with annual revenues of less than $100 million for the previous year and either no public float or a public float of less than $700 million. We also are amending other rules and forms in light of the new definition of ``smaller reporting company,'' including amendments to the definitions of ``accelerated filer'' and ``large accelerated filer'' to preserve the existing thresholds in those definitions. Qualifying as a ``smaller reporting company'' will no longer automatically make a registrant a non-accelerated filer. The Chairman, however, has directed the staff to formulate recommendations to the Commission for possible additional changes to the ``accelerated filer'' definition that, if adopted, would have the effect of reducing the number of registrants that qualify as accelerated filers.

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 132 (Tuesday, July 10, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 132 (Tuesday, July 10, 2018)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 31992-32022]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-14306]



[[Page 31991]]

Vol. 83

Tuesday,

No. 132

July 10, 2018

Part II





Securities and Exchange Commission





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





17 CFR Parts 210, 229, 230, et al.





Smaller Reporting Company Definition; Rules

Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules 
and Regulations

[[Page 31992]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

17 CFR Parts 210, 229, 230, 239, 240, and 249

[Release Nos. 33-10513; 34-83550; File No. S7-12-16]
RIN 3235-AL90


Smaller Reporting Company Definition

AGENCY: Securities and Exchange Commission.

ACTION: Final rules.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: We are adopting amendments to the definition of ``smaller 
reporting company'' as used in our rules and regulations. The 
amendments expand the number of registrants that qualify as smaller 
reporting companies and are intended to reduce compliance costs for 
these registrants and promote capital formation, while maintaining 
appropriate investor protections. We are amending the definition of 
``smaller reporting company'' to include registrants with a public 
float of less than $250 million, as well as registrants with annual 
revenues of less than $100 million for the previous year and either no 
public float or a public float of less than $700 million. We also are 
amending other rules and forms in light of the new definition of 
``smaller reporting company,'' including amendments to the definitions 
of ``accelerated filer'' and ``large accelerated filer'' to preserve 
the existing thresholds in those definitions. Qualifying as a ``smaller 
reporting company'' will no longer automatically make a registrant a 
non-accelerated filer. The Chairman, however, has directed the staff to 
formulate recommendations to the Commission for possible additional 
changes to the ``accelerated filer'' definition that, if adopted, would 
have the effect of reducing the number of registrants that qualify as 
accelerated filers.

DATES: The final rules are effective September 10, 2018.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Amy Reischauer or Jennifer Riegel, 
Office of Small Business Policy, Division of Corporation Finance, at 
(202) 551-3460, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street 
NE, Washington, DC 20549-3628.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: We are adopting amendments to 17 CFR 230.405 
(``Rule 405'') and Forms S-1,\1\ S-3,\2\ S-4,\3\ S-8,\4\ and S-11 \5\ 
under the Securities Act of 1933 (``Securities Act''); \6\ 17 CFR 
240.12b-2 (``Rule 12b-2'') and Forms 10,\7\ 10-Q,\8\ and 10-K \9\ under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (``Exchange Act''); \10\ 17 CFR 
210.3-05 (``Rule 3-05'' of Regulation S-X); \11\ and 17 CFR 229.10(f) 
(``Item 10(f)'' of Regulation S-K).\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 17 CFR 239.11.
    \2\ 17 CFR.239.13.
    \3\ 17 CFR 239.25.
    \4\ 17 CFR 239.16b.
    \5\ 17 CFR 239.18.
    \6\ 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.
    \7\ 17 CFR 249.210.
    \8\ 17 CFR 249.308a.
    \9\ 17 CFR 249.310.
    \10\ 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.
    \11\ 17 CFR 210.1-01 through 210.12-29.
    \12\ 17 CFR 229.10 through 229.1208.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table of Contents

I. Introduction
II. Final Amendments
    A. Amendments to Smaller Reporting Company Definition
    1. Public Float Test
    2. Revenue Test
    B. Amendments to Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X
    C. Amendments to Accelerated Filer and Large Accelerated Filer 
Definitions
    1. Proposed Amendments
    2. Comments
    3. Final Amendments
III. Other Matters
IV. Economic Analysis
    A. Baseline
    B. Potential Economic Effects
    1. Introduction
    2. Impact on Eligibility for Smaller Reporting Company Status
    3. Estimation of Potential Costs and Benefits
    4. Affiliated Ownership and Adverse Selection
    5. Effects on Efficiency, Competition and Capital Formation
    C. Possible Alternatives
V. Paperwork Reduction Act
    A. Background
    B. Summary of the Final Amendments
    C. Summary of Comment Letters
    D. Revisions to Burden and Cost Estimates
    1. Form 10-K
    2. Form 10-Q
    3. Form 8-K
    4. Schedule 14A
    5. Schedule 14C
    6. Form 10
    7. Form S-1
    8. Form S-3
    9. Form S-4
    10. Form S-11
VI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Final Rules
    B. Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments
    C. Small Entities Subject to the Final Rules
    D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and Other Compliance 
Requirements
    E. Agency Action To Minimize Effect on Small Entities
VII. Statutory Amendments and Text of Final Rules

I. Introduction

    On June 27, 2016, the Commission proposed amendments that would 
increase the financial thresholds in the ``smaller reporting company'' 
(``SRC'') definition and would have the effect of expanding the number 
of companies that benefit from the scaled disclosure accommodations 
available to SRCs.\13\ In developing final rules, we considered comment 
letters received in response to the Proposing Release,\14\ as well as 
recommendations made by the Securities and Exchange Commission Advisory 
Committee on Small and Emerging Companies (``ACSEC'') \15\ and the SEC 
Government-Business Forum on Small Business Capital Formation (``Small 
Business Forum'').\16\ The

[[Page 31993]]

Commission last revised the SRC definition in 2008.\17\ Our amendments 
reflect the need to solicit input and retrospectively review our rules 
in order to determine whether they are outdated or are not functioning 
as intended. Today, we are amending the SRC definition in an effort to 
promote capital formation and reduce compliance costs for specified 
registrants by expanding the number of registrants that are eligible to 
provide scaled disclosure while maintaining appropriate investor 
protections.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ See Amendments to Smaller Reporting Company Definition, 
Release No. 33-10107 (Jun. 27, 2016) [81 FR 43130 (Jul. 1, 2016)] 
(``Proposing Release''). As the Commission noted in the Proposing 
Release, raising the financial thresholds in the SRC definition 
would be responsive to the Fixing America's Surface Transportation 
Act of 2015 (``FAST Act'') because it would reduce the burden on the 
specified registrants by increasing the number of registrants 
eligible for scaled disclosure. See Public Law 114-94, 129 Stat. 
1312 (2015).
    \14\ The comment letters received in response to the Proposing 
Release are available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-12-16/s71216.htm.
    \15\ In September 2015 and March 2013, the ACSEC recommended 
revising the SRC definition to include registrants with a public 
float of up to $250 million. The recommendations made by ACSEC in 
March 2013 also included a recommendation to revise the SRC 
definition for registrants that are unable to calculate their public 
float to include registrants with less than $100 million in annual 
revenues. ACSEC Recommendations about Expanding Simplified 
Disclosure for Smaller Issuers (Sept. 23, 2015), available at 
https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/acsec-recommendations-expanding-simplified-disclosure-for-smaller-issuers.pdf and ACSEC 
Recommendations Regarding Disclosure and Other Requirements for 
Smaller Public Companies (Mar. 21, 2013), available at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/acsec-recommendation-032113-smaller-public-co-ltr.pdf. Both of these recommendations also included a 
recommendation that the Commission revise the ``accelerated filer'' 
definition to include registrants with a public float of $250 
million or more, but less than $700 million. The accelerated filer 
definition currently includes registrants with a public float of $75 
million or more, but less than $700 million. See Exchange Act Rule 
12b-2. See Section II.C for a discussion of the accelerated filer 
definition.
    \16\ The 2017 Small Business Forum recommended that the SRC 
definition be revised to include registrants with a public float of 
less than $250 million or registrants with annual revenues of less 
than $100 million, excluding large accelerated filers. See Final 
Report of the 2017 SEC Government Business Forum on Small Business 
Capital Formation (Mar. 2018), available at https://www.sec.gov/files/gbfor36.pdf. Registrants with a public float of $700 million 
or more generally qualify as large accelerated filers. See Exchange 
Act Rule 12b-2. Prior Small Business Forums made the same or similar 
recommendations. Final Small Business Forum reports are available at 
https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/sbforumreps.htm. Information about 
the Small Business Forum is available at http://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/sbforum.shtml. These recommendations also included a 
recommendation that the Commission revise the ``accelerated filer'' 
definition consistent with the recommended changes to the SRC 
definition. See Section II.C for a discussion of the accelerated 
filer definition.
    \17\ See Smaller Reporting Company Regulatory Relief and 
Simplification, Release No. 33-8876 (Dec. 19, 2007) [73 FR 934 (Jan. 
4, 2008)] (``SRC Adopting Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We are adopting the amendments generally as proposed with two 
changes. As proposed, we are amending the SRC definition to include 
registrants with a public float of less than $250 million, as well as 
registrants with annual revenues of less than $100 million for the 
previous year and no public float. In a change from the proposal, the 
SRC definition in the final rules also includes registrants with annual 
revenues of less than $100 million for the previous year and a public 
float of less than $700 million. Specifically, we are amending 
Securities Act Rule 405, Exchange Act Rule 12b-2, and Item 10(f) of 
Regulation S-K to effect these changes. In another change from the 
proposal, we are amending Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X to 
increase the revenue threshold under which certain acquirers may omit 
the earliest of the three fiscal years of audited financial statements 
of certain targets. Finally, we are adopting amendments to the 
``accelerated filer'' and ``large accelerated filer'' definitions in 
Exchange Act Rule 12b-2, as proposed, to preserve the application of 
the current public float thresholds in those definitions.\18\ The 
Chairman, however, has directed the staff to formulate recommendations 
to the Commission for possible additional changes to the ``accelerated 
filer'' definition that, if adopted, would have the effect of reducing 
the number of registrants that qualify as accelerated filers in order 
to promote capital formation by reducing compliance costs for certain 
registrants, while maintaining appropriate investor protections. As 
part of the staff's consideration of possible recommended amendments, 
the Chairman has directed the staff to consider, among other things, 
the historical and current relationship between the SRC and 
``accelerated filer'' definitions. The staff has begun work to prepare 
these recommendations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ The definitions of accelerated filer and large accelerated 
filer are based on public float, but currently contain a provision 
excluding registrants that are eligible to use the SRC requirements 
in Regulation S-K for their annual and quarterly reports. As a 
result, raising the SRC public float threshold without eliminating 
that provision effectively would raise the accelerated filer public 
float threshold. See Section II.C for a discussion of the amendments 
to the accelerated filer and large accelerated filer definitions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Consistent with the proposal, we are not amending any of the scaled 
disclosure accommodations available to SRCs in Regulation S-K and 
Regulation S-X.\19\ SRCs may comply with the scaled disclosure 
requirements available to them on an item-by-item basis.\20\ The 
following table summarizes these scaled disclosure accommodations.\21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ Several of these scaled disclosure accommodations, such as 
the scaled executive compensation disclosures under Item 402(l) 
through (r) of Regulation S-K [17 CFR 229.402(l) through (r)], are 
similar to the disclosure accommodations available to an emerging 
growth company (``EGC''). See Securities Act Rule 405 [17 CFR 
230.405] and Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 [17 CFR 240.12b-2]. EGCs also 
are exempt from the Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404(b) auditor 
attestation of internal control over financial reporting. For a 
discussion of scaled disclosure accommodations available to EGCs, 
see Business and Financial Disclosure Required by Regulation S-K, 
Release No. 33-10064 (Apr. 13, 2016) [81 FR 23915 (April 22, 2016)] 
(``Regulation S-K Concept Release'').
    \20\ See SRC Adopting Release, 73 FR at 940. Where a disclosure 
requirement applicable to SRCs is more stringent than the 
corresponding requirement for non-SRCs, however, SRCs must comply 
with the more stringent standard. The SRC Adopting Release 
identified Item 404 of Regulation S-K [17 CFR 229.404] as the only 
instance in Regulation S-K in which the disclosure requirements 
applicable to SRCs could be more stringent.
    \21\ In addition to the accommodations itemized in the table, 
SRCs using Form S-1 may incorporate by reference information filed 
prior and subsequent to the effectiveness of the registration 
statement if they meet the eligibility requirements in General 
Instruction VII of Form S-1. See Item 12(b) of Form S-1; see also 
Simplification of Disclosure Requirements for Emerging Growth 
Companies and Forward Incorporation by Reference on Form S-1 for 
Smaller Reporting Companies, Release No. 33-10003 (Jan. 19, 2016) 
[81 FR 2743 (Jan. 19, 2016)].

------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Item                    Scaled disclosure accommodation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Regulation S-K
------------------------------------------------------------------------
101--Description of Business......  May satisfy disclosure obligations
                                     by describing the development of
                                     the registrant's business during
                                     the last three years rather than
                                     five years. Business development
                                     description requirements are less
                                     detailed than disclosure
                                     requirements for non-SRCs.
201--Market Price of and Dividends  Stock performance graph not
 on the Registrant's Common Equity   required.
 and Related Stockholder Matters.
301--Selected Financial Data......  Not required.
302--Supplementary Financial        Not required.
 Information.
303--Management's Discussion and    Two-year MD&A comparison rather than
 Analysis of Financial Condition     three-year comparison.
 and Results of Operations          Two year discussion of impact of
 (``MD&A'').                         inflation and changes in prices
                                     rather than three years.
                                    Tabular disclosure of contractual
                                     obligations not required.
305--Quantitative and Qualitative   Not required.
 Disclosures About Market Risk.
402--Executive Compensation.......  Three named executive officers
                                     rather than five.
                                    Two years of summary compensation
                                     table information rather than
                                     three.
                                    Not required:
                                        Compensation discussion
                                        and analysis.
                                        Grants of plan-based
                                        awards table.
                                        Option exercises and
                                        stock vested table.
                                        Pension benefits table.
                                        Nonqualified deferred
                                        compensation table.
                                        Disclosure of
                                        compensation policies and
                                        practices related to risk
                                        management.
                                        Pay ratio disclosure.

[[Page 31994]]

 
404--Transactions With Related      Description of policies/procedures
 Persons, Promoters and Certain      for the review, approval or
 Control Persons 22.                 ratification of related party
                                     transactions not required.
407--Corporate Governance.........  Audit committee financial expert
                                     disclosure not required in first
                                     annual report.
                                    Compensation committee interlocks
                                     and insider participation
                                     disclosure not required.
                                    Compensation committee report not
                                     required.
503--Prospectus Summary, Risk       No ratio of earnings to fixed
 Factors and Ratio of Earnings to    charges disclosure required.
 Fixed Charges.                     No risk factors required in Exchange
                                     Act filings.
601--Exhibits.....................  Statements regarding computation of
                                     ratios not required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Regulation S-X
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Rule                           Scaled disclosure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8-02--Annual Financial Statements.  Two years of income statements
                                     rather than three years.
                                    Two years of cash flow statements
                                     rather than three years.
                                    Two years of changes in
                                     stockholders' equity statements
                                     rather than three years.
8-03--Interim Financial Statements  Permits certain historical financial
                                     data in lieu of separate historical
                                     financial statements of equity
                                     investees.
8-04--Financial Statements of       Maximum of two years of acquiree
 Businesses Acquired or to Be        financial statements rather than
 Acquired.                           three years.
8-05--Pro forma Financial           Fewer circumstances under which pro
 Information.                        forma financial statements are
                                     required.
8-06--Real Estate Operations        Maximum of two years of financial
 Acquired or to Be Acquired.         statements for acquisition of
                                     properties from related parties
                                     rather than three years.
8-08--Age of Financial Statements.  Less stringent age of financial
                                     statements requirements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

II. Final Amendments

A. Amendments to Smaller Reporting Company Definition
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ Item 404 also contains the following expanded disclosure 
requirements applicable to SRCs: (1) Rather than a flat $120,000 
disclosure threshold, the threshold is the lesser of $120,000 or 1% 
of total assets, (2) disclosures are required about underwriting 
discounts and commissions where a related person is a principal 
underwriter or a controlling person or member of a firm that was or 
is going to be a principal underwriter, (3) disclosures are required 
about the issuer's parent(s) and their basis of control, and (4) an 
additional year of Item 404 disclosure is required in filings other 
than registration statements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We are adopting amendments to the SRC definition to expand the 
number of registrants that qualify as SRCs and thereby benefit from 
scaled disclosure requirements. These amendments will enable a 
registrant to qualify as a SRC based on a public float test or a 
revenue test.\23\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ See Item 10(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K; Securities 
Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the final rules, SRCs generally \24\ are registrants with:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ Consistent with the current definition, the SRC definition 
in the final rules specifically excludes investment companies, 
asset-backed issuers (as defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB [17 
CFR 229.1101]) and majority-owned subsidiaries of a parent that is 
not a SRC. See Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act Rule 
405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. Lower public float and revenue 
thresholds apply to registrants that determined that they did not 
qualify as SRCs in the prior year, but are eligible to transition to 
SRC status. See Item 10(f)(2)(iii) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act 
Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. See also Section II.A for a 
discussion of the amendments to these thresholds.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     A public float of less than $250 million; \25\ or
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ Consistent with the current definition, public float is 
computed under the final rules by multiplying the aggregate 
worldwide number of shares of a registrant's voting and non-voting 
common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which the 
common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked 
prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common 
equity. See Item 10(f)(1)(i) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act Rule 
405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. The determination of public float is 
premised on the existence of a public trading market for the 
issuer's equity securities. Therefore, an entity with equity 
securities outstanding but not trading in any public trading market 
would not be able to qualify on the basis of a public float test. In 
contrast to public float, market capitalization reflects the value 
of a registrant's voting and non-voting common equity held by all 
holders, whether affiliates or non-affiliates.
    A reporting registrant calculates its public float as of the 
last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal 
quarter. See Item 10(f)(2)(i) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act Rule 
405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. A registrant filing its initial 
registration statement under the Securities Act or Exchange Act 
calculates its public float as of a date within 30 days of the date 
the registration statement is filed by multiplying the aggregate 
worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common 
equity held by non-affiliates before the registration plus, in the 
case of a Securities Act registration statement, the number of such 
shares included in the registration statement by the estimated 
public offering price of the shares. See Item 10(f)(2)(ii)(A) of 
Regulation S-K; Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     annual revenues of less than $100 million \26\ and either 
no public float \27\ or a public float of less than $700 million.\28\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ Consistent with the current definition, annual revenues are 
as of the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited 
financial statements are available. Item 10(f)(2)(i)(B) and 
(f)(2)(ii)(B) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange 
Act Rule 12b-2.
    \27\ See Item 10(f)(1)(ii)(A) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act 
Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. A registrant may have no public 
float because it has no public common equity outstanding or no 
market price for its common equity exists. Based on data compiled by 
our Division of Economic and Risk Analysis (``DERA''), in calendar 
year 2016, approximately 21.5% of registrants that qualified as SRCs 
(and 7.7% of all registrants) had no public float. The estimated 
number of registrants with no public float here and elsewhere in 
this release may be over-inclusive due to the difficulty of 
ascertaining this status based on data extracted from registrants' 
filings. See note 141 for a discussion of the methodology used by 
the staff to obtain this data.
    \28\ See Item 10(f)(1)(ii)(B) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act 
Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As proposed, the final rules increase the threshold for determining 
SRC status based on public float from $75 million to $250 million. A 
registrant that qualifies as a SRC under the public float test would 
qualify regardless of its revenues.\29\ In a change from the proposal, 
the final rules will expand the SRC definition to include registrants 
with a public float of less than $700 million, if they also have annual 
revenues of less than $100 million.\30\ The following table summarizes 
the amendments to the SRC definition for a registrant making an initial 
determination under the amendments \31\

[[Page 31995]]

or a current SRC seeking to continue to qualify.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ See Instruction to Paragraph (f) of Item 10 of Regulation 
S-K; Instruction to definition of ``smaller reporting company'' in 
Securities Act Rule 405; Instruction to definition of ``smaller 
reporting company'' in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \30\ See Item 10(f)(1)(ii)(B) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act 
Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \31\ For purposes of the first fiscal year ending after 
effectiveness of the amendments, a registrant will qualify as a SRC 
if it meets one of the initial qualification thresholds in the 
revised definition as of the date it is required to measure its 
public float or revenues (the ``measurement date''), even if such 
registrant previously did not qualify as a SRC. See Item 10(f)(2)(i) 
and (ii) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act 
Rule 12b-2 for additional information about the measurement date. 
For example, a registrant with a September 30 fiscal year end that 
previously was not a SRC and that had a public float of $220 million 
as of March 30, 2018 (the last business day of its most recently 
completed second quarter) will qualify as a SRC for the fiscal year 
ending September 30, 2018.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Criteria             Current definition    Revised definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Public Float................  Public float of less  Public float of less
                               than $75 million.     than $250 million.
Revenues....................  Less than $50         Less than $100
                               million of annual     million of annual
                               revenues and no       revenues and
                               public float.         no public
                                                     float, or
                                                     public
                                                     float of less than
                                                     $700 million.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Consistent with the current definition, and as proposed, under the 
final rules, a registrant that determines that it does not qualify as a 
SRC under the initial qualification thresholds will remain unqualified 
unless and until it determines that it meets one or more lower 
qualification thresholds. The subsequent qualification thresholds, set 
forth in the table below, are set at 80% of the initial qualification 
thresholds.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ See Item 10(f)(2)(iii) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act 
Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Criteria 33           Current definition    Revised definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Public Float................  Public float of less  Public float of less
                               than $50 million.     than $200 million,
                                                     if it previously
                                                     had $250 million or
                                                     more of public
                                                     float.34
Revenues....................  Less than $40         Less than $80
                               million of annual     million of annual
                               revenues and no       revenues, if it
                               public float.         previously had $100
                                                     million or more of
                                                     annual revenues;
                                                     and
                                                    Less than $560
                                                     million of public
                                                     float, if it
                                                     previously had $700
                                                     million or more of
                                                     public float.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Public Float Test
a. Proposed Amendments
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ A registrant that does not qualify as a SRC may 
subsequently seek to qualify under either test.
    \34\ A registrant that previously was not a SRC that 
subsequently qualifies based on a public float of less than $200 
million will qualify as a SRC regardless of its revenues. See 
Instruction to Paragraph (f) of Item 10 of Regulation S-K; 
Instruction to definition of ``smaller reporting company'' in 
Securities Act Rule 405; Instruction to definition of ``smaller 
reporting company'' in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As proposed, a registrant with a public float of less than $250 
million would qualify as a SRC.\35\ Consistent with the current 
definition, the Commission proposed that once a registrant does not 
qualify as a SRC,\36\ it would remain unqualified until its public 
float falls below another, lower threshold. Specifically, the 
Commission proposed amending the rules to provide that a registrant 
that previously did not qualify as a SRC would qualify as a SRC if it 
has a public float of less than $200 million as of its most recently 
completed second fiscal quarter.\37\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K; 
Proposed Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \36\ This applies either upon an initial determination in the 
case of registrants filing an initial registration statement, or as 
of an annual determination in the case of reporting registrants.
    \37\ The proposed $200 million subsequent qualification 
threshold represents 80% of the proposed $250 million initial 
qualification threshold. Under the current definition, a registrant 
that previously determined that it did not qualify as a SRC because 
its public float exceeded the current $75 million threshold may 
qualify based on a subsequent determination if it has a public float 
of less than $50 million. That registrant would then remain a SRC 
until its public float again exceeded $75 million. Consistent with 
the current definition, under the proposed definition, a registrant 
that subsequently qualifies under the $200 million public float 
threshold would remain qualified until its public float exceeds $250 
million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

b. Comments
    Most commenters addressed the overall costs and benefits of 
expanding the pool of registrants eligible for SRC status. Many of 
these commenters expressed general support for the proposed amendments 
to the SRC definition.\38\ Several of these commenters stated that the 
proposed definition appropriately considers the objectives of capital 
formation and investor protection \39\ and promotes capital formation 
or liquidity for smaller registrants.\40\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ See Letter from Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. et al., August 
23, 2016 (``Acorda, et al.''); Letter from Advanced Medical 
Technology Association, August 20, 2016 (``AMTA''); Letter from 
Biotechnology Innovation Organization, August 30, 2016 (``BIO''); 
Letter from BDO USA, LLP, August 29, 2016 (``BDO''); Letter from 
Center for Audit Quality and Counsel of Institutional Investors, 
August 30, 2016 (``CAQ/CII''); Letter from CONNECT, August 4, 2016 
(``CONNECT''); Letter from Corporate Governance Coalition for 
Investor Value, August 30, 2016 (``Coalition''); Letter from 
Independent Community Bankers of America, August 29, 2016 
(``ICBA''); Letter from MidSouth Bancorp, Inc., August 24, 2016 
(``MidSouth''); Letter from Nasdaq, August 30, 2016 (``Nasdaq''); 
Letter from NYSE Group, July 25, 2016 (``NYSE''); Letter from 
National Venture Capital Association, August 25, 2016 (``NVCA''); 
Letter from Seneca Foods Corporation, August 2, 2016 (``Seneca''); 
and Letter from The Small Business Financial and Regulatory Affairs 
Committee of the Institute of Management Accountants, August 24, 
2016 (``IMA'').
    \39\ See AMTA; BDO; BIO; Coalition; ICBA.
    \40\ See AMTA; BDO; BIO; Coalition; ICBA; NVCA; and NYSE. See 
also CONNECT (supporting the proposal to amend the SRC definition to 
encompass a wider range of emerging businesses for which regulatory 
costs present a significant burden to growth).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    On the other hand, three commenters generally opposed the proposed 
amendments to the SRC definition or generally opposed accommodations 
based on company size.\41\ One of these commenters stated that the 
accommodations for SRCs exist solely for the expedience of issuers and 
must be balanced against the cost to market participants who have less 
information from which to draw conclusions.\42\ Another of these 
commenters stated that it was concerned that the scaled disclosure 
regime for SRCs may prevent investors from receiving all of the 
material information needed to conduct a thorough analysis.\43\ This 
commenter

[[Page 31996]]

also noted that allowing different sized entities to use different 
disclosure regimes would signal to investors that the entities lack 
comparable quality.\44\ The third commenter recommended that the 
Commission consider adopting disclosure objectives that would mitigate 
the need to scale disclosure requirements based on the size or nature 
of a reporting entity.\45\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \41\ See Letter from Cable Car Capital LLC, June 28, 2016 
(``Cable Car''); Letter from CFA Institute, August 30, 2016 (``CFA 
Institute''); Letter from Ernst & Young LLP, September 8, 2016 
(``EY'').
    \42\ See Cable Car.
    \43\ See CFA Institute (noting that ``the pension benefits table 
and a disclosure of compensation policies and practices related to 
risk management (both of which can be deleted under scaled 
disclosure) are more vital than certain other disclosures'').
    \44\ See CFA Institute.
    \45\ See EY (noting that it ``previously recommended that the 
Commission consider adopting disclosure objectives that would 
mitigate the need for scaling disclosure requirements based on the 
size or nature of a reporting entity'' and citing to its letter 
dated July 21, 2016 responding to the SEC's concept release on 
business and financial disclosures required by Regulation S-K 
(Release No. 33-10064; File No. S7-06-16)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Two commenters stated that the proposed amendments would 
potentially provide only marginal cost savings.\46\ One of these 
commenters did not support the proposal and instead encouraged the 
Commission to continue its review of scaled disclosure to determine 
which disclosures are repetitive and should be deleted and which should 
be retained.\47\ The other commenter stated that the proposed change 
and the resulting reduced disclosure requirements for additional 
registrants would have a minimal effect on its annual compliance 
costs.\48\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ See CFA Institute; and Seneca.
    \47\ See CFA Institute.
    \48\ See Seneca.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Many commenters expressed support for the proposed increases in 
both the public float and revenue thresholds.\49\ One commenter 
supported the amendments and viewed them as an acknowledgement that the 
current public float threshold is overly restrictive.\50\ Another 
commenter specifically stated that it supported the proposed approach 
to adjusting the thresholds rather than simply relying on inflation 
adjustments.\51\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \49\ See Acorda et al; AMTA; BDO; BIO; CAQ/CII; CONNECT; 
Coalition; ICBA; MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; Seneca; and IMA.
    \50\ See Letter from Council of State Bioscience Associations, 
August 26, 2016 (``CSBA'') (stating that the Commission should 
similarly reform the accelerated filer definition and institute an 
alternative revenue test for both the SRC and accelerated filer 
definitions).
    \51\ See NYSE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Two commenters recommended that the Commission review the SRC 
definition periodically to determine whether the thresholds being used 
remain appropriate.\52\ One of these commenters specifically 
recommended that the Commission revisit the thresholds after three 
years.\53\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ See CFA Institute; and Letter from Kermit Kubitz, August 
31, 2016 (``Kubitz'').
    \53\ See Kubitz.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

c. Final Amendments
    After considering the comments received, as well as the 
recommendations made by the ACSEC \54\ and the Small Business 
Forum,\55\ consistent with the proposal, we are adopting amendments to 
the SRC definition that will permit registrants with a public float of 
less than $250 million to qualify as SRCs.\56\ As is the case with the 
current definition, once a registrant determines that it does not 
qualify as a SRC under the applicable thresholds,\57\ it will not 
subsequently qualify until its public float falls below another, lower 
threshold, set at 80% of the initial qualification threshold. While we 
did not receive any comments on the subsequent qualification 
thresholds, we continue to believe that these thresholds are necessary 
to avoid situations in which registrants frequently enter and exit SRC 
status due to small fluctuations in their public float and that the 
thresholds do not impose an undue burden on registrants seeking to 
qualify for SRC status. Accordingly, we are amending the rules to 
permit a registrant that previously did not qualify as a SRC because 
its public float was $250 million or more to qualify as a SRC if it has 
a public float of less than $200 million, regardless of its 
revenues.\58\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ See note 19.
    \55\ See note 20.
    \56\ See Item 10(f)(1)(i) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act Rule 
405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \57\ This applies either upon an initial determination in the 
case of registrants filing an initial registration statement, or as 
of an annual determination in the case of reporting registrants.
    \58\ See Item 10(f)(2)(iii)(A) and Instruction to Paragraph (f) 
of Item 10 of Regulation S-K; Securities Act Rule 405 and 
Instruction to definition of ``smaller reporting company'' in 
Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 and Instruction to 
definition of ``smaller reporting company'' in Exchange Act Rule 
12b-2. Consistent with the current definition, under the amended 
definition, a registrant that subsequently qualifies under the $200 
million public float threshold would remain qualified until its 
public float exceeds $250 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We are not revising the method of calculating public float, as 
suggested by one commenter.\59\ The staff is not aware of significant 
incidence of manipulation or stock price volatility affecting 
qualification under the public float test. In addition, the method of 
calculating public float is consistent with the existing rules and with 
the method of determining eligibility to use Form S-3 or Form F-3 to 
register a primary offering.\60\ This consistency will avoid additional 
burdens or confusion for registrants and investors that may result if 
registrants were required to calculate their public float in one manner 
for determining SRC status and in another manner for Form S-3 or Form 
F-3 eligibility.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \59\ See Letter from Paul W. Zeller, July 18, 2016 (``Zeller'') 
(suggesting that the Commission, in the calculation of public float, 
adopt a revenue test for thinly traded registrants to address price 
manipulation and volatility concerns).
    \60\ See Instructions I.B.1 and I.B.6 of Form S-3; Instructions 
I.B.1 and I.B.5 of Form F-3. Certain newly eligible SRCs under the 
new definition will continue to be eligible to rely on Instruction 
I.B.1 of Form S-3 and Form F-3 to register primary offerings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We believe that these amendments will promote capital formation 
through a modest reduction in compliance costs for newly eligible SRCs 
while maintaining appropriate investor protections.\61\ In 2016, 
approximately 28% of registrants had less than $75 million in public 
float,\62\ compared to approximately 42% of registrants when the SRC 
definition was established.\63\ Increasing the public float threshold 
to $250 million would have resulted in approximately 39% of registrants 
qualifying as SRCs in 2016 based on their public float.\64\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \61\ See Section IV.B.
    \62\ Based on public float values disclosed by registrants in 
their Form 10-K filings, 2,072, or 28.0%, of the 7,395 registrants 
that filed a Form 10-K in 2016 reported having a public float of 
less than $75 million.
    \63\ Approximately 4,976, or 41.8%, of the 11,898 registrants 
that filed Exchange Act annual reports in 2006 had a public float of 
less than $75 million. See SRC Adopting Release. The release cites 
data from the Commission's EDGAR filing system and Thomson Financial 
(``Datastream''). The Datastream data included all registered public 
firms trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock 
Exchange, the Nasdaq, the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board and the 
Pink Sheets and excluded closed end funds, exchange traded funds, 
American depositary receipts and direct foreign listings.
    \64\ Based on public float values disclosed by registrants in 
their Form 10-K filings, 2,851, or 38.6%, of the 7,395 registrants 
that filed a Form 10-K in 2016 reported having a public float of 
less than $250 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We believe the existing scaled disclosure accommodations have 
reduced compliance costs for SRCs.\65\ These amendments will extend 
those benefits to a broader pool of registrants, consistent with the 
intent of the Commission when it adopted the SRC definition in 
2007.\66\ Although the amendments will permit a broader group of 
registrants to make scaled disclosure to their investors, we do not 
believe that this scaling of disclosure

[[Page 31997]]

will detract substantially from the investor protection objectives of 
our disclosure regime in light of the other protections available under 
current law and regulations. First, the additional registrants that 
will qualify for scaled disclosure, like all registrants, will remain 
liable for their disclosures \67\ and, in addition to the disclosure 
expressly required by the rules, will continue to be required to 
provide such further material information, if any, as may be necessary 
to make any required statements, in the light of the circumstances 
under which they are made, not misleading.\68\ Moreover, their 
disclosure also will continue to be subject to the Division of 
Corporation Finance's filing review process. These measures of investor 
protection will remain unchanged.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ See Section IV.B.3.a.
    \66\ See SRC Adopting Release, 73 FR at 934 and 942 (stating 
that the Commission was ``adopting amendments to its disclosure and 
reporting requirements . . . to expand the number of companies that 
qualify for its scaled disclosure requirements for smaller reporting 
companies;'' and ``[w]e believe this standard is appropriately 
scaled in that it reduces costs to smaller companies caused by 
unnecessary information requirements, consistent with investor 
protection.'').
    \67\ See, e.g., Sections 11, 12, and 17 of the Securities Act, 
Sections 10(b) and 18 of the Exchange Act, and Exchange Act Rule 
10b-5 [17 CFR 240.10b-5].
    \68\ See Securities Act Rule 408 [17 CFR 230.408] and Exchange 
Act Rule 12b-20 [17 CFR 240.12b-20].-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Revenue Test
a. Proposed Amendments
    As proposed, a registrant with no public float would qualify as a 
SRC if it had annual revenues of less than $100 million during its most 
recently completed fiscal year.\69\ Consistent with the current 
definition, the Commission proposed that once a registrant determines 
that it does not qualify as a SRC,\70\ it would not subsequently 
qualify until its revenues fall below another, lower threshold. 
Specifically the Commission proposed amending the rules to provide that 
a registrant with no public float that previously determined that it 
did not qualify as a SRC would qualify as a SRC if it had annual 
revenues of less than $80 million as of the relevant measurement 
date.\71\ The proposed $80 million subsequent qualification threshold 
would maintain the 80% ratio that exists between the $50 million 
initial qualification threshold and $40 million subsequent 
qualification threshold in the current SRC definition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(ii)(A) of Regulation S-K; 
Proposed Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \70\ This applies either upon an initial determination in the 
case of registrants filing an initial registration statement, or as 
of an annual determination in the case of reporting registrants.
    \71\ Under the current definition, a registrant that previously 
determined that it did not qualify as a SRC because it had no public 
float and its revenues exceeded the current $50 million threshold 
may qualify based on a subsequent determination if it had annual 
revenues of less than $40 million. That registrant would then remain 
a SRC until its revenues exceeded $50 million. Consistent with the 
current definition, under the proposed definition, a registrant with 
no public float that subsequently qualifies under the $80 million 
revenue threshold would remain qualified until its revenue exceeds 
$100 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Proposing Release noted that the 2015 Small Business Forum 
recommended that the SRC definition be revised to include, in addition 
to registrants with a public float of less than $250 million, 
registrants with a public float of less than $700 million and annual 
revenues of less than $100 million.\72\ The Proposing Release also 
solicited comment on whether the Commission should revise the SRC 
definition to include an alternative revenue test.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \72\ See Proposing Release at text accompanying note 22.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

b. Comments
    Many commenters recommended that the Commission add a revenue test 
to the SRC definition for companies with a public float.\73\ Several 
commenters stated that businesses below $100 million in revenue are 
viewed by reasonable observers as ``small.'' \74\ One commenter 
believed that a revenue test would stimulate innovation and drive 
business growth.\75\ Another commenter stated that a revenue test would 
ensure that pre-revenue companies are not ``forced to divert investment 
funds . . . from science to compliance.'' \76\ Another commenter 
supported an alternative revenue test for highly valued pre-revenue 
companies ``to avoid stifling the advancement'' of these companies with 
costly compliance.\77\ Two commenters suggested that we adopt a revenue 
test without a limitation on the public float or market capitalization 
of the company.\78\ Another two commenters specifically recommended 
that the Commission adopt a definition based on revenues of less than 
$100 million and a public float of less than $700 million, as 
recommended by the Small Business Forum.\79\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \73\ See Acorda, et al. (recommending a revenue test, stating 
that public float is largely a marker of future value but paints an 
inaccurate picture of small businesses in the present); AMTA; BIO 
(stating that the Commission should move away from its reliance on 
public float as the ultimate arbiter of company size); Letter from 
Calithera Biosciences, August 8, 2016 (``Calithera''); CONNECT; 
CSBA; Nasdaq (recommending a well-crafted revenue only threshold); 
NYSE (recommending a simple revenue test without a limitation on 
market capitalization); and Zeller (recommending a revenue test for 
any issuers that are thinly traded). See also Section II.A.1.b for a 
discussion of comments addressing the overall costs and benefits of 
expanding the pool of registrants eligible for SRC status, including 
the proposed revision to expand the revenue threshold for 
registrants with no public float.
    \74\ See Acorda, et al.; BIO; and Calithera.
    \75\ See BIO (stating that pre-revenue small businesses should 
remain focused on innovation and do not have the capital to pay for 
expensive compliance requirements, and therefore allowing them to 
qualify as SRCs until they generate revenue would stimulate 
innovation and drive business growth).
    \76\ See Acorda, et al.
    \77\ See AMTA.
    \78\ See NYSE; and Nasdaq.
    \79\ See BIO; and Calithera.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

c. Final Amendments
    After considering the comments received as well as the 
recommendations made by the ACSEC \80\ and the Small Business 
Forum,\81\ we are adopting the proposed amendments to the revenue test 
of the SRC definition and expanding the revenue test to include certain 
registrants with a public float. The definition in the final rules will 
include, in addition to registrants with a public float of less than 
$250 million, registrants with annual revenues of less than $100 
million during their most recently completed fiscal year and either no 
public float (calculated as discussed in Section II.A.1) or a public 
float of less than $700 million.\82\ We are persuaded by commenters' 
suggestions that it is appropriate to provide a measure by which a 
registrant with a public float but limited revenues may qualify as a 
SRC.\83\ This amended revenue test expands the proposed revenue 
threshold for companies with no public float to permit registrants with 
a public float that is less than $700 million to qualify based on their 
revenues. The $700 million public float threshold included in this 
amended revenue test was recommended by two commenters \84\ and the 
Small Business Forum.\85\ This change from the proposal

[[Page 31998]]

permits some additional registrants to qualify as SRCs,\86\ and we 
believe that these low-revenue registrants would benefit from the cost 
savings of scaled disclosure accommodations and could redirect those 
savings into growing their businesses without significantly detracting 
from investor protections. For example, these registrants will remain 
liable for their disclosures, will continue to be required to provide 
all material information necessary to make any required statements not 
misleading, and will continue to be subject to the Division of 
Corporation Finance's filing review process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \80\ See note 19.
    \81\ See note 20.
    \82\ See Item 10(f)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act 
Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. Under the public float test 
discussed in Section II.A.1., a registrant with public float of less 
than $250 million will qualify as a SRC regardless of its revenues. 
See Instruction to Paragraph (f) of Item 10 of Regulation S-K; 
Instruction to definition of ``smaller reporting company'' in 
Securities Act Rule 405; Instruction to definition of ``smaller 
reporting company'' in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \83\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; and 
CSBA.
    \84\ See BIO and Calithera.
    \85\ See note 20. In 2016 and 2017, the Small Business Forum 
recommended that the SRC definition be revised to include 
registrants with a public float of less than $250 million or 
registrants with annual revenues of less than $100 million, 
excluding large accelerated filers. Registrants with a public float 
of $700 million or more generally qualify as large accelerated 
filers. See Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. In prior years, the Small 
Business Forum recommended that the Commission revise the SRC 
definition to include registrants with a public float of less than 
$250 million or registrants with a public float of less than $700 
million and annual revenues of less than $100 million. See, e.g., 
Final Report of the 2015 SEC Government Business Forum on Small 
Business Capital Formation (Apr. 2016), available at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/gbfor34.pdf.
    \86\ Excluding the 2,851 registrants that based on their 2016 
data would qualify under the public float test described in Section 
II.A.1 and the 594 registrants that would qualify under the proposed 
no public float and less than $100 million in annual revenues test, 
we estimate that this change would permit an additional 161 
registrants to qualify as a SRC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The amended revenue test that we are adopting is consistent with 
the position expressed by several commenters \87\ that it is not 
necessary to subject capital-intensive, low-revenue registrants with 
larger public floats or market capitalizations to the same reporting 
requirements as registrants with larger public floats and more well-
established, revenue-generating businesses. Although two commenters 
suggested that we adopt a revenue test without a limitation on the 
public float or market capitalization of the company,\88\ we believe 
that it is appropriate to include a public float limitation because, as 
a registrant's business and public float grows, investors should 
benefit from greater disclosure. The additional information provided by 
the registrant in these circumstances will assist a growing investor 
base in making informed investment decisions and also should lead to a 
lower cost of capital for the business as it grows. In this way, the 
amended revenue test in the final rules will enable some additional 
capital-intensive, low-revenue registrants to benefit from the cost-
savings of scaled reporting, while continuing to require larger 
registrants to comply with the disclosure requirements applicable to 
non-SRCs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \87\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; CSBA; 
NYSE; and Nasdaq.
    \88\ See NYSE; and Nasdaq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In 2016, approximately 7.7% of registrants qualified as SRCs by 
having no public float and less than $50 million in annual 
revenues.\89\ The number of registrants that would qualify as SRCs 
would have increased by 26, or 0.4%, under the new $100 million annual 
revenue threshold for registrants with no public float.\90\ Expanding 
the definition further to include registrants with annual revenues of 
less than $100 million and public float of less than $700 million would 
have increased the number of eligible registrants by an additional 161, 
or 2.2%.\91\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \89\ Based on public float values and revenues disclosed by 
registrants in their Form 10-K filings in 2016, 568, or 7.7%, of the 
7,395 registrants that filed a Form 10-K in 2016 reported having no 
public float and less than $50 million in annual revenues.
    \90\ Based on public float values and revenues disclosed by 
registrants in their Form 10-K filings in 2016, 26, or 0.4%, of the 
7,395 registrants that filed a Form 10-K in 2016 had no public float 
and $50 million or more but less than $100 million in annual 
revenues.
    \91\ Based on public float values and revenues disclosed by 
registrants in their Form 10-K filings in 2016, 161, or 2.2%, of the 
7,395 registrants that filed a Form 10-K in 2016 had $250 million or 
more but less than $700 million of public float and less than $100 
million in annual revenues.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the current definition, and as proposed, once a registrant 
with no public float determines that it does not qualify as a SRC,\92\ 
it cannot subsequently qualify based on revenues until its revenues 
fall below another, lower threshold. As discussed above with respect to 
the public float test, while we did not receive any comments on the 
subsequent qualification thresholds, we believe that a separate, lower 
revenue threshold for these registrants helps to avoid situations in 
which registrants enter and exit SRC status due to small fluctuations 
in their revenues and does not impose an undue burden on registrants 
seeking to qualify for SRC status. Therefore, consistent with the 
proposal, once an issuer with no public float determines that it does 
not qualify for SRC status because its annual revenues exceeded $100 
million, it will remain unqualified unless and until its annual 
revenues are less than $80 million as of the measurement date.\93\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \92\ This applies either upon an initial determination in the 
case of registrants filing an initial registration statement, or as 
of an annual determination in the case of reporting registrants.
    \93\ See Item 10(f)(2)(iii)(B) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act 
Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. Consistent with the current 
definition, under the amended definition, a registrant with no 
public float that subsequently qualifies under the $80 million 
revenue threshold remains qualified until its revenue exceeds $100 
million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Consistent with the 80% ratio we are adopting for the other 
subsequent qualification thresholds, under the amended revenue test, 
once a registrant with public float determines that it does not qualify 
as a SRC because it exceeds either or both of the $100 million annual 
revenue and $700 million public float thresholds, it will remain 
unqualified unless and until it meets a lower threshold for the 
criteria on which it previously failed to qualify ($80 million of 
annual revenue and $560 million of public float) and continues to meet 
any threshold it previously satisfied ($100 million of annual revenue 
or $700 million of public float).\94\ By requiring that a registrant 
satisfy a lower threshold only with respect to a threshold it 
previously exceeded, we are attempting to strike a balance between 
avoiding situations in which registrants frequently enter and exit SRC 
status due to small fluctuations and not imposing an undue burden on 
registrants seeking to qualify for SRC status. A registrant that 
exceeded both the public float threshold and the revenue threshold, 
however, would not qualify unless and until it met both lower 
thresholds in order to avoid situations in which registrants enter and 
exit SRC status due to small fluctuations in either their revenues or 
public float. The table below sets forth the thresholds for 
qualification as of the respective measurement date under the amended 
revenue test after one or both thresholds have been exceeded:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \94\ Id. Consistent with the current definition, under the 
amended definition, a registrant that subsequently qualifies under 
the $560 million public float threshold or $80 million revenue 
threshold remains qualified until its public float exceeds $700 
million or its revenue exceeds $100 million.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Prior public float
                             -------------------------------------------
    Prior annual revenues       None or less than
                                  $700 million      $700 million or more
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than $100 million......  Neither threshold     Public float--Less
                               exceeded.             than $560 million;
                                                     and
                                                    Revenues--Less than
                                                     $100 million.
$100 million or more........  Public float--None    Public float--Less
                               or less than $700     than $560 million;
                               million; and          and
                              Revenues--Less than   Revenues--Less than
                               $80 million.          $80 million.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 31999]]

B. Amendments to Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X

    In the Proposing Release, the Commission asked whether, if the 
revenue threshold in the SRC definition is increased, the threshold in 
Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X also should increase. Rule 3-05 of 
Regulation S-X provides the requirements for financial statements of 
businesses acquired or to be acquired in certain registration 
statements and current reports. Current paragraph (b)(2)(iv) allows 
certain registrants to omit such financial statements for the earliest 
of the three fiscal years required if the net revenues of the business 
to be acquired are less than $50 million.\95\ The $50 million threshold 
is based on the revenue threshold in the SRC definition.\96\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \95\ Rule 3-05(b)(2) sets forth the requirements for financial 
statements of an acquired business or to be acquired business to be 
provided other than when registering securities to be offered to the 
security holders of the business to be acquired.
    \96\ In 1996, the Commission revised Rule 3-05 to streamline the 
requirements for financial statements of significant business 
acquisitions in filings made under the Securities Act and the 
Exchange Act, stating:
    ``The threshold at which audited financial statements of an 
acquired business are required for three years, as required for the 
issuer itself (except for small business issuers), has been raised 
from 40% to 50% in recognition of the significant burden imposed by 
the lower threshold. In addition, consistent with the criteria for 
small business issuers, financial statements for periods preceding 
the most recent two fiscal years would not be required for acquired 
businesses reporting revenues below $25 million.'' See Streamlining 
Disclosure Requirements Relating to Significant Business 
Acquisitions. Release No. 33-7355 (Oct. 10, 1996) [61 FR 54509 (Oct. 
18, 1996)] (``1996 Rule 3-05 Adopting Release'').
    When the Commission adopted the SRC definition (which replaced 
the small business issuer definition) in 2007, it noted:
    ``Several comment letters noted that in light of the $50 million 
in revenues threshold proposed for determining a company's 
qualification as a SRC if a company is unable to calculate public 
float, the Commission should consider revising [Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv)] 
to raise to $50 million the $25 million threshold currently used to 
limit to two the periods required for audited financial statements 
of an acquired business. The $25 million threshold was based on the 
$25 million in revenues standard in Regulation S-B that we are 
rescinding. We are amending this standard to increase the threshold 
to $50 million in revenues, as suggested by the commenters.'' See 
SRC Adopting Release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Two commenters recommended amending Rule 3-05 to increase the 
revenue threshold in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) to $100 million to maintain 
the alignment between Rule 3-05 and the definition of a SRC.\97\ One 
commenter noted that this alignment should be retained to ``maintain 
the objective the Commission expressed when it adopted the 2007 S-X 
Rule 3-05 relief.'' \98\ The other commenter noted that this amendment 
would avoid having the financial statement requirements for a SRC-sized 
target company exceed those of a similarly sized registrant.\99\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \97\ See EY; and BDO. No other commenters addressed whether to 
amend Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X.
    \98\ See EY; see also SRC Adopting Release.
    \99\ See BDO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Consistent with these comments, we are amending Rule 3-05 to 
increase the net revenue threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation 
S-X to $100 million.\100\ Given that the current $50 million revenue 
threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) was based on the revenue threshold in 
the SRC definition, and in light of our decision to increase the 
revenue threshold in the SRC definition from $50 million to $100 
million, we are raising the net revenue threshold in Rule 3-
05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X from $50 million to $100 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \100\ See Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Amendments to Accelerated Filer and Large Accelerated Filer 
Definitions

1. Proposed Amendments
    The Commission proposed amending the definitions of ``accelerated 
filer'' and ``large accelerated filer'' to remove the automatic 
exclusion from these definitions of any registrant that qualifies as an 
SRC \101\ and solicited comment on a number of questions related to 
this issue.\102\ Among other requirements,\103\ being an accelerated 
filer or a large accelerated filer triggers the requirement contained 
in Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act \104\ to have the auditor 
provide an attestation report on internal control over financial 
reporting. Currently, the accelerated filer and large accelerated filer 
definitions include a provision that specifically excludes registrants 
that are eligible to use the SRC requirements under Regulation S-K for 
their annual and quarterly reports.\105\ As a result, the existing 
public float threshold in the accelerated filer definition aligns with 
the current public float threshold in the SRC definition.\106\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \101\ See Proposing Release, 81 FR at 43136.
    \102\ See Proposing Release, 81 FR at 43137. As discussed in the 
Proposing Release, the ACSEC and the Small Business Forum have 
recommended increasing the thresholds in both the SRC and the 
accelerated filer definitions. See notes 19 and 20.
    \103\ Accelerated and large accelerated filers are subject to 
accelerated periodic report filing deadlines. In addition, they must 
provide their internet address and disclosure regarding the 
availability of their filings required by Items 101(e)(3) and (4) of 
Regulation S-K [17 CFR 229.101(e)(3) and (4)], as well as disclosure 
required by Item 1B of Form 10-K about unresolved staff comments on 
their periodic or current reports.
    \104\ Public Law 107-204, Sec. 404(b) 116 Stat. 745 (2002).
    \105\ Paragraphs (1)(iv) of the accelerated filer definition and 
(2)(iv) of the large accelerated filer definition in Exchange Act 
Rule 12b-2.
    \106\ The public float thresholds for exiting SRC status and 
entering accelerated filer status currently are both $75 million, 
and the determinations are both made as of the last business day of 
a registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter for 
purposes of the following fiscal year.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JY18.000


[[Page 32000]]


    Increasing the SRC public float threshold to $250 million without 
eliminating the SRC provision from the accelerated filer definition 
would exclude from the definition of accelerated filer those 
registrants that are newly eligible to use the SRC disclosure 
requirements, keeping the thresholds for both definitions linked as 
they have been historically.
    The Commission proposed to eliminate the provision in the 
accelerated filer definition that excludes SRCs to maintain the current 
thresholds at which registrants are subject to the accelerated filer 
disclosure and filing requirements. As a result, as illustrated in 
Figure 2, some registrants would qualify as both SRCs and accelerated 
filers.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR10JY18.001

    As discussed in the Proposing Release, the public float threshold 
for entering large accelerated filer status currently is $700 million, 
so newly eligible SRCs under the proposed increased public float 
threshold of $250 million would not include any registrants that 
currently qualify as large accelerated filers. Nevertheless, the 
Commission proposed to eliminate this provision because it currently 
does not capture any registrants, would not have captured any 
registrants under the proposed amendments, and could lead to confusion 
if retained.
2. Comments
    Some commenters responded to the Commission's solicitation of 
comment on this issue by supporting the elimination of the provisions 
in the accelerated filer and large accelerated filer definitions that 
specifically exclude registrants that are eligible to use the SRC 
disclosure requirements for their annual or quarterly reports.\107\ One 
commenter stated that it found no compelling argument to support what 
it sees as a weakening of investor protections, particularly in light 
of the 2011 Staff Section 404(b) Study \108\ finding that accelerated 
filers subject to Section 404(b) had a lower restatement rate compared 
to non-accelerated filers not subject to Section 404(b).\109\ Another 
commenter recommended that the Commission undertake a separate 
rulemaking before deciding whether to change the Section 404(b) 
requirements.\110\ A third commenter recommended that the Commission 
provide more time for registrants with a public float of less than $250 
million to file their periodic reports.\111\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \107\ See BDO; CAQ/CII; CFA Institute; Letter from Deloitte, 
August 23, 2016 (``Deloitte''); and EY.
    \108\ Study and Recommendations on Section 404(b) of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 For Issuers With Public Float Between $75 
and $250 Million (Apr. 2011), available at https://www.sec.gov/news/studies/2011/404bfloat-study.pdf.
    \109\ See CFA Institute, citing 2011 Staff Section 404(b) Study.
    \110\ See EY.
    \111\ See BDO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In contrast, many commenters responded to the Commission's 
solicitation of comment on this issue by recommending that the 
Commission increase the thresholds in the accelerated filer definition, 
consistent with the changes to the SRC definition.\112\ Commenters 
recommended increasing the public float threshold in the accelerated 
filer definition to reduce compliance costs \113\ and to maintain 
uniformity across our rules.\114\ Many of these commenters stated that 
Section 404(b) is particularly costly for SRCs and emerging businesses 
\115\ and that audit costs associated with Section 404(b) divert 
capital from core business needs.\116\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \112\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; 
Coalition; CSBA; ICBA; Letter from The Dixie Group, Inc., July 11, 
2016 (``Dixie''); MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; and Seneca.
    \113\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; 
Coalition; CSBA; ICBA; Dixie; MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; and 
Seneca.
    \114\ See BIO (stating that uniformity alone is a sufficiently 
compelling argument to align the two definitions, that avoiding 
investor confusion is an important responsibility of the SEC, and 
that issuers and investors alike are used to having one standard for 
small company status); Coalition; Nasdaq; NVCA; and NYSE.
    \115\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; Coalition; 
CONNECT; CSBA; and Seneca. See also Dixie.
    \116\ See Acorda, et al.; BIO; CSBA; ICBA; and NVCA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Several commenters addressed the costs associated with complying 
with the requirements of Section 404(b).\117\ A few commenters stated 
that, for many growing biotechnology companies, the Section 404(b) 
audit represents over $1 million of capital diversion.\118\ One 
commenter indicated that Section 404(b) compliance imposes a 
significant burden on emerging biotech companies, citing the 2011 Staff 
Section 404(b) Study that estimated that companies with a public float 
between $75 million and $250 million spend, on average, $840,276 to 
comply with Section 404(b).\119\ Another commenter estimated that it 
will spend more than $400,000 annually on compliance with Section 
404(b).\120\ One commenter that

[[Page 32001]]

stated that its public float was more than $75 million but less than 
$250 million estimated that relief from Section 404(b) would result in 
a 35% reduction in compliance costs whereas there would be no material 
change in such costs from the proposed amendments.\121\ Another 
commenter noted that, while most firms already take an integrated 
accounting approach to Section 404(b) requirements that includes a 
complete internal control review, if smaller companies were exempt from 
Section 404(b), they would avoid the added legal liability of the 
auditor attestation, providing a savings opportunity and lowering the 
cost of being public for those companies.\122\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \117\ See Acorda, et al.; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; CSBA (stating 
that ``accelerated filers spend, on average, more than $1 million 
complying with Section 404(b)''); Dixie; and Seneca.
    \118\ See Acorda, et al.; and CONNECT. See also CSBA.
    \119\ See BIO.
    \120\ See Calithera. This estimate is generally consistent with 
the estimate set forth by a presenter at a recent ACSEC meeting. The 
presenter stated that some biotechnology companies that anticipate 
losing their status as EGCs in the next few years ``believe they 
will incur somewhere between $150,000 to $350,000 in additional 
audit fees, $50,000 to $150,000 in other consulting costs and either 
$40,000 or as much as $200,000 for internal labor.'' See Transcript 
of Presentation by William Newell at September 13, 2017 ACSEC 
Meeting available at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/acsec-transcript-091317.pdf (pages 49 to 54); see also Newell, William J., 
``Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404(b): Costs of Compliance and Proposed 
Reforms'', presentation at ACSEC meeting on Sept. 13, 2017 available 
at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/william-newell-acsec-091317.pdf.
    \121\ See Seneca.
    \122\ See Dixie.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A few commenters stated that the market does not value the audit of 
such internal control \123\ or that the costs of Section 404(b) 
outweigh the benefits.\124\ Another commenter stated that expanding 
relief from Section 404(b) to registrants with a public float of less 
than $250 million would encourage capital formation because reduced 
audit and disclosure requirements may encourage companies that have 
been hesitant to go public to do so.\125\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \123\ See Acorda, et al. (stating that the market does not 
demand a Section 404(b) audit as a prerequisite for investing in 
emerging, innovative companies and that virtually no EGCs are 
voluntarily forgoing their exemption from Section 404(b)). See also 
Dixie.
    \124\ See MidSouth.
    \125\ See ICBA (citing a 2005 ICBA study that estimated that 
audit fees for publicly held bank holding companies would drop 
dramatically--some by as much as 50%--if they were exempted from 
Section 404(b)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A number of commenters recommended that the Commission allow a 
revenue test for the accelerated filer definition, similar to the 
amended revenue test being adopted by the Commission in the SRC 
definition.\126\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \126\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; CONNECT; Calithera; CSBA; 
Nasdaq; and NYSE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Final Amendments
    As proposed, we are adopting amendments to the ``accelerated 
filer'' and ``large accelerated filer'' definitions in Exchange Act 
Rule 12b-2 to preserve the application of the current thresholds 
contained in those definitions.\127\ Specifically, we are eliminating 
from the definitions of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer 
the exclusions for registrants that are eligible to use the SRC 
requirements under Regulation S-K for their annual and quarterly 
reports. After the amendments to the SRC definition become effective, 
some SRCs will exceed the public float thresholds for initial or 
subsequent qualification in the accelerated filer definition, and a few 
of these registrants also may exceed the public float threshold for 
subsequent qualification in the large accelerated filer 
definition.\128\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \127\ See ``accelerated filer'' and ``large accelerated filer'' 
definitions in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \128\ The only registrants that would qualify as both SRCs and 
large accelerated filers would be those companies (1) that 
previously qualified as large accelerated filers because at one time 
their public float was $700 million or more, (2) whose revenues for 
the most recent fiscal year were less than $100 million, and (3) 
whose public float as of the end of the most recent second quarter 
was less than $560 million, such that they now qualify as SRCs, but 
not less than $500 million, such that they are not eligible to exit 
large accelerated filer status.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Although we are not raising the accelerated filer public float 
threshold or modifying the Section 404(b) requirements for registrants 
with a public float between $75 million and $250 million in this 
release, as stated above, the Chairman has directed the staff to 
formulate recommendations to the Commission for possible changes to 
reduce the number of registrants that our rules define as accelerated 
filers. Eliminating the SRC provision in the accelerated filer and 
large accelerated filer definitions will maintain the current 
thresholds at which registrants are subject to the accelerated filer 
and large accelerated filer disclosure and filing requirements. In 
2007, the Commission noted that aligning the SRC public float threshold 
based on the levels established for non-accelerated filers \129\ was 
practical and avoided regulatory complexity.\130\ These amendments will 
change the current relationship between the SRC and ``accelerated 
filer'' definitions by allowing a registrant to qualify as both a SRC 
and an accelerated filer.\131\ We acknowledge the regulatory complexity 
created by this potential overlap between the SRC and ``accelerated 
filer'' definitions.\132\ As part of the staff's consideration of 
possible recommended amendments to the ``accelerated filer'' 
definition, the Chairman has directed the staff to consider, among 
other things, the historical and current relationship between the SRC 
and ``accelerated filer'' definitions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \129\ A non-accelerated filer is a filer that is not an 
``accelerated filer'' or a ``large accelerated filer.'' See subpart 
(3) of the accelerated filer and large accelerated filer definitions 
in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 [17 CFR 240.12b-2].
    \130\ See SRC Adopting Release 73 FR at 942.
    \131\ In conjunction with these amendments, we also are adopting 
technical revisions to Securities Act Forms S-1, S-3, S-4, S-8, and 
S-11 and Exchange Act Forms 10, 10-Q and 10-K. These amendments 
modify the cover page of the specified forms to remove the 
parenthetical next to the ``non-accelerated filer'' definition that 
states ``(Do not check if a smaller reporting company).'' After 
these amendments, a registrant should check all applicable boxes on 
the cover page addressing, among other things, non-accelerated, 
accelerated, and large accelerated filer status, SRC status, and 
emerging growth company status.
    \132\ Several commenters specifically recommended increasing the 
public float threshold in the accelerated filer definition to, among 
other things, maintain uniformity across our rules. See BIO; 
Coalition; Nasdaq; NVCA; and NYSE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

III. Other Matters

    If any of the provisions of these amendments, or the application 
thereof to any person or circumstance, is held to be invalid, such 
invalidity shall not affect other provisions or application of such 
provisions to other persons or circumstances that can be given effect 
without the invalid provision or application.

IV. Economic Analysis

    As discussed above, we are adopting amendments to the definition of 
SRC as used in our rules and regulations. The amendments expand the 
number of registrants that are eligible to provide scaled disclosure to 
their investors and are intended to reduce compliance costs for these 
registrants and promote capital formation, while maintaining 
appropriate investor protections. Registrants with a public float of 
less than $250 million (an increase from the current $75 million 
threshold) will qualify as SRCs, as will registrants with no public 
float if their revenues are less than $100 million (an increase from 
the current $50 million threshold).\133\ In addition, registrants with 
a public float of less than $700 million will qualify as SRCs if their 
revenues are less than $100 million.\134\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \133\ See note 29 and related text for a discussion of how and 
when public float is calculated and when revenues are measured.
    \134\ The Commission received a number of comments in support of 
expanding the definition of SRC to include a revenue test for 
registrants with a public float. See Section II.A.1.b.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We also are making corresponding amendments to other rules in light 
of the new SRC definition. As proposed, we are adopting amendments to 
the ``accelerated filer'' and ``large accelerated filer'' definitions 
in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 to preserve the application of the public 
float thresholds in those definitions. In addition, we are amending 
Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X to increase the revenue threshold 
under which certain registrants may omit the earliest of the three 
fiscal years of

[[Page 32002]]

audited financial statements of an acquired business or business to be 
acquired.
    We are mindful of the costs and benefits of the amendments. In this 
economic analysis, we examine the existing baseline, which consists of 
the current regulatory framework and market practices, and discuss the 
potential costs and benefits of the amendments, relative to this 
baseline, and their potential effects on efficiency, competition, and 
capital formation.\135\ We also consider the potential costs and 
benefits of reasonable alternatives to the amendments. Where 
practicable, we have attempted to quantify the economic effects of the 
amendments; however, in certain cases, we are unable to do so because 
either the necessary data are unavailable or the economic effects are 
not quantifiable. In these cases, we provide a qualitative assessment 
of the likely economic effects.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \135\ Section 23(a)(2) of the Exchange Act requires us, when 
adopting rules, to consider the impact that any new rule would have 
on competition. In addition, Section 2(b) of the Securities Act and 
Section 3(f) of the Exchange Act direct us, when engaging in 
rulemaking that requires us to consider or determine whether an 
action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, to 
consider, in addition to the protection of investors, whether the 
action will promote efficiency, competition, and capital formation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

A. Baseline

    In calendar year 2016, 7,395 registrants filed a Form 10-K with the 
Commission. Excluding investment companies, business development 
companies, and ABS issuers, which are not eligible for SRC status, 
6,739 registrants filed a Form 10-K in calendar year 2016. Of these 
registrants, 2,592 (35.1% of all registrants) claimed SRC status by 
checking the box on the cover page of their Forms 10-K indicating that 
the registrant was a SRC. Under the current definition, a registrant 
with a public float may qualify as a SRC if its public float is less 
than $75 million or a registrant with no public float may qualify as a 
SRC if its annual revenues are less than $50 million. An additional 232 
filers in calendar year 2016 reported public float of less than $75 
million or no public float and revenues of less than $50 million, but 
did not check the box on the cover page of their Forms 10-K indicating 
that they were SRCs.\136\ Of the 2,592 registrants that claimed SRC 
status in 2016, 1,899 registrants (25.7% of all registrants) reported 
having a public float that was less than $75 million and 509 
registrants (6.9% of all registrants) reported having no public float 
and revenues of less than $50 million.\137\ Of the 2,592 SRCs, 833 
(11.3% of all registrants) also indicated in their filings that they 
were EGCs.\138\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \136\ There are two potential explanations for why the number of 
registrants meeting the SRC thresholds exceeds the number of 
reported SRCs. First, the public float and revenue thresholds 
establish eligibility for SRC status, but do not require eligible 
registrants to take advantage of the scaled disclosure requirements. 
Thus, some registrants may be opting out of SRC status if they do 
not find the reduced compliance costs to be net beneficial. Second, 
some registrants that appear to be eligible may not be if they 
previously exceeded the SRC threshold and were required to meet the 
lower eligibility threshold (i.e., public float of less than $50 
million or revenues of less than $40 million) to subsequently 
qualify as a SRC.
    \137\ Based on analysis by DERA of available data. Staff 
obtained the SRC status and public float data from information 
extracted from exhibits to corporate financial reports filed with 
the Commission using eXtensible Business Reporting Language 
(``XBRL''), available at: http://www.sec.gov/dera/data/financial-statement-data-sets.html. Staff also extracted the SRC status and 
public float directly from Forms 10-K using a computer program. For 
robustness, staff compared the SRC status and public float 
information between the two sources and corrected discrepancies 
using data from Ives Group Audit Analytics. Staff extracted annual 
revenue data from the Compustat database and XBRL data in Form 10-K 
filings.
    \138\ Staff determined whether a registrant claimed EGC status 
by parsing several types of filings (for example, Forms S-1, S-1/A, 
10-K, 10-Q, 8-K, 20-F/40-F, and 6-K) filed by that registrant with 
supplemental data drawn from Ives Group Audit Analytics.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table 1 summarizes the number and percentage of registrants that 
claimed SRC status in each calendar year over the 2013-2016 period.

                                        Table 1--SRCs in 2013-2016 Period
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Qualified
                                                                                     Qualified      based on no
                                    Total # of                                       based on      public float
           Filing year              registrants      # of SRCs      % of total     public float     and revenue
                                                                                   <$75 million    <$50 million
                                                                                   (% of Total)    (% of Total)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2013............................           7,624           3,380            44.3            33.5            10.8
2014............................           7,642           3,179            41.6            32.7             8.9
2015............................           7,557           2,900            38.4            29.7             8.7
2016............................           7,395           2,592            35.1            25.7             6.9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table 2 shows that, while registrants claiming SRC status with 
available data account for a substantial percentage of the total number 
of registrants in calendar year 2016, they account for less than one 
percent of the entire public float, market value and revenue of all 
registrants.\139\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \139\ Compustat data on market value is obtained for calendar 
year 2016 filings. Staff obtained revenue data either from XBRL data 
in Form 10-K filings or directly from the filing itself. The summary 
statistics presented in Table 2 represent those registrants for 
which information on public float and revenue is concurrently 
available. Market value, as used throughout this Economic Analysis, 
is equivalent to market capitalization and presented for registrants 
with available data (described in footnote 25).

                                     Table 2--Size Proxies for SRCs in 2016
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Public float             Market value               Revenue
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean.................................  $14.7 million..........  $57.2 million..........  $42.8 million.
Median...............................  4.3 million............  14.1 million...........  1.9 million.
Aggregate size.......................  40.1 billion...........  98.7 billion...........  96.2 billion.
% of the aggregate size of all         0.15%..................  0.34%..................  0.66%.
 registrants.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 32003]]

    Table 3 shows the distribution of registrants that were eligible 
for SRC status based on available data in calendar year 2016 using the 
Fama-French 49-industry classification.\140\ The ``Business Services'' 
industry accounts for 10.6% of all SRCs, followed by ``Financial 
Trading'' (9.8%), ``Pharmaceutical Products'' (8.5%), ``Banking'' 
(7.1%), ``Petroleum and Natural Gas'' (5.6%), and ``Computer Software'' 
(5.2%).\141\ We note that industries with a larger fixed component of 
operating costs, such as shipping, defense, and aircraft, tend to have 
fewer SRCs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \140\ The standard Fama-French classification sorts Standard 
Industry Classification codes into 49 main industrial categories; 
available at: http://mba.tuck.dartmouth.edu/pages/faculty/ken.french/Data_Library/det_49_ind_port.html.
    \141\ In 2016, SRCs accounted for 57% of all Form 10-K filers in 
``Business Services,'' 37% in ``Financial Trading,'' 20% in 
``Banking,'' 39% in ``Pharmaceutical Products,'' 50% in ``Petroleum 
and Natural Gas'' and 47% in ``Computer Software,'' suggesting that 
these industries all have a fairly high concentration of small 
registrants.

                                                     Table 3--Industry Distribution of SRCs in 2016
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Industry ID                 Industry          # of SRCs     % of all SRCs    Industry ID        Industry          # of SRCs     % of all SRCs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................  Agriculture.......              26             1.0              26  Defense...........               2             0.1
2...............................  Food Products.....              35             1.3              27  Precious Metals...              38             1.4
3...............................  Candy & Soda......               3             0.1              28  Non-Metallic and                76             2.9
                                                                                                       Industrial Metal
                                                                                                       Mining.
4...............................  Beer & Liquor.....              18             0.7              29  Coal..............               3             0.1
5...............................  Tobacco Products..               9             0.3              30  Petroleum and                  149             5.6
                                                                                                       Natural Gas.
6...............................  Recreation........              23             0.8              31  Utilities.........              15             0.6
7...............................  Entertainment.....              55             2.0              32  Communication.....              45             1.7
8...............................  Printing and                     8             0.3              33  Personal Services.              37             1.4
                                   Publishing.
9...............................  Consumer Goods....              40             1.6              34  Business Services.             281            10.7
10..............................  Apparel...........              17             0.6              35  Computers.........              22             0.8
11..............................  Healthcare........              37             1.4              36  Computer Software.             136             5.2
12..............................  Medical Equipment.             116             4.4              37  Electronic                     102             3.9
                                                                                                       Equipment.
13..............................  Pharmaceutical                 225             8.5              38  Measuring and                   41             1.6
                                   Products.                                                           Control Equipment.
14..............................  Chemicals.........              54             2.1              39  Business Supplies.               6             0.2
15..............................  Rubber and Plastic              20             0.8              40  Shipping                         2             0.1
                                   Products.                                                           Containers.
16..............................  Textiles..........               4             0.2              41  Transportation....              24             0.9
17..............................  Construction                    29             1.1              42  Wholesale.........              78             3.0
                                   Materials.
18..............................  Construction......              22             0.8              43  Retail............              82             3.1
19..............................  Steel Works.......               9             0.3              44  Restaurants,                    28             1.1
                                                                                                       Hotels, Motels.
20..............................  Fabricated                       5             0.2              45  Banking...........             187             7.1
                                   Products.
21..............................  Machinery.........              54             2.0              46  Insurance.........              20             0.8
22..............................  Electrical                      39             1.5              47  Real Estate.......              96             3.6
                                   Equipment.
23..............................  Automobiles and                 21             0.8              48  Financial Trading.             258             9.8
                                   Trucks.
24..............................  Aircraft..........               8             0.3  ..............  Other and Unknown.              30             1.1
25..............................  Shipbuilding,                    3             0.1  ..............  ..................  ..............  ..............
                                   Railroad
                                   Equipment.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As discussed above, we are amending Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of 
Regulation S-X to increase the revenue threshold under which certain 
registrants may omit the earliest of the three fiscal years of audited 
financial statements of an acquired business or business to be 
acquired. Rule 3-05 applies to registrants that are not SRCs.\142\ Rule 
3-05(b)(2)(iv) provides that, if the acquired business is large enough 
relative to the registrant (i.e., any of the significant subsidiary 
tests for the acquired business exceed 50%), the registrant must file 
three years of historical financial statements of the acquired business 
unless the acquired business has revenues of less than $50 million, in 
which case only two years of the acquired business's most recent 
financial statements need to be filed. Given the difficulty in 
accurately identifying registrants that have acquisitions (1) that meet 
any of the significant subsidiary tests at the 50% level and (2) where 
the acquired business has revenues of less than $50 million, we are 
unable to estimate the number of registrants that were affected by the 
$50 million revenue threshold in

[[Page 32004]]

Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) in 2016. We do not believe the disclosure 
accommodation in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) is frequently used because the 
acquired business not only would need to meet one of the significant 
subsidiary thresholds at the 50% level compared to the non-SRC 
acquirer, but also would need to have less than $50 million of revenues 
in its most recent fiscal year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \142\ Rule 8-04 of Regulation S-X [17 CFR 210.8-04] applies to 
financial statements of business acquired or to be acquired by SRCs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Potential Economic Effects

1. Introduction
    The primary benefit stemming from the amendments is a reduction in 
compliance costs for the registrants that will newly qualify for SRC 
status. To the extent that the reduced compliance costs have a fixed 
cost component,\143\ which typically burdens smaller registrants 
disproportionately, the cost savings may be particularly helpful for 
those registrants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \143\ See, e.g., William A. Brock & David S. Evans, The 
Economics of Small Businesses: Their Role and Regulation in the U.S. 
Economy 65 at 70 (1986); C. Steven Bradford, Does Size Matter? An 
Economic Analysis of Small Business Exemptions from Regulation, 
College of Law, Faculty Publications. 72 (2004). See also Cindy R. 
Alexander et al., Economic Effects of SOX Section 404 Compliance: A 
Corporate Insider Perspective, 56 J. Account. & Econ. 267-290 at 285 
(2013) (noting, among other things, that they found ``evidence of 
fixed costs that weigh disproportionately on smaller firms'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As a secondary effect of the amendments, a lower disclosure burden 
could spur growth in the registrants that will newly qualify for SRC 
status to the extent that the compliance cost savings and other 
resources (e.g., managerial effort) otherwise devoted to disclosure and 
compliance are productively deployed in alternative ways. It also could 
encourage capital formation because companies that may have been 
hesitant to go public may choose to do so if they face reduced 
disclosure requirements.
    With respect to costs, we expect that the amendments to the SRC 
definition will result in a modest change in some indicators of the 
overall quality of the information environment. Generally, a decrease 
in the amount of direct disclosure could increase the information 
asymmetry between investors and company insiders, leading to lower 
liquidity and higher costs of capital for the affected registrants. For 
example, one study found that, during the three-month period following 
the establishment of the SRC definition, registrants with public floats 
of $25 million or more and less than $75 million that claimed SRC 
status experienced a significant reduction in liquidity relative to 
comparable registrants.\144\ In addition, one of the sources of 
information asymmetry under the amendments will be that the newly 
eligible SRCs will not be required to provide certain executive 
compensation disclosures, potentially lowering corporate governance 
transparency of these registrants.\145\ Furthermore, by introducing 
overlap between the SRC and the accelerated filer definitions, the 
amendments we are adopting would increase regulatory complexity.\146\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \144\ See Lin Cheng, Scott Liao, and Haiwen Zhang, Commitment 
Effect versus Information Effect of Disclosure: Evidence from 
Smaller Reporting Companies, 88 Account. Rev. 1239 (Jul. 2013).
    \145\ For a review of the effects of executive compensation 
disclosures on compensation practices, see Kevin J. Murphy, 
``Executive compensation: Where we are, and how we got there,'' 
Handbook of the Economics of Finance, Vol. 2. Elsevier (2013) 211-
356. See also Benjamin E. Hermalin and Michael S. Weisbach, 
Information Disclosure and Corporate Governance, 67 J. Fin. 195 
(2012), and Anya Kleymenova and Irem A. Tuna, Regulation of 
Compensation (June 21, 2017), Chicago Booth Research Paper No. 16-
07, available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2755621.
    \146\ See SRC Adopting Release 73 FR at 942.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The number of affected registrants that will make scaled 
disclosures will ultimately depend on the choices of those registrants. 
That is, the SRC definition establishes eligibility for, but does not 
mandate reliance on, any of the scaled disclosure accommodations.\147\ 
We identified 232 registrants in 2016 that met either the $75 million 
public float threshold or the $50 million revenue threshold for SRC 
status but did not claim SRC status. While some of these registrants 
may not have been eligible (for example, a registrant that previously 
did not qualify as a SRC because it exceeded the thresholds and is now 
subject to a lower threshold), it is possible that some elected not to 
avail themselves of the scaled disclosure requirements.\148\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \147\ If a disclosure requirement applicable to SRCs is more 
stringent than for non-SRCs, however, SRCs must comply with the more 
stringent standard. Item 404 is the only Regulation S-K disclosure 
requirement that could be more stringent.
    \148\ Data from 2008 show that registrants do not always take 
advantage of scaled disclosure. In a sample of 283 registrants that 
were newly eligible for scaled disclosure in 2008, the evidence from 
Form 10-K and proxy filings by those registrants shows that 109 of 
the registrants chose to maintain their disclosure level for all ten 
eligible items, while 174 of the registrants reduced the disclosure 
level for at least one eligible item. See Lin Cheng, Scott Liao, and 
Haiwen Zhang, Commitment Effect versus Information Effect of 
Disclosure: Evidence from Smaller Reporting Companies, 88 Account. 
Rev. 1239 (Jul. 2013) at 1247.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the amendments, we expect registrants will weigh their own 
costs and benefits of scaled disclosure and decide whether to take 
advantage of any of the scaled disclosure accommodations for which they 
are newly eligible. Some registrants may determine that the costs of 
potentially reduced liquidity for their securities and higher cost of 
capital exceed the benefits of the lower compliance costs. Those 
registrants may elect not to rely on the scaled disclosure 
accommodations available to them. On the other hand, expanding SRC 
eligibility could provide opportunities for adverse selection in a 
greater number of registrants. For example, registrants whose outside 
investors would have benefited from more disclosure might choose the 
less burdensome disclosure requirement once becoming eligible. The net 
benefit or cost for each newly eligible registrant and its investors 
will ultimately depend on the specific facts and circumstances.
    Expanding the pool of registrants eligible for SRC status to 
include registrants with revenues of less than $100 million and a 
public float of $250 million or more and less than $700 million will 
increase the cost savings, information asymmetries, and other effects 
of scaled disclosure in proportion to the increase in the number of 
registrants that become newly eligible at those higher thresholds and 
choose to avail themselves of the scaled disclosure accommodation. This 
number is likely to be small, as indicated by the evidence that 161 
(2.2%) of the registrants that filed a Form 10-K in 2016 would have met 
the thresholds in the amended revenue test for registrants with public 
float.
    The effects of scaled disclosure for registrants with a public 
float of $250 million or more and less than $700 million and revenues 
of less than $100 million may be different from the effects of scaled 
disclosure for registrants with public float nearer to the current 
threshold of $75 million. This is because the characteristics of 
registrants eligible for SRC status under the final rules may be 
different from those of registrants close to the current threshold. For 
example, differences in the relationships between management and 
outside investors in registrants with higher public float could affect 
the level of information asymmetries between those registrants and 
investors. This may cause those registrants to make different decisions 
about how much information they choose to disclose and whether to rely 
on the scaled disclosure accommodations, leading to differences in the 
observed use of scaled disclosure by different registrants of the same 
size. The 161 additional registrants had an average public float of 
$396 million, while those that qualify under the current definition had 
an average public float of $15 million, and those that would have 
qualified under the proposed rules had an average public

[[Page 32005]]

float of $55 million. These differences can affect whether a registrant 
decides to rely on scaled disclosure and how that decision affects the 
registrant's investors. We do not have sufficient information about the 
experiences of registrants at the higher public float levels with lower 
revenues implementing scaled disclosure to estimate the frequency with 
which these registrants will implement scaled disclosure, if available.
    Similarly, increasing the revenue threshold below which registrants 
are eligible to provide two rather than three years of certain acquired 
businesses' historical financial statements under Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) 
from $50 million to $100 million will increase the cost savings, 
information asymmetries, and other effects of the reduced historical 
financial statement disclosure that investors receive at or around the 
time of the acquisition in proportion to the increase in the number of 
registrants that acquire businesses with revenues below the higher 
threshold and choose to avail themselves of this disclosure 
accommodation.
    Overall, we expect the effect of raising the revenue threshold in 
Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X from $50 million to $100 million 
on information disclosed by registrants and its consequences for 
registrants and investors to be modest. This reflects our appraisal 
that few registrants are eligible to provide two rather than three 
years of an acquired business's historical financial statements under 
Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv), because the acquired business not only would need 
to meet one of the significant subsidiary thresholds at the 50% level 
compared to the non-SRC acquirer, but the acquired business also would 
need to have less than the $50 million of revenues in its most recent 
fiscal year.\149\ The amendments we are adopting will have two 
potentially countervailing effects on the number of registrants that 
are eligible for the disclosure accommodation in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv). 
First, they will increase the number of registrants that are eligible 
to provide two rather than three years of an acquired business's 
historical financial statements under Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) by raising 
the revenue threshold for eligibility. Second, they will reduce the 
number of registrants that are required to comply with Rule 3-05, 
because Rule 3-05 is only applicable to registrants that are not SRCs, 
and our final rules are likely to increase the number of SRCs. Thus, 
the net effect may be to increase the number of registrants eligible to 
provide two rather than three years of an acquired business's 
historical financial statements under Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv), but we do 
not expect the net increase to be significant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \149\ See text accompanying note 146.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Impact on Eligibility for Smaller Reporting Company Status
    By increasing the public float threshold from $75 million to $250 
million, increasing the annual revenue threshold for registrants with 
no public float from $50 million to $100 million, and expanding the 
revenue test to include registrants with a public float of less than 
$700 million and revenues of less than $100 million in the SRC 
definition, the amendments will permit more registrants to qualify as 
SRCs. To estimate the number of additional registrants that are likely 
to be affected by the amendments, we use public float data and revenue 
data from Form 10-K filings.\150\ Our estimate of the number of 
registrants likely to be eligible in the first year under the new 
definition that would not have qualified under the current definition 
is the number that would have been eligible had the rule been in 
effect. We use evidence on the composition of those registrants from 
the 2016 data to estimate the likely composition of the registrants 
that would be eligible in the first year under the new definition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \150\ Float and revenue values are from data in Form 10-K 
filings filed in calendar year 2016 and extracted from XBRL 
exhibits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We estimate that 966 additional registrants will be eligible for 
SRC status in the first year under the new definition. These 
registrants estimated to be eligible in the first year comprise 779 
registrants with a public float of $75 million or more and less than 
$250 million, 26 registrants with no public float and revenues of $50 
million or more and less than $100 million, and 161 registrants with a 
public float of $250 million or more and less than $700 million and 
revenues of less than $100 million.
    The 966 registrants that we estimate will be newly eligible for SRC 
status are characterized by an average public float of $191 million 
(median $162 million), an average market value of $279 million (median 
$201 million), and average revenues of $196 million (median $68 
million). Of these registrants, 365 currently are EGCs and are eligible 
for certain scaled disclosure under Title I of the JOBS Act, including 
the scaled executive compensation disclosures available to SRCs under 
Item 402 of Regulation S-K. The newly eligible registrants with 
available data in 2016 were concentrated in the following industries: 
``Pharmaceutical Products'' (17.3%), ``Banking'' (15.2%), ``Financial 
Trading'' (11.8%), ``Business Services'' (5.2%), and ``Electronic 
Equipment'' (3.7%). If the distribution of eligible registrants does 
not change over time, and if all of them claim SRC status, the 
amendments will lead to a noticeable increase in the presence of 
``Pharmaceutical Products'' and ``Banking'' registrants in the pool of 
SRCs.
    Registrants eligible for SRC status with available data using the 
public float threshold of less than $250 million represent 
approximately 38.6% of all registrants, while only 28.0% of all 
registrants qualify under the existing public float threshold of less 
than $75 million. The 38.6% of all registrants that will qualify under 
the public float threshold would be more in line with the 42% of 
registrants that qualified under the public float threshold when the 
Commission first established the definition of SRC.\151\ An additional 
8.0% of registrants will qualify based on having no public float and 
revenues of less than $100 million, while currently 7.7% of registrants 
reported having no public float and less than $50 million in 
revenues.\152\ Finally, based on the 2016 data, 2.2% of registrants had 
a public float of $250 million or more and less than $700 million and 
revenues of less than $100 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \151\ These percentages reflect the estimated number of 
registrants that qualify under the respective public float tests and 
do not include any registrants that are estimated to qualify under 
the respective revenue tests.
    \152\ Using 2016 data, we estimate that, of the 7,395 total 
registrants that filed Forms 10-K with available data, 3,606 
registrants will meet one of the SRC thresholds under the 
amendments. In particular, we estimate that 2,851 registrants 
reported public float below $250 million and greater than zero in 
2016, resulting in a percentage of 38.6% (2,851/7,395) of 
registrants potentially qualifying as SRCs under the amended public 
float threshold, and 2,072 registrants reported a public float below 
$75 million in 2016, resulting in a percentage of 28.0% (2,072/
7,395). Also, we estimate that 594 registrants reported no public 
float and annual revenues below $100 million in 2016, resulting in a 
percentage of 8.0% (594/7,395) of registrants potentially qualifying 
as SRCs under the amended revenue threshold, and 568 registrants 
reported no public float and annual revenues below $50 million in 
2016, resulting in a percentage of 7.7% (568/7,395). Finally, we 
estimate that 161 registrants reported public float of $250 million 
or more and less than $700 million and annual revenues below $100 
million in 2016, resulting in an additional 2.2% (161/7,395) of 
registrants potentially qualifying as SRCs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Increasing the percentage of registrants that will qualify under 
the public float threshold to align more closely with the 2007 level is 
consistent with the rise in market capitalization of public companies 
that has occurred

[[Page 32006]]

since that time.\153\ We do not have sufficient data to be able to 
compare the percentage of registrants qualifying under the revenue 
threshold when the Commission first established the definition of SRC 
to the estimated 8.0% that will qualify using a revenue threshold of 
$100 million. Table 4 summarizes the size of the potential SRCs in 
terms of public float, market value, and annual revenue under the 
amendments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \153\ For example, the S&P 500 index grew by more than 80 
percent over the decade ending with the fourth quarter of 2017. 
Source: CRSP and St. Louis Fed (https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/GDPDEF).

                          Table 4--Size Proxies for SRCs Eligible Under the Amendments
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Public float             Market value               Revenue
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean.................................  $59.9 million..........  $480.1 million.........  $317.7 million.
Median...............................  $12.1 million..........  $40.9 million..........  $10.3 million.
Aggregate size.......................  $202.6 billion.........  $1,220.5 billion.......  $1,074.0 billion.
% of the aggregate size of all         0.9%...................  4.8%...................  8.7%.
 registrants.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As discussed above, we are amending Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of 
Regulation S-X to increase the revenue threshold under which certain 
registrants may omit the earliest of the three fiscal years of audited 
financial statements of an acquired business or business to be 
acquired. Similar to the baseline discussion of Rule 3-05, given the 
difficulty in accurately identifying registrants that have acquisitions 
(1) that meet any of the significant subsidiary tests at the 50% level 
and (2) where the acquired business has revenues of less than $100 
million, we are unable to estimate the number of registrants that will 
be affected by raising the revenue threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) 
from $50 million to $100 million. The amendments we are adopting today 
increase the number of registrants that qualify as SRCs (which will 
likely decrease the application of Rule 3-05) but also increase the 
revenue threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) (which may offset the 
decreased number of companies affected by Rule 3-05). Therefore, we do 
not expect that the amendments will significantly alter the number of 
registrants that will be eligible to omit the earliest of three years 
of financial statements of an acquired business pursuant to Rule 3-
05(b)(2)(iv).
3. Estimation of Potential Costs and Benefits
    In this section, we estimate the incremental costs and benefits 
associated with SRC-related scaled disclosures, using a multivariate 
empirical analysis. We cannot isolate the costs and benefits associated 
with scaled disclosures using available data from SRCs, because we 
cannot with the data isolate the effects of scaled disclosures from the 
effects of some other accommodations, such as the exemption from 
Section 404(b) that is currently available to all SRCs through their 
status as non-accelerated filers.\154\ Under the final rules, some 
newly eligible SRCs will be able to provide scaled disclosures but will 
continue to be subject to Section 404(b) as accelerated filers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \154\ Although there is a clear threshold for eligibility, we 
cannot use the well-known empirical method of Regression 
Discontinuity Design to assess the treatment effect of scaled 
disclosures for SRCs. This method requires that the assignment of 
the treatment among registrants be ``as good as random'' around the 
threshold. Under this assumption, the registrants that receive the 
treatment of scaled disclosure (i.e., SRCs) should be comparable to 
those registrants that do not receive the treatment because their 
public float is just above the $75 million threshold. Given the 
exemption from Section 404(b) available to current SRCs with public 
float below $75 million, this assumption does not hold.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    It is possible, however, to isolate the effects of scaled 
disclosures on registrants with public float slightly below or above 
the current $75 million public float threshold using 2006-2009 data. 
This is because, as a result of the rules that established the SRC 
definition in 2007, registrants with public float of $25 million or 
more and less than $75 million experienced no change in the Section 
404(b) exemption (that is, they remained exempt from the requirement), 
but became eligible for the SRC scaled disclosures. Our empirical 
method is a difference-in-difference estimation between a treatment 
group and a control group that is the basis for comparison.\155\ In 
particular, the treatment group (``Treatment Group'') consists of 
registrants with public float of $25 million or more and less than $75 
million that claimed SRC status in 2008. Two natural control groups 
exist. The first (``Control Group 1'') consists of registrants that did 
not qualify for SRC status because they had public float at or just 
above $75 million ($75 million or more and less than $125 
million).\156\ The second (``Control Group 2'') consists of registrants 
with public float and revenues below $25 million that were already 
eligible for scaled disclosures at that time and thus not affected by 
the Commission's 2007 rules.\157\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \155\ Difference-in-difference is a technique used to calculate 
the effect of a variable on a treatment group versus a control 
group. In particular, in the analysis below, the average change over 
time in the outcome of a variable for the treatment group is 
compared to the average change over time in the outcome of that 
variable for the control group.
    \156\ This would allow for a $50 million bandwidth similar to 
that used in the Commission's 2007 rules, which raised the threshold 
for relief from $25 million to $75 million.
    \157\ The comparison groups help control for confounding factors 
that may also independently affect the economic effects associated 
with scaled disclosures. While we determine Treatment Group and 
Control Group 1 based on public float alone, we use both public 
float and revenues to determine Control Group 2, because, prior to 
the Commission's 2007 rules, registrants with public float below $25 
million were not eligible for scaled disclosures if their revenues 
exceeded $25 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To analyze the economic effects of eligibility for scaled 
disclosures resulting from the Commission's 2007 rules by this method, 
we compare the Treatment Group with Control Group 1 and Control Group 2 
in the following areas: Cost savings, information environment, 
liquidity, and growth. We then use the analysis to extrapolate the 
likely effects of the expansion of eligibility for SRC status under the 
final rules. In extrapolating the likely effects, we place particular 
emphasis on the comparison between the Treatment Group and Control 
Group 1, which represents a closer group in size to the newly eligible 
SRCs under the final rules.
    We believe that the evidence from analysis of changes in the 
information environments of registrants around the 2007 amendments is a 
suitable basis for evaluating the effects of the current amendments on 
registrants with public floats at the low end of the range that are 
newly eligible for scaled disclosure. We included a similar analysis in 
the Proposing Release and solicited comments on this analysis, 
including ways to better quantify the effects of scaled disclosure on 
SRCs, but did not receive any comments in response.

[[Page 32007]]

    While the 2007 amendments resulted in changes that are similar to 
what we expect will occur under the current amendments, our analysis is 
subject to a number of assumptions and limitations. The evidence from 
the 2007 amendments may be less suitable as a basis for evaluating the 
effects of the current amendments on registrants with relatively higher 
levels of public float than for evaluating potential effects of the 
current amendments on registrants with public float around the $75 
million threshold.\158\ It is thus more challenging to quantify the 
likely effects of the current amendments on newly eligible SRCs with 
public float levels that are farther from the $75 million level, such 
as those closer to the $250 million and $700 million levels.\159\ We 
believe those challenges may be less pronounced for registrants that 
have other characteristics, such as revenue, similar to those of the 
registrants that were affected by the prior rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \158\ The 2007 rule amendments affected the reporting practices 
of registrants with public floats near the $75 million threshold 
(i.e., $25 million or more and less than $75 million) and, 
accordingly, may indicate the effects of increasing the public float 
threshold on registrants with public float of $75 million or 
slightly more than $75 million.
    \159\ One limitation of difference-in-difference and regression 
discontinuity design studies of the effects of changes in regulatory 
rules is that their results are more applicable in evaluating the 
effects of the changes on the registrants whose characteristics most 
closely resemble those who were affected by the event under the 
analysis than in evaluating effects on other registrants. See, e.g., 
Leuz and Wysocki (2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

a. Potential Cost Savings: Estimates Based on Changes in Audit Fees
    The cost savings from scaled disclosures could include savings of 
resources that are likely to be used for the relevant parts of 
disclosures, for example, managerial and employee time, other internal 
resources, and audit fees related to certain disclosures. Among these 
potential savings, changes in audit fees are readily quantifiable. To 
the extent that the scaled disclosure accommodations affect information 
that must be audited, scaled disclosures of the audited portions of the 
filings should lead to a reduction in audit expenses. Because many of 
the scaled disclosures available to SRCs relate to governance and 
executive compensation disclosures that are not subject to audit, a 
reduction in audit fees is likely a small part of the total cost 
savings associated with scaled disclosures. However, quantifying the 
change in audit fees can potentially help us estimate the entire cost 
savings.
    To estimate the cost savings from the amendments, we first examine 
changes in the audit fees of registrants that were newly eligible to 
use scaled disclosures as a result of the 2007 amendments relative to 
those in the control, or comparison, groups between the pre-amendment 
2006-2007 period and the post-amendment 2008-2009 period. Audit fee 
data come from the Ives Group Audit Analytics database. We include only 
registrants that had both pre-amendment and post-amendment audit fee 
data in the analysis. Table 5 reflects the general results.

           Table 5--Pre- and Post-Commission's 2007 Amendments Audit Fees for SRCs and Control Groups
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Control Group 2
                                                          Treatment Group    Control Group 1     (SRCs w/public
                      Fiscal year                          (SRCs w/public      (Non-SRCs w/        float and
                                                          float $25m-$75m)  public float $75m-   revenues below
                                                                                  $125m)             $25m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Avg. 2006-2007.........................................           $311,105           $676,194           $113,757
Avg. 2008-2009.........................................           $267,252           $654,463           $101,854
Number of Observations.................................              1,315                694                962
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For SRCs with public floats of $25 million or more and less than 
$75 million, in 2008-2009, average audit fees declined by $43,853. In 
contrast, both Control Group 1, which just missed eligibility for SRC 
status, and Control Group 2, which already was eligible for scaled 
disclosures, experienced smaller declines in average audit fees after 
the adoption of the 2007 amendments: $21,731 and $11,903, respectively. 
Thus, the difference-in-difference estimate of the savings in audit 
fees associated with scaled disclosures is between $22,122 and $31,950 
per SRC with public float around the $75 million threshold. Although 
two different control groups are used to control for other factors that 
may have caused the changes in audit fees noted in Table 5 during the 
2006-2009 period,\160\ the effect of the 2008 financial crisis may not 
be completely ruled out and could make the estimated savings in audit 
fees appear larger than they actually were.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \160\ For example, among other factors, we note that the 
Commission approved Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
Auditing Standard No. 5 regarding Audits of Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting (AS 5). Among other things, AS 5 was intended to 
reduce unnecessary costs by making the audit scalable to fit the 
size and complexity of a company. AS 5 became effective in November 
2007, and registrants with fiscal years ending between July and 
November were allowed to avail themselves of the provision earlier. 
The adoption and implementation of AS 5 in 2007 could have had an 
impact on the audit fees of all registrants subject to Section 
404(b). Given that in our analysis both Treatment Group and Control 
Group 1 were affected by AS 5, however, the difference-in-difference 
methodology should control for the potential effects of AS 5 on 
audit fees. In addition, based on registrants' fiscal year end, we 
have no reason to believe that early adopters were more or less 
concentrated in Treatment Group than Control Group 1. See also 
Commission Guidance Regarding Management's Report on Internal 
Control Over Financial Reporting Under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Release No. 33-8810 (Jun. 20, 2007) 
[72 FR 35324 (Jun. 27, 2007)].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We also estimate the savings in audit fees in terms of a percentage 
reduction, instead of a dollar value.\161\ The audit fees for the 
Treatment Group declined by 14.1% in the 2008-2009 period relative to 
the 2006-2007 period, but only by 3.2% for Control Group 1 and 10.5% 
for Control Group 2. Thus, the difference-in-difference estimate of the 
treatment effect in terms of a percentage reduction is a 3.6% to 10.9% 
reduction in the audit fees.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \161\ If there is a fixed (dollar value) component in audit 
expenses that apply to registrants of all sizes, then the estimates 
under this alternative approach can be viewed as the upper bound of 
the potential audit fee savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For the 966 newly eligible registrants that we estimate would be 
potentially affected by the amendments, the average audit fees were 
$658,735 in fiscal year 2016. Thus, if we use the dollar value 
estimates of the audit fee savings, the estimated reduction in audit 
fees would be between $28,490 and $41,147 for this group, which are the 
inflation-adjusted values of the audit fee savings estimates in 2008 
and 2009.\162\ This estimate of savings on audit fees for the newly 
eligible registrants is approximately

[[Page 32008]]

4.3% ($28,491/$658,735) to 6.2% ($41,148/$658,735) of the audit fees.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \162\ The inflation adjustment was performed using the CPI 
calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We recognize that this analysis of the audit fee data is subject to 
a number of assumptions, some of which may not be fully applicable when 
estimating the potential change in audit expenses as a result of the 
amendments.\163\ As a result, there are limitations to our ability to 
draw conclusions from the analysis. For example, we recognize that 
audit expenses are only one component of costs for registrants and that 
changes in audit fees do not capture the full range of potential cost 
savings stemming from scaled disclosures. There are cost savings apart 
from the audit, such as cost savings resulting from a SRC not being 
required to prepare a compensation discussion and analysis and from 
other scaled disclosures in Item 402 of Regulation S-K. These cost 
savings likely will include both internal cost savings (such as 
employee and managerial time and resources) and external cost savings 
from fees for other outside professionals such as attorneys. Given the 
nature of scaled disclosures available to SRCs, we expect these other 
cost savings to be much larger than the cost savings in audit fees. In 
the Proposing Release, we assumed that 25% of the total cost savings 
from scaled disclosure comes from savings in audit fees and 75% of the 
savings comes from reduction in other expenses. We solicited comments 
on this assumption and on whether we should use a different assumption 
but did not receive any comments in response. Accordingly, we use the 
same assumption here.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \163\ Estimates based on data from 2006 to 2009 may not be 
directly applicable to the estimation of audit fees for the newly 
eligible registrants under the rule amendments. On the one hand, 
because auditors may charge larger registrants more for auditing the 
same disclosure items, our estimate could be viewed as a 
conservative estimate on the potential savings of audit fees for the 
newly eligible SRCs. On the other hand, if there were any increased 
competition in the auditing industry since 2009, then it could have 
led to lower audit expenses for the same disclosure items. Thus, our 
estimate could be higher or lower than the actual savings on audit 
fees for SRCs in 2008 and 2009.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Given this assumption, we estimate total annual cost savings per 
newly eligible registrant with a public float around the $75 million 
threshold to be between $98,439 ($24,610 x 4) and $298,052 ($74,513 x 
4). The savings to registrants that become newly eligible with public 
floats closer to the $250 million and $700 million thresholds, will 
vary from this estimate by amounts that are difficult to quantify, 
because these registrants are less comparable to the Control Groups, 
and will depend on the facts and circumstances of the newly eligible 
registrant. For example, the audit cost for some of these registrants 
may be higher as a result of greater complexity in their business 
operations, increasing the cost savings associated with SRC status.
b. Information Environment, Liquidity, and Growth
    A registrant's information environment can be measured by the 
amount of useful information available to investors and the quality of 
that information. To gauge the potential effects on the degree of 
external information production about the registrant that could benefit 
investors, we determine a registrant's percentage of institutional 
ownership, total 5% block institutional ownership, and analyst coverage 
(i.e., whether a registrant is covered by at least one analyst and the 
number of analysts).
    To measure disclosure quality, we use four discretionary accrual 
measures commonly used in the accounting literature as proxies for 
earnings management and the incidence of material restatements (based 
on the first year of financial statements restated and the filing 
year). Scaled disclosure may contribute to lowering the overall quality 
of the information environment, which is proxied in this analysis by 
the propensity for earnings management and the incidence of material 
restatements.\164\ The data on restatements are from the Ives Group 
Audit Analytics database. A material restatement is defined as a 
restatement that is reported under Item 4.02 of Form 8-K.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \164\ In using these proxies, we do not mean to suggest that 
scaled disclosure would be expected to directly cause an increase in 
earnings management or an increased incidence of material 
restatements, as there is little direct connection between the types 
of disclosure governed by our scaled disclosure requirements and the 
disclosure affected by a restatement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To examine the potential effects on liquidity, we focus on the 
share turnover ratio, which is calculated by dividing the total number 
of shares traded over a period by the number of shares outstanding. To 
assess the effects of scaled disclosures on growth, we examine a 
registrant's capital investment, which is measured by the capital 
expenditures to assets ratio, as a proxy for real growth. Because there 
is a high concentration of SRCs in industries for which research and 
development (``R&D'') investment is important (e.g., pharmaceutical 
products and electronic equipment), we also examine a registrant's 
investment in R&D. Finally, we examine asset growth, which is the 
growth rate in book assets, which could capture a registrant's growth 
through both capital investment and acquisition.
    Table 6 reports the estimated treatment effect. The number in the 
Treatment Group vs. Control Group 1 column reflects the difference 
between: (1) The average change in the metric for the Treatment Group, 
from the 2006-2007 period, when it was not eligible for scaled 
disclosure, to the 2008-2009 period, when it was eligible for scaled 
disclosure, and (2) the average change in the metric between the same 
periods for Control Group 1, which was never eligible for scaled 
disclosure. Similarly, the number in the Treatment Group vs. Control 
Group 2 column reflects the difference between: (1) The average change 
in the metric for the Treatment Group from the 2006-2007 period, when 
it was not eligible for scaled disclosure, to the 2008-2009 period, 
when it was eligible for scaled disclosure and (2) the average change 
in the metric between the same periods for Control Group 2, which had 
been eligible for scaled disclosure for both periods.\165\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \165\ Specifically, for each number reported in Table 6, we 
estimate the following equation:
    y = a + b * SRC + c * After + d * [SRC * After]
    where the single-letter terms ``a'' to ``d'' are coefficients to 
be estimated; ``SRC'' equals one for the treatment group and zero 
for the comparison group; and ``After'' equals one for fiscal years 
2008 and 2009 and zero for fiscal years 2006 and 2007. The treatment 
effect is reflected in the coefficient estimate d, which is the 
differential value of the variable y for treated firms following the 
start of the treatment. A statistically negative estimate of d is 
consistent with a reduction in the value of the dependent variable y 
(Institutional Ownership, Institutional Block Ownership, etc.) for 
treated firms.

 Table 6--Scaled Disclosures and the Information Environment, Liquidity,
                             and Growth 166
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Treatment Group    Treatment Group
                                    vs. Control Group  vs. Control Group
                                            1                  2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information Environment:

[[Page 32009]]

 
    External Information
     Production:
        Institutional Ownership...         *** -0.052         *** -0.022
        Institutional Block                 ** -0.016             -0.002
         Ownership................
        Number of Analysts........             -0.179             -0.068
        Analyst Coverage Dummy....         *** -0.099          *** 0.087
Information Environment:
    Disclosure Quality:
        Earnings Mgmt. 1..........              0.025              0.015
        Earnings Mgmt. 2..........              0.024              0.013
        Earnings Mgmt. 3..........              0.020              0.024
        Earnings Mgmt. 4..........              0.018              0.023
        Material Restatement                    0.018              0.015
         (Filing Year)............
        Material Restatement                 ** 0.036              0.016
         (First Year Restated)....
    Liquidity:
        Share Turnover Ratio                   -0.063             -0.052
    Growth:
        Capital Investment........              0.005             -0.005
        R&D Investment............             -0.035             -0.002
        Asset Growth Rate.........             -0.005         *** -0.282
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The results in Table 6 suggest that the scaled disclosures had a 
negative effect on institutional ownership. The Treatment Group, which 
became eligible for scaled disclosures, experienced a 5.2% greater 
decrease in average institutional ownership from period to period than 
the registrants in Control Group 1, which remained ineligible for 
scaled disclosures, and a 2.2% greater decrease in average 
institutional ownership from period to period than the registrants in 
Control Group 2, which were eligible for scaled disclosures throughout 
both periods.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \166\ This table shows changes in the information environment, 
liquidity, and growth upon the introduction of scaled disclosure for 
SRCs. Treatment Group consists of SRCs with public float of $25 
million or more and less than $75 million in fiscal year 2008. 
Control Group 1 consists of non-SRCs with public float of $75 
million or more and less than $125 million. Control Group 2 consists 
of small business issuers with public float and revenues below $25 
million. Institutional Ownership is total percentage institutional 
ownership. Block Institutional Ownership is total block (5%) 
institutional ownership. Number of Analysts is the number of 
analysts following a registrant. Analyst Coverage Dummy is a dummy 
variable indicating the existence of analyst following. Earnings 
Mgmt. 1-4 are four different discretionary accruals measures. 
Earnings Mgmt. 1 follows Kothari, Leone, and Wasley (2005), and 
Earnings Mgmt. 2-4 follows Dechow, Sloan, and Sweeney (1995).1 
Material Restatement (Filing Year) is a dummy variable that equals 
one if a registrant discloses restatement under Item 4.02 of Form 8-
K in that year, and zero otherwise. Material Restatement (First Year 
Restated) is a dummy variable that equals one if the material reason 
for the restatement under Item 4.02 of Form 8-K originated in that 
year, and zero otherwise. Share Turnover is the ratio of shares 
traded over shares outstanding. Capital Investment is capital 
expenditures over book assets. R&D investment is R&D expenditures 
over revenue. Asset Growth is the annual growth rate of book assets. 
***, **, and * indicate significance at 1%, 5%, and 10% confidence 
levels, respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The results reflect a positive effect on material restatements in 
SRCs based on the first year restated, while the effect on analyst 
coverage is inconclusive. SRCs tend to lose analyst coverage relative 
to comparable registrants that just missed eligibility, but they gain 
coverage relative to even smaller registrants that already were 
eligible for scaled disclosures. There is no statistically significant 
effect on earnings quality as captured by discretionary accruals 
measures or the incidence of material restatement based on when the 
restatement was filed. Overall, the evidence suggests a modest, but 
statistically significant, negative effect of scaled disclosure on 
SRCs' overall information environment.
    The effect of scaled disclosures on share turnover ratio is 
negative but statistically insignificant, suggesting no significant 
effect of scaled disclosures on SRCs' liquidity.\167\ Because the newly 
eligible registrants are larger in market value and have more 
institutional ownership and analyst coverage than the current SRCs, to 
the extent those registrants rely on the accommodations, we do not 
expect a significant negative impact on their liquidity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \167\ In contrast, Chang et al. (2013) did find a negative and 
significant effect of the Commission's 2007 amendments on SRCs' 
liquidity. The difference in the results could stem from the use of 
a different empirical methodology, sample, and sample period. Chang 
et al. (2013) excluded financial companies. While the authors 
examined a pre-amendment period of April to June 2007, we included 
the entire 2006 and 2007 periods. Also, while the authors examined a 
post-amendment period of February to August 2008, we included the 
entire 2008 and 2009 periods. In addition, the authors focus on a 
set of illiquidity measures, while we focus on the share turnover 
ratio, a commonly used liquidity measure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The results in Table 6 indicate no clear difference between SRCs 
and registrants in Control Group 1 and Control Group 2 in terms of 
changes in capital investment and R&D investment. The effect on asset 
growth rate is mixed. There is no significant difference between the 
Treatment Group and Control Group 1, but compared to Control Group 2, 
the Treatment Group had deterioration in asset growth rate after the 
2007 rules. Overall, our empirical analysis suggests that scaled 
disclosures have only a minimal effect on growth in current SRCs 
relative to the Control Groups. Thus, we do not expect the use of 
scaled disclosures to have a significant effect on the growth of the 
newly eligible registrants under the final rules.
c. Rule 3-05
    Similar to our discussion of the amendments to the SRC definition, 
we generally expect a modest reduction in compliance costs for 
registrants that are eligible to provide two rather than three years of 
historical financial statements of certain acquired businesses under 
Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv), with corresponding potential modest increases in 
information asymmetries. We expect the magnitude of the effects of the 
change in the revenue threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) to be smaller 
for those registrants that acquire relevant businesses and their 
investors, as compared to the change in the SRC definition for newly 
eligible registrants and their investors. The reason for this 
expectation is that the revenue

[[Page 32010]]

threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) only affects the historical financial 
statements of the acquired businesses (by limiting them to two years 
rather than three years), whereas a registrant that qualifies as a SRC 
will be able to comply with a number of scaled disclosure 
accommodations, including providing two years of financial statements 
and scaled executive compensation disclosures.\168\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \168\ See Section I for a discussion of the scaled disclosure 
accommodations available to SRCs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

d. Conclusion
    Taken together, our empirical analysis suggests that, for most of 
the newly eligible SRCs under the final rules, scaled disclosures may 
generate a modest, but statistically significant, amount of cost 
savings in terms of the reduction in compliance costs, a modest, but 
statistically significant, deterioration in some of the proxies used to 
assess the overall quality of information environment, and a muted 
effect on the growth of the registrant's capital investments, 
investments in R&D, and assets. We expect the effects on registrants 
that are newly eligible for reduced disclosure under Rule 3-
05(b)(2)(iv) to be lesser in magnitude but qualitatively similar.
4. Affiliated Ownership and Adverse Selection
    In general, holding market value constant, the use of public float 
to define eligibility favors registrants with more affiliated 
ownership. If we consider two registrants with the same market value 
but different affiliated ownership, the one with greater affiliated 
ownership will have a lower public float, which is the value of non-
affiliated ownership, and thus will be more likely to qualify for SRC 
status based on the public float threshold. This could be problematic 
if the adverse selection problem creates a conflict of interest between 
affiliated owners--who are often the decision makers--and non-
affiliated owners--who are often the uninformed minority shareholders 
on whom reduced disclosure may have a greater impact. We examine 
whether the effects of scaled disclosure on registrants' information 
environment, liquidity, and growth depend on the percentage of 
affiliated ownership, which is the market value of affiliated equity 
shares divided by the registrant's total market value of equity. The 
average affiliated ownership is 43% for SRCs in the treatment group in 
years 2008 and 2009 (median 42%). Specifically, we examine whether and 
to what extent the effects of scaled disclosure on information 
environment, liquidity, and growth differ for SRCs with high, or above-
average, affiliated ownership as compared to low, or below-average, 
affiliated ownership.
    The results are reflected in Table 7. The number in the Treatment 
Group vs. Control Group 1 column reflects the difference between: (1) 
The difference between the average metric of registrants in the 
Treatment Group with affiliated ownership that is higher than the group 
median and that of the registrants in the Treatment Group with 
affiliated ownership that is lower than the group median and (2) the 
difference between the average metric of registrants in Control Group 1 
with affiliated ownership that is higher than the group median and that 
of the registrants in Control Group 1 with affiliated ownership that is 
lower than the group median. Similarly, the number in the Treatment 
Group vs. Control Group 2 column reflects the difference between: (1) 
The difference between the average metric for the higher-than-median 
affiliated ownership registrants and that of the lower-than-median 
affiliated ownership registrants in the Treatment Group and (2) the 
difference between the average metrics for the same sectors of Control 
Group 2.\169\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \169\ Specifically, for each number reported in Table 7, we 
estimate the following equation:
    y = a + b * SRC + c * After + d * HighAff + e * [SRC * After] + 
f * [SRC * HighAff] + g * [After * HighAff] + h * [SRC * HighAff * 
After]
    where the single-letter terms ``a'' to ``h'' are coefficients to 
be estimated. ``After'' and ``SRC'' are defined in note 169. 
``HighAff'' is a dummy variable equal to one if the firm's 
affiliated ownership is greater than the sample median of 0.42; 
otherwise, ``HighAff'' is equal to zero. The treatment effect of 
interest is measured by the coefficient h, which is the differential 
value of the variable y for treated firms with high affiliated 
ownership, following the start of the treatment. See also note 169.

         Table 7--Affiliated Ownership and Adverse Selection 170
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Treatment Group    Treatment Group
                                    vs. Control Group  vs. Control Group
                                            1                  2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information Environment:
    External Information
     Production:
        Institutional Ownership...         *** -0.127           * -0.110
        Institutional Block                 ** -0.079           * -0.126
         Ownership................
        Number of Analysts........          ** -0.742           ** 1.277
        Analyst Coverage Dummy....             -0.052           ** 0.500
Information Environment:
    Disclosure Quality:
        Earnings Mgmt. 1..........              0.010              0.286
        Material Restatement                    0.038             -0.040
         (Filing Year)............
        Material Restatement                 ** 0.084              0.001
         (Beginning Year).........
    Liquidity:
        Share Turnover Ratio......              0.052              0.059
    Growth:
        Capital Investment........           ** 0.029              0.049
        R&D Investment............              0.014             -0.756
        Asset Growth Rate.........              0.136             -1.485
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Our analysis  suggests that affiliated ownership may exacerbate the 
potential

[[Page 32011]]

negative effects of scaled disclosure on external information 
production by professionals such as institutional investors. There is 
also some evidence that larger affiliated ownership may exacerbate the 
adverse effect of scaled disclosure on material restatements based on 
when such restatement was triggered in SRCs (relative to Control Group 
1). At the same time, scaled disclosures tend to have a more positive 
effect on SRCs' capital investment when affiliated ownership is higher. 
Overall, there is inconclusive evidence that affiliated ownership is 
associated with adverse selection in current SRCs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \170\ This table shows the differences in the changes between 
registrants with high affiliated ownership and those with low 
affiliated ownership upon the introduction of scaled disclosure for 
SRCs. Affiliated ownership is the percentage of a registrant's 
market value of equity that is owned by affiliated parties (i.e., 
corporate insiders and 10% block owners). Registrants with high 
(low) affiliated ownership include registrants with affiliated 
ownership above (below) the sample median. A negative and 
significant estimate means that scaled disclosures have a more 
negative effect on SRCs with high affiliated ownership than on those 
with low affiliated ownership. ***, **, and * indicate significance 
at 1%, 5%, and 10% confidence levels, respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Effects on Efficiency, Competition and Capital Formation
    The final rules may have competitive effects. On one hand, the 
amendments may reduce the compliance-related costs of newly eligible 
registrants relative to current SRCs. The amendments may also increase 
the competitive advantage of the newly eligible registrants relative to 
non-eligible registrants that compete with them in the product market. 
However, because there is no clear evidence that scaled disclosures 
have a significant effect on the growth of current SRCs, we expect 
these potentially positive competitive effects to be modest. On the 
other hand, setting any eligibility threshold may create a competitive 
disadvantage for those registrants that miss eligibility because their 
public float or revenue is just above the specified threshold, relative 
to the newly eligible registrants. However, our economic analysis 
suggests that this potentially negative effect also is likely to be 
modest.
    As discussed above, our empirical analysis suggests that scaled 
disclosures are unlikely to have a significant negative effect on the 
overall information environment of SRCs. Thus, we do not expect the 
amendments to have a significant negative effect on the information 
efficiency of affected parties. Finally, it is difficult to quantify 
the effect of scaled disclosures on capital formation. The Commission's 
2007 amendments coincided with the 2008 financial crisis and its 
aftermath, which contributed to extremely thin public capital market 
activities. The potential cost savings and the potential negative 
consequences of scaled disclosure for reporting companies discussed in 
Tables 5 and 6 (based on data encompassing the period during the 
financial crisis) are modest. These figures do not include potential 
cost savings from newly-eligible companies that may contemplate going 
public.\171\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \171\ See Section IV.B.1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Possible Alternatives

    In this section, we present several alternatives to the final rules 
and discuss their relative costs and benefits.
    As a first alternative, we could have used a different registrant 
size metric in the SRC definition. While public float has the advantage 
of capturing the value held by non-affiliated investors who may be more 
affected by informational asymmetries, the disadvantage of public float 
is twofold. First, reported public float numbers are not easily 
verifiable. Second, using public float to define eligibility may 
increase adverse selection due to conflicts of interest between 
affiliated and non-affiliated owners. We considered equity market value 
as an alternative size metric to public float. Equity market value is 
in many instances more accessible and more easily verifiable than 
public float. It does not as effectively differentiate registrants 
based on the degree of informational asymmetry concerns, but it also 
does not favor registrants with more affiliated ownership. If we define 
registrants as SRCs when they have (1) less than $250 million in equity 
market value, (2) no equity market value and revenue below $100 
million, or (3) less than $700 million in equity market value and 
revenue below $100 million, the number of registrants estimated to 
become eligible for scaled disclosure declines by five percent, 
relative to the number that are estimated to be eligible under the rule 
amendments with available 2016 data on public float, revenue and market 
value. Thus, this alternative would lead to a slightly smaller pool of 
registrants eligible for SRC status than under the amendments.
    As a second alternative, we could have used different thresholds. 
Neither public float nor revenue data show a natural breakpoint for 
different thresholds. For example, we could take inflation since 2007 
into account, raising the public float threshold from $75 million to 
$86.2 million and the revenue threshold from $50 million to $57.5 
million. An inflation adjustment of the current thresholds would expand 
the pool of eligible SRCs by 83 registrants, 78 of which reported 
public float of between $75 million and $86.2 million in their 2016 
Form 10-Ks, and five of which had no public float and revenue of 
between $50 million and $57.5 million.\172\ Alternatively, instead of 
the $250 million public float threshold for all registrants and the 
$700 million public float threshold for registrants with revenue below 
$100 million, we could have allowed the $700 million public float 
threshold to apply to all registrants, regardless of revenue. A test 
capturing all registrants with less than $700 million in public float, 
regardless of revenue, would have expanded the pool of eligible SRCs 
with available data by 1,029 registrants. Because the $700 million is 
the threshold in the ``large accelerated filer'' definition, the effect 
of this alternative would be to permit all accelerated filers to 
provide the SRC scaled disclosures.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \172\ The inflation adjustment was performed using the CPI 
calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For registrants with no public float or public float of less than 
$700 million, instead of the $100 million revenue threshold, we could 
have used a revenue threshold of $1 billion. A $1 billion revenue 
threshold would make scaled disclosure accommodations for SRCs and EGCs 
generally more consistent for the subset of SRCs that have no public 
float or public float of less than $700 million.\173\ Using 2016 data, 
we estimate that if we were to increase the revenue threshold from $100 
million to $1 billion in addition to the accommodations being adopted, 
there would be 879 newly eligible registrants based on revenues, in 
addition to the 966 newly eligible registrants under the final rules. 
Expanding the pool of registrants eligible for SRC status using this 
alternative revenue threshold would further reduce overall compliance 
costs for registrants but also potentially increase the informational 
asymmetries and other adverse effects associated with scaled 
disclosures. Relative to the current SRCs or the newly eligible SRCs 
under the final rules, these additional qualifying registrants also may 
have different characteristics that could affect the appropriateness of 
scaled disclosure. For example, the 879 additional registrants under 
this alternative are much larger, implying that any cost savings from 
scaled disclosures would generate a much smaller impact on the 
registrants' market value, and may not

[[Page 32012]]

justify the potential loss of informational transparency.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \173\ An EGC is defined as an issuer that had total annual gross 
revenues of less than $1.07 million during its most recently 
completed fiscal year. Public Law 112-106, Sec. 101, 126 Stat. 306 
(2012); 15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(19); 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(80). Inflation 
Adjustments and Other Technical Amendments under Titles I and II of 
the JOBS Act, Release No. 33-10332 (Mar. 31, 2017) [82 FR 17545 
(Apr. 12, 2017)].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As a third alternative, we could have considered reducing the 
number of registrants that our rules define as accelerated filers, 
which would expand the number of registrants eligible for the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act Section 404(b) exemption. The newly eligible SRCs under the 
final rules will remain accelerated filers and must comply with Section 
404(b). This creates two tiers among SRCs. Registrants with public 
floats below $75 million are eligible for the scaled disclosures and, 
as non-accelerated filers, are exempt from Section 404(b). Registrants 
with either (1) public floats of $75 million or more and less than $250 
million or (2) public floats of $75 million or more and less than $700 
million and less than $100 million in revenues will be eligible only 
for the scaled disclosures and, as accelerated filers, must comply with 
Section 404(b). In evaluating the costs and benefits of this 
alternative, we considered the comments that the Commission received in 
response to the Proposing Release. In light of these comments, as 
stated above, the Chairman has directed the staff to formulate 
recommendations to the Commission for possible changes to reduce the 
number of registrants that our rules define as accelerated filers.

V. Paperwork Reduction Act

A. Background

    The final rules will affect existing rules, regulations and forms 
that contain ``collection of information'' requirements within the 
meaning of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (``PRA'').\174\ We are 
submitting the proposals to the Office of Management and Budget 
(``OMB'') for review in accordance with the PRA and its implementing 
regulations.\175\ We also requested comment on the changes to these 
``collection of information'' requirements in the Proposing Release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \174\ 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
    \175\ 44 U.S.C. 3507(d); 5 CFR 1320.11.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The titles of the collections of information are: \176\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \176\ The paperwork burdens from Regulation S-X, Regulation S-K, 
Regulation C, and Regulation 12B are imposed through the forms that 
are subject to the requirements in those regulations and are 
reflected in the analysis of those forms. To avoid a PRA inventory 
reflecting duplicative burdens and for administrative convenience, 
we assign a one-hour burden to each of Regulation S-X, Regulation S-
K, Regulation C, and Regulation 12B.

    (1) ``Regulation S-X'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0009);
    (2) ``Regulation S-K'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0071);
    (3) ``Regulation C'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0074);
    (4) ``Regulation 12B'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0062);
    (5) ``Form 10-K'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0063);
    (6) ``Form 10-Q'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0070);
    (7) ``Form 8-K'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0060);
    (8) ``Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A'' (OMB Control No. 3235-
0059);
    (9) ``Regulation 14C and Schedule 14C'' (OMB Control No. 3235-
0057);
    (10) ``Form 10'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0064);
    (11) ``Form S-1'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0065);
    (12) ``Form S-3'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0073);
    (13) ``Form S-4'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0324); and
    (14) ``Form S-11'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0067).

    We adopted the existing rules, regulations, and forms pursuant to 
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. These rules, regulations, and 
forms set forth the disclosure requirements for annual and quarterly 
reports, proxy and information statements, current reports, and 
registration statements that are prepared by registrants to provide 
investors information to make informed investment and voting decisions.
    The hours and costs associated with preparing disclosure, filing 
information required by forms, and retaining records constitute 
reporting and cost burdens imposed by collection of information 
requirements. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not 
required to respond to, a collection of information requirement unless 
it displays a currently valid control number. Compliance with the 
information collections listed above is mandatory to the extent 
applicable to each registrant.\177\ Responses to the information 
collections are not kept confidential and there is no mandatory 
retention period for the information disclosed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \177\ As noted above, registrants claiming SRC status have the 
option to comply with the scaled disclosures available to them on an 
item-by-item basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Summary of the Final Amendments

    As described in more detail above, we are adopting final rules to 
amend the definition of SRC to encompass a greater number of 
registrants and to revise Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X to 
align the revenue threshold in that rule with the new revenue threshold 
in the definition of SRC. The final rules make scaled disclosure 
accommodations available to a larger number of registrants. As a 
result, the final rules should decrease the disclosure requirements for 
registrants that fall within the expanded thresholds of the SRC 
definition and should decrease the disclosure burden for registrants 
acquiring other companies by increasing the number of acquired 
companies for which Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X permits one 
less year of financial information to be disclosed.
    In the Proposing Release, we proposed to amend the SRC definition 
to include registrants with a public float of less than $250 million, 
as well as registrants with annual revenues of less than $100 million 
for the previous year and no public float. We are adopting the 
amendments generally as proposed with two changes. In a change from the 
proposal, the SRC definition in the final rules also will include 
registrants with annual revenues of less than $100 million for the 
previous year and a public float of less than $700 million. As detailed 
below, the burden estimates for the respective forms and schedules have 
been revised to reflect that the SRC scaled disclosure accommodations 
also will be available to the additional registrants that come within 
these revised thresholds.
    In another change from the proposal, we are amending Rule 3-
05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X to increase the revenue threshold under 
which certain registrants may omit from certain registration statements 
or current reports the earliest of the three fiscal years of audited 
financial statements of an acquired business or business to be 
acquired.\178\ Accordingly, we have added two new titles, ``Regulation 
S-X'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0009) and ``Form 8-K'' (OMB Control No. 
3235-0060), to the collections of information affected by the final 
rules. The impact of the amendment to Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) is reflected 
in the burden estimates for the applicable forms.\179\ However, as 
discussed below, while we estimate that the amendment to Rule 3-05 may 
decrease the existing paperwork burden for some issuers, we do not 
believe it will change the total burden estimates for the relevant 
registration statements and current reports.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \178\ See note 99.
    \179\ See note 180.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The final rules do not change the amount of information required to 
be included in Exchange Act reports by any registrant because of its 
status as an accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer.

C. Summary of Comment Letters

    One commenter addressed the specific PRA-related comment requests 
in the Proposing Release.\180\ This

[[Page 32013]]

commenter stated that the proposed adjustment to the SRC definition is 
fair and that the details provided as the basis for the cost reduction 
estimates appear to be thorough and specific.\181\ As to the ways to 
enhance the information collected, the commenter stated that the burden 
of preparing information remained with the respective registrant and 
that registrants may be required to provide additional disclosure if 
they are entering into capital transactions.\182\ As to ways to 
minimize the burden of the collection of information, the commenter 
stated that XBRL may facilitate the evaluation of data.\183\ Lastly, 
the commenter stated that the list of collections of information 
appeared to be complete and that it was not aware of any collection of 
information that would be negatively affected.\184\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \180\ See IMA.
    \181\ Id.
    \182\ Id.
    \183\ Id.
    \184\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Revisions to Burden and Cost Estimates

    For purposes of the PRA, the final rules decrease the burden hour 
and costs estimates for Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Schedule 14A, Schedule 
14C, Form 10, Form S-1, Form S-3, Form S-4, and Form S-11 by 
approximately 493,016 burden hours and decrease external costs by 
approximately $66,242,345.\185\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \185\ These estimates reflect the difference between (1) our 
estimates of the burden hours and costs for each affected collection 
of information under the final rules and (2) the current estimates 
for each affected collection of information prior to effectiveness 
of the final rules. The current estimates for some of the affected 
collections of information have changed since the Proposing Release 
due to changes in our rules that are unrelated to the amendments we 
are adopting. As a result, our estimated changes in the burden hours 
and costs for each affected collection of information in this 
release may differ from our estimates for the same collection of 
information in the Proposing Release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Our burden hour and cost estimates below reflect the average 
burdens for all registrants that may benefit from the expanded 
accommodations. In deriving our estimates, we recognize that the 
burdens likely will vary among individual registrants based on a number 
of factors, including the size and complexity of their business. We 
believe that some registrants will experience costs in excess of this 
average and some registrants will experience less than the average 
costs.
    For quarterly and annual reports and for proxy and information 
statements, we estimate that 75% of the burden of preparation is 
carried by the registrant internally and that 25% of the burden is 
carried by outside professionals retained by the registrant at an 
average cost of $400 per hour.\186\ For registration statements, we 
estimate that 25% of the burden of preparation is carried by the 
registrant internally and that 75% of the burden is carried by outside 
professionals retained by the registrant at an average cost of $400 per 
hour. While we cannot predict with certainty the number of newly 
eligible SRCs that will begin to use the scaled disclosure provisions, 
for purposes of our PRA calculations, we estimate that 80% of them will 
do so.\187\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \186\ We recognize that the costs of retaining outside 
professionals may vary depending on the nature of the professional 
services, but for purposes of this PRA analysis, we estimate that 
such costs will average $400 per hour. This is the rate we typically 
estimate for outside legal services used in connection with public 
company reporting. See Section VI.D below for a discussion of the 
professional skills needed to comply with the amendments.
    \187\ This estimated realization rate reflects the percentage of 
registrants eligible to claim SRC status in 2016 that claimed such 
status. Based on data collected by DERA, 2,408, or approximately 
91.2%, of an estimated 2,640 eligible registrants claimed SRC 
status.
    In addition, this estimated realization rate is further reduced 
to reflect that a portion of newly eligible SRCs may already qualify 
as EGCs, which are eligible to rely on certain scaled disclosure 
requirements for a limited period, including some of the scaled 
requirements available to SRCs. Based on data collected by DERA, 
365, or approximately 37.8%, of the 966 registrants in 2016 that 
would have been newly eligible for scaled disclosure under the final 
rules were EGCs and therefore already benefitting from a portion of 
these estimated savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For purposes of the PRA, we estimate that over a three-year 
period,\188\ the annual aggregate decreased burden \189\ resulting from 
the amendments in the final rules will average:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \188\ We calculated an annual average over a three-year period 
because OMB approval of PRA submissions covers a three-year period.
    \189\ Our decreased burden estimates take into account, and are 
net of, any increased burden that may result from SRCs providing 
expanded disclosures under disclosure requirements that are more 
stringent for SRCs than for non-SRCs, such as Item 404 of Regulation 
S-K.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     403,250 hours and $53,883,321 of external costs for Form 
10-K;
     88,864 hours and $11,851,661 of external costs for Form 
10-Q;
     481 hours and $64,160 of external costs for Schedule 14A;
     11 hours and $1,440 of external costs for Schedule 14C;
     nine hours and $11,163 of external costs for Form 10;
     145 hours and $174,000 of external costs for Form S-1;
     38 hours and $45,600 of external costs for Form S-3;
     203 hours and $243,600 of external costs for Form S-4; and
     15 hours and $17,400 of external costs for Form S-11.
1. Form 10-K
    We estimate that approximately 966 additional registrants will 
satisfy the revised definition of a SRC and become eligible to use 
scaled disclosure in their annual reports on Form 10-K. These 
registrants could experience burden and cost savings under the final 
rules.\190\ We estimate that, if all of these registrants used all of 
the scaled disclosure requirements, they would save an estimated 
504,063 burden hours and an aggregate cost of $67,291,651.\191\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \190\ We estimate that 966 additional registrants will be 
eligible under the final rules to use the scaled disclosure 
requirements available to SRCs for their annual and quarterly 
reports in the first year. We base this estimate on the number of 
additional registrants that would have been eligible to use scaled 
disclosure for their annual and quarterly reports in 2016, based on 
data collected by DERA from annual reports on Form 10-K filed in 
2016. The data show that 779 registrants had a public float of $75 
million or more but less than $250 million, 26 registrants had no 
public float and annual revenues of $50 million or more but less 
than $100 million, and 161 registrants had a public float of $250 
million or more but less than $700 million and annual revenues of 
less than $100 million.
    \191\ Consistent with our analysis in the SRC Adopting Release 
and the Proposing Release, we estimate the compliance burden for a 
Form 10-K for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available to be the 
same as the last available PRA inventory for completing a Form 10-
KSB, which was 1,272 burden hours and a cost of $169,600 (424 
professional hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible registrants used 
all available scaled disclosure, the final rules would decrease the 
compliance burden of Form 10-K by up to 504,062.65 hours (1,793.80 
internal hours per filing using standard Regulation S-K and 
Regulation S-X disclosure minus 1,272.00 internal hours per filing 
using scaled disclosure = 521.80 internal hours saved per filing x 
966 filings) and decrease the cost by up to $67,291,651.41 (598.15 
professional hours per filing using standard Regulation S-K and 
Regulation S-X disclosure minus 424.00 professional hours per filing 
using scaled disclosure = 174.15 external hours saved per filing x 
$400 per hour = $69,660.09 external cost savings per filing x 966 
filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Based on our assumption that 80% of newly eligible registrants will 
begin to use scaled disclosure, we estimate an aggregate decrease of 
403,250 internal burden hours and costs of $53,833,321 for Form 10-
K.\192\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \192\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
10-K is based on 80% x 504,062.65 internal hours saved = 403,250.12 
internal hours saved and 80% x $67,291,651.41 external cost savings 
= $53,833,312.13 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Form 10-Q
    We assume that the same approximately 966 registrants will become 
newly eligible to use scaled disclosure for purposes of their quarterly 
reports. We estimate that if all of these registrants used all of the 
scaled SRC requirements, they would save

[[Page 32014]]

111,080 burden hours and an aggregate cost of $14,814,576.\193\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \193\ Similar to our approach to estimating the reduced 
compliance burden for a Form 10-K using scaled disclosure, we base 
our estimates of the reduced compliance burden for SRCs using all 
scaled disclosure available for certain other filings on the last 
available PRA inventory for completing the most comparable form 
under Regulation SB. We estimate the compliance burden for a Form 
10-Q for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available to be the same 
as the last available PRA inventory for completing a Form 10-QSB, 
which was 102.24 burden hours and a cost of $13,362 (34.08 
professional hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible registrants used 
all available scaled disclosure, the final rules would decrease the 
compliance burden of Form 10-Q by up to 111,080.34 hours (140.57 
internal hours per filing using standard Regulation S-K disclosure 
minus 102.24 internal hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 
38.33 internal hours saved per filing x 966 registrants x 3 filings 
per year) and decrease the cost by up to $14,814,576.00 (46.86 
professional hours per filing using standard Regulation S-K 
disclosure minus 34.08 professional hours per filing using scaled 
disclosure = 12.78 external hours saved per filing x $400 per hour = 
$5,112 external cost savings per filing x 966 registrants x 3 
filings per year).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that 80% of newly eligible registrants will begin to use 
scaled disclosure, we estimate an aggregate decrease of 88,864 internal 
burden hours and costs of $11,851,661 for Form 10-Q.\194\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \194\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
10-Q is based on 80% x 111,080.34 internal hours saved = 88,864.27 
internal hours saved and 80% x $14,814,576.00 external cost savings 
= $11,851,660.80 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Form 8-K
    We estimate that the amendments to Rule 3-05 may decrease the 
existing paperwork burden for some registrants but not change the total 
burden estimates for Form 8-K. This reflects our appraisal that few 
registrants are eligible to rely on the $50 million threshold in Rule 
3-05(b)(2)(iv) and our expectation that the amendments will not 
significantly change the number of registrants that are eligible to 
rely on Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv).\195\ This also is consistent with the 
Commission's estimate of the impact on the compliance burden for Form 
8-K when it revised Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X in 2007 to increase the 
threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(iv) from $25 million to $50 million.\196\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \195\ See Section IV.B.1.
    \196\ See SRC Adopting Release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Schedule 14A
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure will file approximately 802 definitive proxy statements on 
Schedule 14A per year.\197\ We estimate that if all of these 
registrants used all of the scaled SRC requirements, they would save 
602 burden hours and an aggregate cost of $80,200.\198\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \197\ We base this estimate on the number of definitive proxy 
statements on Schedule 14A filed in 2016 by registrants that would 
have been newly eligible to use scaled disclosure under the final 
rules. Based on data collected by DERA, registrants with a public 
float of $75 million or more but less than $250 million filed 652 
definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A, registrants with no 
public float and annual revenues of $50 million or more but less 
than $100 million filed 17 definitive proxy statements on Schedule 
14A, and registrants with a public float of $250 million or more but 
less than $700 million and annual revenues of less than $100 million 
filed 133 definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A.
    \198\ We base our estimate of the reduced compliance burden for 
Schedule 14A for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available on our 
estimate of the compliance burden for Item 407(d)(5) and (e)(4) and 
(5) of Regulation S-K [17 CFR 229.407(d)(5) and (e)(4) and (5)], 
with which SRCs are not required to comply. We estimate this burden 
to be 0.75 burden hours and a cost of $100 (0.25 professional hours 
x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible registrants used 
all available scaled disclosure, the final rules would decrease the 
compliance burden of Schedule 14A by up to 601.57 hours (0.75 
internal hours saved per filing x 802 filings) and decrease the cost 
by up to $80,200.00 (0.25 professional hours saved per filing x $400 
per hour = $100 external cost savings per filing x 802 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that 80% of newly eligible registrants will begin to use 
scaled disclosure, we estimate an aggregate decrease of 481 internal 
burden hours and costs of $64,160 for Schedule 14A.\199\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \199\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for 
Schedule 14A is based on 80% x 601.57 internal hours saved = 481.25 
internal hours saved and 80% x $80,200.00 external cost savings = 
$64,160.00 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Schedule 14C
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure will file approximately 18 definitive information statements 
on Schedule 14C per year.\200\ We estimate that if all of these 
registrants used all of the scaled SRC requirements, they would save 14 
burden hours and an aggregate cost of $1,800.\201\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \200\ We base this estimate on the number of definitive 
information statements on Schedule 14C filed in 2016 by registrants 
that would have been newly eligible to use scaled disclosure under 
the final rules. Based on data collected by DERA, registrants with a 
public float of $75 million or more but less than $250 million filed 
nine definitive information statements on Schedule 14C, registrants 
with no public float and annual revenues of $50 million or more but 
less than $100 million filed no definitive information statements on 
Schedule 14C, and registrants with a public float of $250 million or 
more but less than $700 million and annual revenues of less than 
$100 million filed nine definitive information statements on 
Schedule 14C.
    \201\ Similar to Schedule 14A, we base our estimate of the 
decrease in the compliance burden for Schedule 14C for a SRC using 
all scaled disclosure available on our estimate of the compliance 
burden for Item 407(d)(5) and (e)(4) and (5) of Regulation S-K, 
which is 0.75 burden hours and a cost of $100 (0.25 professional 
hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible registrants used 
all available scaled disclosure, the final rules would decrease the 
compliance burden of Schedule 14C by up to 13.48 hours (0.75 
internal hours saved per filing x 18 filings) and decrease the cost 
by up to $1,800.00 (0.25 professional hours saved per filing x $400 
per hour = $100 external cost savings per filing x 18 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that 80% of newly eligible registrants will begin to use 
scaled disclosure, we estimate an aggregate decrease in burden of 11 
internal burden hours and costs of $1,440 for Schedule 14C.\202\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \202\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for 
Schedule 14C is based on 80% x 13.48 internal hours saved = 10.79 
internal hours saved and 80% x $1,800 external cost savings = $1,440 
external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Form 10
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure will file one registration statements on Form 10 per 
year.\203\ Assuming that this registrant uses all of the scaled SRC 
requirements, we estimate an aggregate decrease of nine internal burden 
hours and cost of $11,163 for Form 10.\204\ Due to the low number of 
Form 10 filers and rounding considerations, we assume that all newly 
eligible registrants filing Form 10 will begin to use scaled disclosure 
and therefore realize the full extent of burden and cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \203\ We generally base our estimated number of each type of 
registration statement filed on the average number of that type of 
registration statement filed in each of the calendar years 2014 
through 2016 by registrants that would have been newly eligible to 
use scaled disclosure under the final rules.
    Based on data collected by DERA, registrants that would have 
been newly eligible to use scaled disclosure under the final rules 
filed an average of less than one registration statement on Form 10 
per year during the period 2014 through 2016. However, we believe an 
estimate of one Form 10 is more reasonable because, as reflected in 
the Proposing Release, such registrants have filed more than one 
Form 10 in prior years.
    \204\ We estimate the compliance burden for a Form 10 for a SRC 
using all scaled disclosure available to be the same as the last 
available PRA inventory for completing a Form 10-SB, which was 44.50 
burden hours and a cost of $53,400 (133.50 professional hours x 
$400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, if all eligible registrants used all available 
scaled disclosure, we estimate that the final rules will decrease 
the compliance burden of Form 10 by up to 9.30 hours (53.80 internal 
hours per filing using standard Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X 
disclosure minus 44.50 internal hours per filing using scaled 
disclosure = 9.30 internal hours saved per filing x one filing) and 
decrease the cost by up to $11,163.20 (161.41 professional hours per 
filing using standard Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X disclosure 
minus 133.50 professional hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 
27.91 external hours saved per filing x $400 per hour = $11,163.20 
external cost savings per filing x one filing).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Form S-1
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure will file approximately 25 registration statements on Form 
S-1 per year.\205\ We

[[Page 32015]]

estimate that if all of these registrants use all of the scaled SRC 
requirements, they would save 181 burden hours and an aggregate cost of 
$217,500.\206\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \205\ Based on data collected by DERA, during 2014 through 2016, 
registrants with a public float of $75 million or more but less than 
$250 million filed an average of approximately 17 registration 
statements on Form S-1 each year, registrants with no public float 
and annual revenues of $50 million or more but less than $100 
million filed an average of approximately two registration 
statements on Form S-1 each year, and registrants with a public 
float of $250 million or more but less than $700 million and annual 
revenues of less than $100 million filed an average of six 
registration statements on Form S-1 each year.
    \206\ We estimate the compliance burden for a Form S-1 for a SRC 
using all scaled disclosure available to be the same as the last 
available PRA inventory for completing a Form SB-2, which was 159.50 
burden hours and a cost of $191,400 (478.50 professional hours x 
$400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible registrants used 
all available scaled disclosure, the final rules would decrease the 
compliance burden of Form S-1 by up to 181.25 hours (166.75 internal 
hours per filing using standard Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X 
disclosure minus 159.50 internal hours per filing using scaled 
disclosure = 7.25 internal hours saved per filing x 25 filings) and 
decrease the cost by up to $217,500.00 (500.25 professional hours 
per filing using standard Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X 
disclosure minus 478.50 professional hours per filing using scaled 
disclosure = 21.75 external hours saved per filing x $400 per hour = 
$8,700 external cost savings per filing x 25 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that 80% of these newly eligible registrants will begin to 
use scaled disclosure, we estimate an aggregate decrease of 145 
internal burden hours and costs of $174,000 for Form S-1.\207\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \207\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
S-1 is based on 80% x 181.25 internal hours saved = 145.00 internal 
hours saved and 80% x $217,500.00 external cost savings = 
$174,000.00 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. Form S-3
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure will file approximately 190 registration statements on Form 
S-3 per year.\208\ We estimate that if all of these registrants use all 
of the scaled SRC requirements, they would save 48 burden hours and an 
aggregate cost of $57,000.\209\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \208\ Based on data collected by DERA, during 2014 through 2016, 
registrants with a public float of $75 million or more but less than 
$250 million filed an average of approximately 148 registration 
statements on Form S-3 each year, registrants with no public float 
and annual revenues of $50 million or more but less than $100 
million filed an average of two registration statements on Form S-3 
each year, and registrants with a public float of $250 million or 
more but less than $700 million and annual revenues of less than 
$100 million filed an average of 40 registration statements on Form 
S-3 each year.
    \209\ We base our estimate of the reduced compliance burden for 
Form S-3 for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available on our 
estimate of the average compliance burden for Items 503(d) and 504 
of Regulation S-K [17 CFR 229.503(d) and 229.504], which 
requirements are scaled for SRCs. We estimate the decrease in 
compliance burden for a registration statement on Form S-3 for a SRC 
using all scaled disclosure available to be 0.25 burden hours and a 
cost of $300 (0.75 professional hours x $400/hour) per filing.
    Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible registrants used 
all available scaled disclosure, the final rules would decrease the 
compliance burden of Form S-3 by up to 47.50 hours (0.25 internal 
hours saved per filing x 190 filings) and decrease the cost by up to 
$57,000.00 ($300 external cost savings per filing x 190 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that 80% of the newly eligible registrants will begin to 
use scaled disclosure, we estimate an aggregate decrease of 38 internal 
burden hours and costs of $ 45,600 for Form S-3.\210\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \210\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
S-3 is based on 80% x 47.50 internal hours saved = 38.00 internal 
hours saved and 80% x $57,000.00 external cost savings = $45,600.00 
external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. Form S-4
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure will file approximately 35 registration statements on Form 
S-4 per year.\211\ We estimate that if all of these registrants use all 
of the scaled SRC requirements, they would save 254 burden hours and an 
aggregate cost of $304,500.\212\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \211\ Based on data collected by DERA, during 2014 through 2016, 
registrants with a public float of $75 million or more but less than 
$250 million filed an average of approximately 30 registration 
statements on Form S-4 each year, registrants with no public float 
and revenues of $50 million or more but less than $100 million filed 
an average of approximately one registration statement on Form S-4 
each year, and registrants with a public float of $250 million or 
more but less than $700 million and annual revenues of less than 
$100 million filed an average of four registration statements on 
Form S-4 each year.
    \212\ We estimate the reduction in the compliance burden for 
Form S-4 for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available to be the 
same as the reduction in the compliance burden for a Form S-1 for a 
SRC using all scaled disclosure available as compared to standard 
Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X disclosure, which was 7.25 burden 
hours and a cost of $8,700 (21.75 professional hours x $400/hour) 
per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible registrants used 
all available scaled disclosure, the final rules will decrease the 
compliance burden of Form S-4 by up to 253.75 hours (7.25 internal 
hours saved per filing x 35 filings) and decrease the annual cost by 
up to $304,500.00 ($8,700 external cost savings per filing x 35 
filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that 80% of newly eligible registrants will begin to use 
scaled disclosure, we estimate an aggregate decrease of 203 internal 
burden hours and costs of $243,600 for Form S-4.\213\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \213\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
S-4 is based on 80% x 253.75 internal hours saved = 203.00 internal 
hours saved and 80% x $304,500.00 external cost savings = 
$243,600.00 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

10. Form S-11
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure will file approximately two registration statements on Form 
S-11 per year.\214\ Assuming that both of these registrants use all of 
the scaled SRC requirements, we estimate an aggregate decrease of 15 
burden hours and cost of $17,400 for Form S-11.\215\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \214\ Based on data collected by DERA, during 2014 through 2016, 
registrants with a public float of $75 million or more but less than 
$250 million filed an average of approximately one registration 
statement on Form S-11 each year, registrants with no public float 
and revenues of $50 million or more but less than $100 million filed 
an average of less than one registration statement on Form S-11 each 
year, and registrants with a public float of $250 million or more 
but less than $700 million and annual revenues of less than $100 
million filed an average of one registration statement on Form S-11 
each year.
    \215\ We estimate the reduction in the compliance burden for 
Form S-11 for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available to be the 
same as reduction in the compliance burden for Form S-1 for a SRC 
using all scaled disclosure available as compared to standard 
Regulation S-K disclosure and Regulation S-X, which was 7.25 burden 
hours and a cost of $8,700 (21.75 professional hours x $400/hour) 
per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that, if both eligible registrants used 
all available scaled disclosure, the final rules will decrease the 
compliance burden of Form S-11 by up to 14.50 hours (7.25 internal 
hours saved per filing x two filings) and decrease the annual cost 
by up to $17,400.00 ($8,700 external cost savings per filing x two 
filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Due to the low number of Form S-11 filers and rounding 
considerations, we assume that both of the newly eligible registrants 
filing Form S-11 will begin to use scaled disclosure and realize the 
full extent of burden and cost savings.

VI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (``RFA'') \216\ requires us, in 
promulgating rules under Section 553 of the Administrative Procedure 
Act,\217\ to consider the impact of those rules on small entities. We 
have prepared this Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (``FRFA'') in 
accordance with Section 604 of the RFA.\218\ This FRFA relates to 
amendments to the SRC definition as used in our rules and Rule 3-05 of 
Regulation S-X. An Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (``IRFA'') 
was prepared in accordance with the RFA and was included in the 
Proposing Release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \216\ 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.
    \217\ 5 U.S.C. 553.
    \218\ 5 U.S.C. 604.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Final Rules

    The amendments to the SRC definition in the final rules are 
intended to promote capital formation through a modest reduction in 
compliance costs and disclosure burdens for these registrants by 
expanding the number of registrants that qualify as SRCs and are 
eligible to provide scaled disclosure, while maintaining appropriate 
investor protections. These amendments will

[[Page 32016]]

enable a registrant to qualify as a SRC based on a public float test or 
a revenue test that includes registrants both with and without a public 
float.\219\ We believe that the amendments will permit a broader group 
of registrants to make scaled disclosure to their investors without 
significantly detracting from investor protections.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \219\ See Item 10(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K; 
Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The amendments to Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X will 
maintain the consistency of the revenue thresholds in Rule 3-05 and the 
definition of a SRC. The current revenue threshold in Rule 3-
05(b)(2)(iv) was based on the revenue threshold in the SRC definition, 
and the final rules maintain this consistency by increasing the revenue 
threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) to $100 million. This amendment will 
enable more registrants to omit the earliest of the three fiscal years 
of audited financial statements of an acquired business or business to 
be acquired in certain registration statements and current reports.
    The amendments to the accelerated filer and large accelerated filer 
definitions in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 maintain the current thresholds 
at which registrants are subject to accelerated and large accelerated 
filer disclosure and filing requirements. At this time, we are not 
raising the accelerated filer public float threshold or modifying the 
Section 404(b) requirements for registrants.
    The need for, and objectives of, the final rules are discussed in 
more detail in Sections II and IV above.

B. Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments

    In the Proposing Release, we requested comment on all aspects of 
the IRFA, including the number of small entities that would be affected 
by the proposed amendments, the existence or nature of the potential 
impact of the proposals on small entities discussed in the analysis, 
and how to quantify the impact of the proposed amendments. We did not 
receive any comments specifically addressing the IRFA. We did, however, 
receive comments from members of the public on matters that could 
potentially impact small entities. These comments are discussed at 
length by topic in the corresponding subsections of Section II above.
    While many commenters expressed support for the proposed amendments 
to the SRC definition,\220\ commenters also recommended making changes 
to the proposed rules that would further expand the number of 
registrants that would qualify as SRCs and would be eligible to rely on 
the scaled disclosure requirements. For example, many commenters 
recommended that the Commission allow a revenue test for companies with 
a public float.\221\ Commenters stated that a revenue test would 
``stimulat[e] innovation and drive business growth,'' \222\ ``ensure 
that pre-revenue companies are not forced to divert investment funds . 
. . from science to compliance,'' \223\ and help ``avoid stifling the 
advancement of [these] companies that face costly compliance burdens.'' 
\224\ Two commenters specifically recommended that the Commission adopt 
a test based on revenues of less than $100 million and a public float 
of less than $700 million, as recommended by the Small Business 
Forum.\225\ In response to commenters \226\ and recommendations from 
the Small Business Forum,\227\ the definition in the final rules will 
include, in addition to registrants with a public float of less than 
$250 million, registrants with annual revenues of less than $100 
million during their most recently completed fiscal year and either no 
public float or a public float of less than $700 million.\228\ As 
described above, we believe that it is appropriate to provide a measure 
by which a registrant with public float but with limited revenues may 
qualify as a SRC.\229\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \220\ See Acorda et al; AMTA; BDO; BIO; CAQ/CII; CONNECT; 
Coalition; ICBA; MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; Seneca; and IMA.
    \221\ See Acorda, et al; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; CSBA; 
Nasdaq; NYSE; and Zeller.
    \222\ BIO.
    \223\ Acorda, et al.
    \224\ AMTA.
    \225\ See BIO; and Calithera.
    \226\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; and 
CSBA.
    \227\ See notes 20 and 89 for a discussion of the Small Business 
Forum recommendations.
    \228\ See Item 10(f)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-K; Securities Act 
Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \229\ See Section II.A.2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We are not, however, adopting a revenue test without a limitation 
on the public float or market capitalization of the company, as 
specifically suggested by two commenters.\230\ We believe the amended 
revenue test in the final rules is consistent with the position 
expressed by these commenters and others \231\ that it is not necessary 
to subject capital-intensive, low-revenue registrants with larger 
public floats or market capitalizations to the same reporting 
requirements as registrants with larger public floats and more well-
established, revenue-generating businesses. The amended revenue test in 
the final rules will enable these registrants to benefit from the cost-
savings of scaled reporting, while recognizing that as a registrant's 
business and public float grows, investors should benefit from greater 
disclosure. The additional information provided by the registrant in 
these circumstances will assist a growing investor base in making 
informed investment decisions and should also lead to a lower cost of 
capital for the business as it grows.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \230\ See NYSE; and Nasdaq.
    \231\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; CSBA; 
NYSE; and Nasdaq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Two commenters recommended amending Rule 3-05 to increase the 
revenue threshold in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) to $100 million to maintain 
the alignment between Rule 3-05 and the definition of a SRC.\232\ Given 
that the current revenue threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) was based on 
the revenue threshold in the SRC definition \233\ and that the final 
rules, among other things, increase the revenue threshold in the SRC 
definition from $50 million to $100 million, we believe it is 
appropriate to raise the net revenue threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) 
of Regulation S-X from $50 million to $100 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \232\ See EY; and BDO.
    \233\ See 1996 Rule 3-05 Adopting Release and SRC Adopting 
Release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    While some commenters supported eliminating the provision in the 
accelerated filer and large accelerated filer definitions that 
specifically excludes registrants that are eligible to use the SRC 
disclosure requirements for their annual or quarterly reports,\234\ 
many other commenters recommended that the Commission increase the 
thresholds in the accelerated filer definition, consistent with the 
changes to the SRC definition.\235\ Commenters recommended increasing 
the public float threshold in the accelerated filer definition to 
reduce compliance costs \236\ and to maintain consistency in the 
rules.\237\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \234\ See BDO; CAQ/CII; CFA Institute; Deloitte; and EY.
    \235\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; 
Coalition; CSBA; ICBA; Dixie; MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; and 
Seneca.
    \236\ See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT; 
Coalition; CSBA; ICBA; Dixie; MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; and 
Seneca.
    \237\ See BIO; Coalition; Nasdaq; NVCA; and NYSE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The final rules include amendments to the accelerated filer and 
large accelerated filer definitions in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 to 
maintain the current thresholds at which registrants are subject to 
accelerated and large accelerated filer disclosure and filing 
requirements. These amendments will change the current relationship 
between

[[Page 32017]]

the SRC and ``accelerated filer'' definitions by allowing a registrant 
to qualify as both a SRC and an accelerated filer.\238\ As stated 
above, the Chairman has directed the staff to formulate recommendations 
to the Commission for possible changes to reduce the number of 
registrants that our rules define as accelerated filers. As part of the 
staff's consideration of possible recommended amendments, the Chairman 
has directed the staff to consider, among other things, the historical 
and current relationship between the SRC and ``accelerated filer'' 
definitions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \238\ In conjunction with these amendments, we also are adopting 
technical revisions to Securities Act Forms S-1, S-3, S-4, S-8, and 
S-11 and Exchange Act Forms 10, 10-Q and 10-K. These amendments 
modify the cover page of the specified forms to remove the 
parenthetical next to the ``non-accelerated filer'' definition that 
states ``(Do not check if a smaller reporting company).'' After 
these amendments, a registrant should check all applicable boxes on 
the cover page addressing, among other things, non-accelerated, 
accelerated, and large accelerated filer status, SRC status, and 
emerging growth company status.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We believe that the final rules will reduce disclosure burdens by 
expanding the number of registrants that will qualify as SRCs and that 
are eligible to provide scaled disclosure, while maintaining 
appropriate investor protections.

C. Small Entities Subject to the Final Rules

    For purposes of the RFA, under 17 CFR 230.157 (Securities Act Rule 
157), an issuer, other than an investment company, is a ``small 
business'' or ``small organization'' if it had total assets of $5 
million or less on the last day of its most recent fiscal year and is 
engaged or proposing to engage in an offering of securities not 
exceeding $5 million. Under 17 CFR 240.0-10(a) (Exchange Act Rule 0-
10(a)), an issuer, other than an investment company, is a ``small 
business'' or ``small organization'' if it had total assets of $5 
million or less on the last day of its most recent fiscal year.
    We estimate that there are currently 1,181 entities that qualify as 
``small'' under the definitions set forth above.\239\ We believe it is 
likely that virtually all small businesses or small organizations, as 
defined in our rules described above, are already encompassed within 
the current SRC definition and the current revenue threshold in Rule 3-
05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X and will continue to be encompassed 
within the revised thresholds contained in the final rules. To the 
extent any small business or small organization, as defined for RFA 
purposes, is not already encompassed within the current SRC definition 
and the current revenue threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation 
S-X, we believe it is likely that the revised thresholds contained in 
the final rules will capture those entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \239\ This estimate is based on staff analysis of XBRL data 
submitted by filers, excluding co-registrants, with EDGAR filings of 
Forms 10-K filed during the calendar year of January 1, 2016 to 
December 31, 2016.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and Other Compliance Requirements

    The amendments to the SRC definition in the final rules increase 
the number of registrants eligible to provide scaled disclosures in 
response to Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X disclosure requirements. 
These amendments do not revise the scaled disclosure requirements 
themselves, but could modestly decrease the disclosures required for 
registrants that will qualify as SRCs under the expanded thresholds.
    Consistent with the amendments to the revenue threshold in the SRC 
definition, the amendment to Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X raises the net 
revenue threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X from $50 
million to $100 million. Current Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) allows certain 
registrants to omit financial statements of businesses acquired or to 
be acquired in certain registration statements and current reports for 
the earliest of the three fiscal years required if the net revenues of 
the business to be acquired are less than $50 million. With the 
amendment, those registrants will become eligible to omit the relevant 
financial statements for acquired businesses with net annual revenues 
of $50 million or more but less than $100 million in the most recent 
fiscal year. In this way, the amendment to Rule 3-05 could moderately 
decrease the existing disclosure requirements for some registrants; 
however, we do not expect that the number of registrants affected by 
the amendments will be significant.
    Both (i) the amendments to the SRC definition, which expand the 
number of registrants that qualify for the scaled disclosure based on 
revenue and public float measures, and (ii) the amendment to Rule 3-05 
of Regulation S-X, which expands the pool of acquired companies for 
which registrants are required to provide only two years of financials, 
reduce disclosure already required to be prepared under our rules. 
Accordingly, there are no particular professional skills needed to 
comply with the amendments themselves. Consistent with the current 
rules, however, a registrant will need to monitor the applicable 
thresholds for disclosure and to comply with the underlying existing 
disclosure requirements, which may require the use of professional 
skills, including information technology, accounting, and legal skills.
    The amendments are discussed in detail in Section II above. We 
discuss the economic impact, including the estimated compliance costs 
and burdens, of the final rules in Section IV (Economic Analysis) and 
Section V (Paperwork Reduction Act) above.

E. Agency Action To Minimize Effect on Small Entities

    The RFA directs us to consider significant alternatives that would 
accomplish the stated objectives of the amendments, while minimizing 
any significant adverse impact on small entities. Accordingly, we 
considered the following alternatives:
     Establishing different compliance or reporting 
requirements or timetables that take into account the resources 
available to small entities;
     clarifying, consolidating or simplifying compliance and 
reporting requirements for small entities under our rules as revised by 
the amendments;
     using performance rather than design standards; and
     exempting small entities from coverage of all or part of 
the amendments.
    The amendments generally do not create any new compliance or 
reporting requirements. Instead, the amendments expand the number of 
companies eligible for the different compliance and reporting 
requirements available to SRCs and increase the revenue threshold to 
qualify for the disclosure accommodation in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of 
Regulation S-X.\240\ As a result, we do not believe it is necessary or 
appropriate to exempt small entities in connection with this 
rulemaking. The amendments are intended to increase the number of 
registrants eligible to provide scaled disclosures under Regulation S-K 
and Regulation S-X. To the extent any small entity is not already 
encompassed within the current SRC definition or the current revenue 
threshold in Rule 3-05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S-X, we believe it is 
likely that the revised thresholds contained in the final rules will 
capture those entities, thereby enabling them to provide scaled 
disclosures. Therefore, we believe that the amendments will simplify 
compliance and reporting requirements for small entities. Small 
entities may avail themselves of the amendments upon their effective 
date. This timetable

[[Page 32018]]

will provide newly-eligible small entities with the ability to take 
advantage of the scaled disclosure requirements at the earliest 
possible date. In this regard, we do not believe that it is necessary 
to establish a different timetable for small entities. With respect to 
the use of performance rather than design standards, because the 
amendments are not expected to have any significant adverse effect on 
small entities (and are, in fact, expected to relieve burdens for some 
such entities), we do not believe it is necessary to use performance 
standards in connection with this rulemaking.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \240\ As discussed in note 20, Item 404 is the only disclosure 
item in Regulation S-K that may require more extensive information 
for SRCs than for non-SRCs. See also note 22.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In Section IV, above, we discuss additional alternatives that we 
have considered and their economic impact.\241\ We note that those 
alternatives, such as using a different threshold or different standard 
for determining SRC status, would be unlikely to have a significant 
effect on smaller entities because, as noted above, we believe 
virtually all small entities are already eligible for SRC status. 
Similarly, with respect to the alternative of not amending the 
accelerated and large accelerated filer definitions, we believe there 
are very few small entities that will be considered accelerated filers 
under the definitions in the final rules, and, therefore, this 
alternative would not significantly affect small entities.\242\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \241\ See Section IV.C. (alternatives include (i) using a 
different registrant size metric in the SRC definition, (ii) 
revising the SRC definition using different thresholds, and (iii) 
reducing the number of registrants that our rules define as 
accelerated filers, which would expand the number of registrants 
eligible for the Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404(b) exemption).
    \242\ See Section IV.B.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

VII. Statutory Amendments and Text of Final Rules

    The rule amendments described in this release are being adopted 
pursuant to Sections 7, 10 and 19 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a 
et seq.), as amended, Sections 3(b), 12, 13, 15(d) and 23(a) of the 
Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.), as amended, and Section 72002 of 
the FAST Act.

List of Subjects in 17 CFR Parts 210, 229, 230, 239, 240, and 249

    Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Commission is amending 
title 17, chapter II of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:

PART 210--FORM AND CONTENT OF AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS, SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 
1934, INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 
1940, AND ENERGY POLICY AND CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975

0
1. The authority citation for part 210 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 
77aa(25), 77aa(26), 77nn(25), 77nn(26), 78c, 78j-1, 78l, 78m, 78n, 
78o(d), 78q, 78u-5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm, 80a-8, 80a-20, 80a-29, 80a-30, 
80a-31, 80a-37(a), 80b-3, 80b-11, 7202 and 7262, and sec. 102(c), 
Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 310 (2012), unless otherwise noted.


0
2. Amend Sec.  210.3-05 by revising paragraph (b)(2)(iv) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  210.3-05  Financial statements of businesses acquired or to be 
acquired.

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (2) * * *
    (iv) If any of the conditions exceed 50 percent, the full financial 
statements specified in Sec. Sec.  210.3-01 and 210.3-02 shall be 
furnished. However, financial statements for the earliest of the three 
fiscal years required may be omitted if net revenues reported by the 
acquired business in its most recent fiscal year are less than $100 
million.
* * * * *

PART 229--STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING FORMS UNDER SECURITIES 
ACT OF 1933, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AND ENERGY POLICY AND 
CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975--REGULATION S-K

0
3. The authority citation for part 229 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77k, 77s, 77z-2, 
77z-3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26), 77ddd, 77eee, 77ggg, 77hhh, 77iii, 77jjj, 
77nnn, 77sss, 78c, 78i, 78j, 78j-3, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78o, 78u-
5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm, 80a-8, 80a-9, 80a-20, 80a-29, 80a-30, 80a-31(c), 
80a-37, 80a-38(a), 80a-39, 80b-11, and 7201 et seq., and 18 U.S.C. 
1350; sec. 953(b), Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1904 (2010); and sec. 
102(c), Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 310 (2012).


0
4. Amend Sec.  229.10 by revising paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  229.10   (Item 10) General.

* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (1) Definition of smaller reporting company. As used in this part, 
the term smaller reporting company means an issuer that is not an 
investment company, an asset-backed issuer (as defined in Sec.  
229.1101), or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a 
smaller reporting company and that:
    (i) Had a public float of less than $250 million; or
    (ii) Had annual revenues of less than $100 million and either:
    (A) No public float; or
    (B) A public float of less than $700 million.
    (2) Determination. Whether an issuer is a smaller reporting company 
is determined on an annual basis.
    (i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act:
    (A) Public float is measured as of the last business day of the 
issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter and computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and 
non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which 
the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked 
prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity;
    (B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal 
year for which audited financial statements are available; and
    (C) An issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came 
within the definition of smaller reporting company in its quarterly 
report on Form 10-Q for the first fiscal quarter of the next year, 
indicating on the cover page of that filing, and in subsequent filings 
for that fiscal year, whether it is a smaller reporting company, except 
that, if a determination based on public float indicates that the 
issuer is newly eligible to be a smaller reporting company, the issuer 
may choose to reflect this determination beginning with its first 
quarterly report on Form 10-Q following the determination, rather than 
waiting until the first fiscal quarter of the next year.
    (ii) For determinations based on an initial registration statement 
under the Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common 
equity:
    (A) Public float is measured as of a date within 30 days of the 
date of the filing of the registration statement and computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and 
non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates before the registration 
plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration statement, the 
number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity included in 
the registration statement by the estimated public offering price of 
the shares;
    (B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal 
year for

[[Page 32019]]

which audited financial statements are available; and
    (C) The issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came 
within the definition of smaller reporting company in the registration 
statement and must appropriately indicate on the cover page of the 
filing, and subsequent filings for the fiscal year in which the filing 
is made, whether it is a smaller reporting company. The issuer must re-
determine its status at the end of its second fiscal quarter and then 
reflect any change in status as provided in paragraph (f)(2)(i)(C) of 
this section. In the case of a determination based on an initial 
Securities Act registration statement, an issuer that was not 
determined to be a smaller reporting company has the option to re-
determine its status at the conclusion of the offering covered by the 
registration statement based on the actual offering price and number of 
shares sold.
    (iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for 
smaller reporting company status because it exceeded one or more of the 
current thresholds, it will remain unqualified unless when making its 
annual determination either:
    (A) It determines that its public float was less than $200 million; 
or
    (B) It determines that its public float and its annual revenues 
meet the requirements for subsequent qualification included in the 
following chart:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Prior public float
                             -------------------------------------------
    Prior annual revenues       None or less than
                                  $700 million      $700 million or more
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than $100 million......  Neither threshold     Public float--Less
                               exceeded.             than $560 million;
                                                     and
                                                    Revenues--Less than
                                                     $100 million.
$100 million or more........  Public float--None    Public float--Less
                               or less than $700     than $560 million;
                               million; and.         and
                              Revenues--Less than   Revenues--Less than
                               $80 million.          $80 million.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Instruction 1 to paragraph (f): A registrant that qualifies as a 
smaller reporting company under the public float thresholds 
identified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(iii)(A) of this 
section will qualify as a smaller reporting company regardless of 
its revenues.

PART 230--GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

0
5. The authority citation for part 230 continues to read in part as 
follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77b, 77b note, 77c, 77d, 77f, 77g, 77h, 
77j, 77r, 77s, 77z-3, 77sss, 78c, 78d, 78j, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78o-
7 note, 78t, 78w, 78ll(d), 78mm, 80a-8, 80a-24, 80a-28, 80a-29, 80a-
30, and 80a-37, and Pub. L. 112-106, sec. 201(a), sec. 401, 126 
Stat. 313 (2012), unless otherwise noted.
* * * * *


0
6. Amend Sec.  230.405 by revising the definition of ``smaller 
reporting company'' to read as follows:


Sec.  230.405  Definitions of terms.

* * * * *
    Smaller reporting company. As used in this part, the term smaller 
reporting company means an issuer that is not an investment company, an 
asset-backed issuer (as defined in Sec.  229.1101 of this chapter), or 
a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting 
company and that:
    (1) Had a public float of less than $250 million; or
    (2) Had annual revenues of less than $100 million and either:
    (i) No public float; or
    (ii) A public float of less than $700 million.
    (3) Whether an issuer is a smaller reporting company is determined 
on an annual basis.
    (i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act:
    (A) Public float is measured as of the last business day of the 
issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter and computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and 
non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which 
the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked 
prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity;
    (B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal 
year for which audited financial statements are available; and
    (C) An issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came 
within the definition of smaller reporting company in its quarterly 
report on Form 10-Q for the first fiscal quarter of the next year, 
indicating on the cover page of that filing, and in subsequent filings 
for that fiscal year, whether it is a smaller reporting company, except 
that, if a determination based on public float indicates that the 
issuer is newly eligible to be a smaller reporting company, the issuer 
may choose to reflect this determination beginning with its first 
quarterly report on Form 10-Q following the determination, rather than 
waiting until the first fiscal quarter of the next year.
    (ii) For determinations based on an initial registration statement 
under the Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common 
equity:
    (A) Public float is measured as of a date within 30 days of the 
date of the filing of the registration statement and computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and 
non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates before the registration 
plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration statement, the 
number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity included in 
the registration statement by the estimated public offering price of 
the shares;
    (B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal 
year for which audited financial statements are available; and
    (C) The issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came 
within the definition of smaller reporting company in the registration 
statement and must appropriately indicate on the cover page of the 
filing, and subsequent filings for the fiscal year in which the filing 
is made, whether it is a smaller reporting company. The issuer must re-
determine its status at the end of its second fiscal quarter and then 
reflect any change in status as provided in paragraph (3)(i)(C) of this 
definition. In the case of a determination based on an initial 
Securities Act registration statement, an issuer that was not 
determined to be a smaller reporting company has the option to re-
determine its status at the conclusion of the offering covered by the 
registration statement based on the actual offering price and number of 
shares sold.
    (iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for 
smaller reporting company status because it exceeded one or more of the 
current thresholds, it will remain unqualified unless when making its 
annual determination either:
    (A) It determines that its public float was less than $200 million; 
or

[[Page 32020]]

    (B) It determines that its public float and its annual revenues 
meet the requirements for subsequent qualification included in the 
following chart:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Prior public float
                             -------------------------------------------
    Prior annual revenues       None or less than
                                  $700 million      $700 million or more
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than $100 million......  Neither threshold     Public float--Less
                               exceeded.             than $560 million;
                                                     and
                                                    Revenues--Less than
                                                     $100 million.
$100 million or more........  Public float--None    Public float--Less
                               or less than $700     than $560 million;
                               million; and.         and
                              Revenues--Less than   Revenues--Less than
                               $80 million.          $80 million.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Instruction 1 to definition of ``smaller reporting company'': A 
registrant that qualifies as a smaller reporting company under the 
public float thresholds identified in paragraphs (1) and (3)(iii)(A) 
of this definition will qualify as a smaller reporting company 
regardless of its revenues.
* * * * *

PART 239--FORMS PRESCRIBED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

0
7. The authority citation for part 239 continues to read in part as 
follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 
77sss, 78c, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d), 78o-7 note, 78u-5, 78w(a), 78ll, 
78mm, 80a-2(a), 80a-3, 80a-8, 80a-9, 80a-10, 80a-13, 80a-24, 80a-26, 
80a-29, 80a-30, and 80a-37; and sec. 107, Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 
312, unless otherwise noted.
* * * * *


0
8. Amend Form S-1 (referenced in Sec.  239.11) by revising the text and 
check boxes on the cover page immediately before the text ``If an 
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has 
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.'' The revisions read as 
follows:

    Note: The text of Form S-1 does not, and this amendment will 
not, appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

Form S-1
Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
* * * * *
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large 
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 
smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the 
definitions of ``large accelerated filer,'' ``accelerated filer,'' 
``smaller reporting company,'' and ``emerging growth company'' in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [squ]
Accelerated filer [squ]
Non-accelerated filer [squ]
Smaller reporting company [squ]
Emerging growth company [squ]
* * * * *

0
9. Amend Form S-3 (referenced in Sec.  239.13) by revising the text and 
check boxes on the cover page immediately before the text ``If an 
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has 
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.'' The revisions read as 
follows:

    Note: The text of Form S-3 does not, and this amendment will 
not, appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

Form S-3
Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
* * * * *
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large 
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 
smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the 
definitions of ``large accelerated filer,'' ``accelerated filer,'' 
``smaller reporting company,'' and ``emerging growth company'' in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [squ]
Accelerated filer [squ]
Non-accelerated filer [squ]
Smaller reporting company [squ]
Emerging growth company [squ]
* * * * *

0
10. Amend Form S-8 (referenced in Sec.  239.16b) by revising the text 
and check boxes on the cover page immediately before the text ``If an 
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has 
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.'' The revisions read as 
follows:

    Note:  The text of Form S-8 does not, and this amendment will 
not, appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

Form S-8
Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
* * * * *
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large 
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 
smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the 
definitions of ``large accelerated filer,'' ``accelerated filer,'' 
``smaller reporting company,'' and ``emerging growth company'' in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [ballot]
Accelerated filer [ballot]
Non-accelerated filer [ballot]
Smaller reporting company [ballot]
Emerging growth company [ballot]
* * * * *

0
11. Amend Form S-11 (referenced in Sec.  239.18) by revising the text 
and check boxes on the cover page immediately before the text ``If an 
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has 
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.'' The revisions read as 
follows:

    Note:  The text of Form S-11 does not, and this amendment will 
not, appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.


[[Page 32021]]



United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

Form S-11
Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
* * * * *
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large 
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 
smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the 
definitions of ``large accelerated filer,'' ``accelerated filer,'' 
``smaller reporting company,'' and ``emerging growth company'' in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [ballot]
Accelerated filer [ballot]
Non-accelerated filer [ballot]
Smaller reporting company [ballot]
Emerging growth company [ballot]
* * * * *

0
12. Amend Form S-4 (referenced in Sec.  239.25) by revising the text 
and check boxes on the cover page immediately before the text ``If an 
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has 
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.'' The revisions read as 
follows:

    Note:  The text of Form S-4 does not, and this amendment will 
not, appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

Form S-4
Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
* * * * *
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large 
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 
smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the 
definitions of ``large accelerated filer,'' ``accelerated filer,'' 
``smaller reporting company,'' and ``emerging growth company'' in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer [ballot]
Accelerated filer [ballot]
Non-accelerated filer [ballot]
Smaller reporting company [ballot]
Emerging growth company [ballot]
* * * * *

PART 240--GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 
1934

0
13. The authority citation for part 240 continues to read in part as 
follows:

    Authority:  15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 
77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn, 77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78c-3, 78c-5, 78d, 78e, 78f, 
78g, 78i, 78j, 78j-1, 78k, 78k-1, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78o, 78o-4, 
78o-10, 78p, 78q, 78q-1, 78s, 78u-5, 78w, 78x, 78ll, 78mm, 80a-20, 
80a-23, 80a-29, 80a-37, 80b-3, 80b-4, 80b-11, 7201 et seq., and 
8302; 7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(E); 12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(3); 18 U.S.C. 1350; and 
Pub. L. 111-203, 939A, 124 Stat. 1887 (2010); and secs. 503 and 602, 
Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 326 (2012), unless otherwise noted.
* * * * *

0
14. Amend Sec.  240.12b-2 by:
0
a. In the definition of ``accelerated filer and large accelerated 
filer'':
0
i. Adding the word ``and'' at the end of paragraph (1)(ii);
0
ii. Removing ``; and'' at the end of paragraph (1)(iii) and in its 
place adding a period;
0
iii. Removing paragraph (1)(iv);
0
iv. Adding the word ``and'' at the end of paragraph (2)(ii);
0
v. Removing ``; and'' at the end of paragraph (2)(iii) and in its place 
adding a period; and
0
vi. Removing paragraph (2)(iv).
0
b. Revising the definition of ``smaller reporting company''.
    The addition and revision reads as follows:


Sec.  240.12b-2  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Smaller reporting company. As used in this part, the term smaller 
reporting company means an issuer that is not an investment company, an 
asset-backed issuer (as defined in Sec.  229.1101 of this chapter), or 
a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting 
company and that:
    (1) Had a public float of less than $250 million; or
    (2) Had annual revenues of less than $100 million and either:
    (i) No public float; or
    (ii) A public float of less than $700 million.
    (3) Whether an issuer is a smaller reporting company is determined 
on an annual basis.
    (i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act:
    (A) Public float is measured as of the last business day of the 
issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter and computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and 
non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which 
the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked 
prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity;
    (B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal 
year for which audited financial statements are available; and
    (C) An issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came 
within the definition of smaller reporting company in its quarterly 
report on Form 10-Q for the first fiscal quarter of the next year, 
indicating on the cover page of that filing, and in subsequent filings 
for that fiscal year, whether it is a smaller reporting company, except 
that, if a determination based on public float indicates that the 
issuer is newly eligible to be a smaller reporting company, the issuer 
may choose to reflect this determination beginning with its first 
quarterly report on Form 10-Q following the determination, rather than 
waiting until the first fiscal quarter of the next year.
    (ii) For determinations based on an initial registration statement 
under the Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common 
equity:
    (A) Public float is measured as of a date within 30 days of the 
date of the filing of the registration statement and computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and 
non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates before the registration 
plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration statement, the 
number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity included in 
the registration statement by the estimated public offering price of 
the shares;
    (B) Annual revenues are as of the most recently completed fiscal 
year for which audited financial statements are available; and
    (C) The issuer must reflect the determination of whether it came 
within the definition of smaller reporting company in the registration 
statement and must appropriately indicate on the cover page of the 
filing, and subsequent filings for the fiscal year in which the filing 
is made, whether it is a smaller reporting company. The issuer must re-
determine its status at the end of its second fiscal quarter and then 
reflect any change in status as provided in paragraph (3)(i)(C) of this 
definition. In the case of a determination based on an initial 
Securities Act registration statement, an issuer that was not 
determined to be a smaller reporting company has the option to re-
determine its status at the conclusion of the offering covered by the 
registration

[[Page 32022]]

statement based on the actual offering price and number of shares sold.
    (iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for 
smaller reporting company status because it exceeded one or more of the 
current thresholds, it will remain unqualified unless when making its 
annual determination either:
    (A) It determines that its public float was less than $200 million; 
or
    (B) It determines that its public float and its annual revenues 
meet the requirements for subsequent qualification included in the 
following chart:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Prior public float
                             -------------------------------------------
    Prior annual revenues       None or less than
                                  $700 million      $700 million or more
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than $100 million......  Neither threshold     Public float--Less
                               exceeded.             than $560 million;
                                                     and
                                                    Revenues--Less than
                                                     $100 million.
$100 million or more........  Public float--None    Public float--Less
                               or less than $700     than $560 million;
                               million; and.         and
                              Revenues--Less than   Revenues--Less than
                               $80 million.          $80 million.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Instruction 1 to definition of ``smaller reporting company'': A 
registrant that qualifies as a smaller reporting company under the 
public float thresholds identified in paragraphs (1) and (3)(iii)(A) 
of this definition will qualify as a smaller reporting company 
regardless of its revenues.

* * * * *

PART 249--FORMS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

0
15. The authority citation for part 249 continues to read in part as 
follows:

    Authority:  15 U.S.C. 78a et seq. and 7201 et seq.; 12 U.S.C. 
5461 et seq.; 18 U.S.C. 1350; Sec. 953(b), Pub. L. 111-203, 124 
Stat. 1904; Sec. 102(a)(3), Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 309 (2012); 
Sec. 107, Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 313 (2012), and Sec. 72001, 
Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312 (2015), unless otherwise noted.
* * * * *

0
16. Amend Form 10 (referenced in Sec.  249.210) by revising the text 
and check boxes on the cover page immediately before the text ``If an 
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has 
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.'' The revisions read as follows:

    Note:  The text of Form 10 does not, and this amendment will 
not, appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

Form 10
General Form for Registration of Securities
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
* * * * *
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large 
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 
smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the 
definitions of ``large accelerated filer,'' ``accelerated filer,'' 
``smaller reporting company,'' and ``emerging growth company'' in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [ballot]
Accelerated filer [ballot]
Non-accelerated filer [ballot]
Smaller reporting company [ballot]
Emerging growth company [ballot]
* * * * *

0
17. Amend Form 10-Q (referenced in Sec.  249.308a) by revising the text 
and check boxes on the cover page immediately before the text ``If an 
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has 
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.'' The revisions read as follows:

    Note:  The text of Form 10-Q does not, and this amendment will 
not, appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

Form 10-Q
* * * * *
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large 
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 
smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the 
definitions of ``large accelerated filer,'' ``accelerated filer,'' 
``smaller reporting company,'' and ``emerging growth company'' in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [ballot]
Accelerated filer [ballot]
Non-accelerated filer [ballot]
Smaller reporting company [ballot]
Emerging growth company [ballot]
* * * * *

0
18. Amend Form 10-K (referenced in Sec.  249.310) by revising the text 
and check boxes on the cover page immediately before the text ``If an 
emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has 
elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to 
Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.'' The revisions read as follows:

    Note:  The text of Form 10-K does not, and this amendment will 
not, appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.

United States Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

Form 10-K
* * * * *
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large 
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a 
smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the 
definitions of ``large accelerated filer,'' ``accelerated filer,'' 
``smaller reporting company,'' and ``emerging growth company'' in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [ballot]
Accelerated filer [ballot]
Non-accelerated filer [ballot]
Smaller reporting company [ballot]
Emerging growth company [ballot]
* * * * *

    By the Commission.

    Dated: June 28, 2018.
Brent J. Fields,
Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2018-14306 Filed 7-9-18; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 8011-01-P



                                            31992                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE                                   S–3,2 S–4,3 S–8,4 and S–11 5 under the                  VII. Statutory Amendments and Text of Final
                                            COMMISSION                                                Securities Act of 1933 (‘‘Securities                         Rules
                                                                                                      Act’’); 6 17 CFR 240.12b–2 (‘‘Rule 12b–                 I. Introduction
                                            17 CFR Parts 210, 229, 230, 239, 240,                     2’’) and Forms 10,7 10–Q,8 and 10–K 9
                                            and 249                                                   under the Securities Exchange Act of                       On June 27, 2016, the Commission
                                                                                                      1934 (‘‘Exchange Act’’); 10 17 CFR                      proposed amendments that would
                                                                                                      210.3–05 (‘‘Rule 3–05’’ of Regulation S–                increase the financial thresholds in the
                                            [Release Nos. 33–10513; 34–83550; File No.
                                                                                                      X); 11 and 17 CFR 229.10(f) (‘‘Item 10(f)’’             ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ (‘‘SRC’’)
                                            S7–12–16]
                                                                                                                                                              definition and would have the effect of
                                                                                                      of Regulation S–K).12
                                                                                                                                                              expanding the number of companies
                                            RIN 3235–AL90                                             Table of Contents                                       that benefit from the scaled disclosure
                                                                                                      I. Introduction                                         accommodations available to SRCs.13 In
                                            Smaller Reporting Company Definition                                                                              developing final rules, we considered
                                                                                                      II. Final Amendments
                                            AGENCY:Securities and Exchange                               A. Amendments to Smaller Reporting                   comment letters received in response to
                                            Commission.                                                     Company Definition                                the Proposing Release,14 as well as
                                                                                                         1. Public Float Test                                 recommendations made by the
                                            ACTION:     Final rules.                                     2. Revenue Test                                      Securities and Exchange Commission
                                                                                                         B. Amendments to Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of              Advisory Committee on Small and
                                            SUMMARY:    We are adopting amendments                          Regulation S–X                                    Emerging Companies (‘‘ACSEC’’) 15 and
                                            to the definition of ‘‘smaller reporting                     C. Amendments to Accelerated Filer and
                                                                                                            Large Accelerated Filer Definitions
                                                                                                                                                              the SEC Government-Business Forum
                                            company’’ as used in our rules and                                                                                on Small Business Capital Formation
                                            regulations. The amendments expand                           1. Proposed Amendments
                                                                                                         2. Comments                                          (‘‘Small Business Forum’’).16 The
                                            the number of registrants that qualify as
                                                                                                         3. Final Amendments
                                            smaller reporting companies and are                       III. Other Matters                                         13 See Amendments to Smaller Reporting
                                            intended to reduce compliance costs for                   IV. Economic Analysis                                   Company Definition, Release No. 33–10107 (Jun.
                                            these registrants and promote capital                        A. Baseline                                          27, 2016) [81 FR 43130 (Jul. 1, 2016)] (‘‘Proposing
                                            formation, while maintaining                                                                                      Release’’). As the Commission noted in the
                                                                                                         B. Potential Economic Effects
                                                                                                                                                              Proposing Release, raising the financial thresholds
                                            appropriate investor protections. We are                     1. Introduction                                      in the SRC definition would be responsive to the
                                            amending the definition of ‘‘smaller                         2. Impact on Eligibility for Smaller                 Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act of
                                            reporting company’’ to include                                  Reporting Company Status                          2015 (‘‘FAST Act’’) because it would reduce the
                                                                                                         3. Estimation of Potential Costs and                 burden on the specified registrants by increasing
                                            registrants with a public float of less                                                                           the number of registrants eligible for scaled
                                                                                                            Benefits
                                            than $250 million, as well as registrants                    4. Affiliated Ownership and Adverse                  disclosure. See Public Law 114–94, 129 Stat. 1312
                                            with annual revenues of less than $100                          Selection                                         (2015).
                                            million for the previous year and either                     5. Effects on Efficiency, Competition and
                                                                                                                                                                 14 The comment letters received in response to

                                            no public float or a public float of less                                                                         the Proposing Release are available at https://
                                                                                                            Capital Formation
                                                                                                                                                              www.sec.gov/comments/s7-12-16/s71216.htm.
                                            than $700 million. We also are                               C. Possible Alternatives                                15 In September 2015 and March 2013, the ACSEC
                                            amending other rules and forms in light                   V. Paperwork Reduction Act                              recommended revising the SRC definition to
                                            of the new definition of ‘‘smaller                           A. Background                                        include registrants with a public float of up to $250
                                            reporting company,’’ including                               B. Summary of the Final Amendments                   million. The recommendations made by ACSEC in
                                                                                                         C. Summary of Comment Letters                        March 2013 also included a recommendation to
                                            amendments to the definitions of                             D. Revisions to Burden and Cost Estimates            revise the SRC definition for registrants that are
                                            ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘large                            1. Form 10–K                                         unable to calculate their public float to include
                                            accelerated filer’’ to preserve the                          2. Form 10–Q                                         registrants with less than $100 million in annual
                                            existing thresholds in those definitions.                                                                         revenues. ACSEC Recommendations about
                                                                                                         3. Form 8–K
                                                                                                                                                              Expanding Simplified Disclosure for Smaller
                                            Qualifying as a ‘‘smaller reporting                          4. Schedule 14A                                      Issuers (Sept. 23, 2015), available at https://
                                            company’’ will no longer automatically                       5. Schedule 14C                                      www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/acsec-
                                            make a registrant a non-accelerated filer.                   6. Form 10                                           recommendations-expanding-simplified-disclosure-
                                            The Chairman, however, has directed                          7. Form S–1                                          for-smaller-issuers.pdf and ACSEC
                                                                                                         8. Form S–3                                          Recommendations Regarding Disclosure and Other
                                            the staff to formulate recommendations                       9. Form S–4                                          Requirements for Smaller Public Companies (Mar.
                                            to the Commission for possible                               10. Form S–11                                        21, 2013), available at https://www.sec.gov/info/
                                            additional changes to the ‘‘accelerated                   VI. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis               smallbus/acsec/acsec-recommendation-032113-
                                                                                                                                                              smaller-public-co-ltr.pdf. Both of these
                                            filer’’ definition that, if adopted, would                   A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Final            recommendations also included a recommendation
                                            have the effect of reducing the number                          Rules                                             that the Commission revise the ‘‘accelerated filer’’
                                            of registrants that qualify as accelerated                   B. Significant Issues Raised by Public               definition to include registrants with a public float
                                            filers.                                                         Comments                                          of $250 million or more, but less than $700 million.
                                                                                                         C. Small Entities Subject to the Final Rules         The accelerated filer definition currently includes
                                            DATES:The final rules are effective                          D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and            registrants with a public float of $75 million or
                                            September 10, 2018.                                             Other Compliance Requirements                     more, but less than $700 million. See Exchange Act
                                                                                                         E. Agency Action To Minimize Effect on               Rule 12b–2. See Section II.C for a discussion of the
                                            FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                                                                                  accelerated filer definition.
                                                                                                            Small Entities
                                            Amy Reischauer or Jennifer Riegel,                                                                                   16 The 2017 Small Business Forum recommended

                                            Office of Small Business Policy,                                                                                  that the SRC definition be revised to include
                                                                                                           2 17 CFR.239.13.                                   registrants with a public float of less than $250
                                            Division of Corporation Finance, at                            3 17 CFR 239.25.                                   million or registrants with annual revenues of less
                                            (202) 551–3460, U.S. Securities and                            4 17 CFR 239.16b.                                  than $100 million, excluding large accelerated
                                            Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE,                          5 17 CFR 239.18.                                   filers. See Final Report of the 2017 SEC Government
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            Washington, DC 20549–3628.                                     6 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.                            Business Forum on Small Business Capital
                                                                                                           7 17 CFR 249.210.                                  Formation (Mar. 2018), available at https://
                                            SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: We are                              8 17 CFR 249.308a.                                 www.sec.gov/files/gbfor36.pdf. Registrants with a
                                            adopting amendments to 17 CFR                                  9 17 CFR 249.310.
                                                                                                                                                              public float of $700 million or more generally
                                            230.405 (‘‘Rule 405’’) and Forms S–1,1                                                                            qualify as large accelerated filers. See Exchange Act
                                                                                                           10 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.
                                                                                                                                                              Rule 12b–2. Prior Small Business Forums made the
                                                                                                           11 17 CFR 210.1–01 through 210.12–29.
                                                                                                                                                              same or similar recommendations. Final Small
                                              1 17   CFR 239.11.                                           12 17 CFR 229.10 through 229.1208.                 Business Forum reports are available at https://



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                       31993

                                            Commission last revised the SRC                              revenues of less than $100 million for                  the effect of reducing the number of
                                            definition in 2008.17 Our amendments                         the previous year and a public float of                 registrants that qualify as accelerated
                                            reflect the need to solicit input and                        less than $700 million. Specifically, we                filers in order to promote capital
                                            retrospectively review our rules in order                    are amending Securities Act Rule 405,                   formation by reducing compliance costs
                                            to determine whether they are outdated                       Exchange Act Rule 12b–2, and Item                       for certain registrants, while
                                            or are not functioning as intended.                          10(f) of Regulation S–K to effect these                 maintaining appropriate investor
                                            Today, we are amending the SRC                               changes. In another change from the                     protections. As part of the staff’s
                                            definition in an effort to promote capital                   proposal, we are amending Rule 3–                       consideration of possible recommended
                                            formation and reduce compliance costs                        05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X to                       amendments, the Chairman has directed
                                            for specified registrants by expanding                       increase the revenue threshold under                    the staff to consider, among other
                                            the number of registrants that are                           which certain acquirers may omit the                    things, the historical and current
                                            eligible to provide scaled disclosure                        earliest of the three fiscal years of                   relationship between the SRC and
                                            while maintaining appropriate investor                       audited financial statements of certain                 ‘‘accelerated filer’’ definitions. The staff
                                            protections.                                                 targets. Finally, we are adopting                       has begun work to prepare these
                                               We are adopting the amendments                            amendments to the ‘‘accelerated filer’’
                                                                                                                                                                 recommendations.
                                            generally as proposed with two changes.                      and ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ definitions
                                            As proposed, we are amending the SRC                         in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2, as                             Consistent with the proposal, we are
                                            definition to include registrants with a                     proposed, to preserve the application of                not amending any of the scaled
                                            public float of less than $250 million, as                   the current public float thresholds in                  disclosure accommodations available to
                                            well as registrants with annual revenues                     those definitions.18 The Chairman,                      SRCs in Regulation S–K and Regulation
                                            of less than $100 million for the                            however, has directed the staff to                      S–X.19 SRCs may comply with the
                                            previous year and no public float. In a                      formulate recommendations to the                        scaled disclosure requirements available
                                            change from the proposal, the SRC                            Commission for possible additional                      to them on an item-by-item basis.20 The
                                            definition in the final rules also                           changes to the ‘‘accelerated filer’’                    following table summarizes these scaled
                                            includes registrants with annual                             definition that, if adopted, would have                 disclosure accommodations.21

                                                                             Item                                                                  Scaled disclosure accommodation

                                                                                                                           Regulation S–K

                                            101—Description of Business ............................................   May satisfy disclosure obligations by describing the development of the registrant’s
                                                                                                                         business during the last three years rather than five years. Business development
                                                                                                                         description requirements are less detailed than disclosure requirements for non-
                                                                                                                         SRCs.
                                            201—Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s                      Stock performance graph not required.
                                              Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.
                                            301—Selected Financial Data ...........................................    Not required.
                                            302—Supplementary Financial Information .......................            Not required.
                                            303—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Finan-                         Two-year MD&A comparison rather than three-year comparison.
                                              cial Condition and Results of Operations (‘‘MD&A’’).                     Two year discussion of impact of inflation and changes in prices rather than three
                                                                                                                         years.
                                                                                                                       Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations not required.
                                            305—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About                         Not required.
                                              Market Risk.
                                            402—Executive Compensation ..........................................      Three named executive officers rather than five.
                                                                                                                       Two years of summary compensation table information rather than three.
                                                                                                                       Not required:
                                                                                                                           • Compensation discussion and analysis.
                                                                                                                           • Grants of plan-based awards table.
                                                                                                                           • Option exercises and stock vested table.
                                                                                                                           • Pension benefits table.
                                                                                                                           • Nonqualified deferred compensation table.
                                                                                                                           • Disclosure of compensation policies and practices related to risk management.
                                                                                                                           • Pay ratio disclosure.

                                            www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/sbforumreps.htm.                   effectively would raise the accelerated filer public       20 See SRC Adopting Release, 73 FR at 940. Where

                                            Information about the Small Business Forum is                float threshold. See Section II.C for a discussion of   a disclosure requirement applicable to SRCs is more
                                            available at http://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/               the amendments to the accelerated filer and large       stringent than the corresponding requirement for
                                            sbforum.shtml. These recommendations also                    accelerated filer definitions.                          non-SRCs, however, SRCs must comply with the
                                                                                                            19 Several of these scaled disclosure
                                            included a recommendation that the Commission                                                                        more stringent standard. The SRC Adopting Release
                                            revise the ‘‘accelerated filer’’ definition consistent       accommodations, such as the scaled executive            identified Item 404 of Regulation S–K [17 CFR
                                            with the recommended changes to the SRC                      compensation disclosures under Item 402(l)              229.404] as the only instance in Regulation S–K in
                                            definition. See Section II.C for a discussion of the         through (r) of Regulation S–K [17 CFR 229.402(l)        which the disclosure requirements applicable to
                                            accelerated filer definition.                                through (r)], are similar to the disclosure             SRCs could be more stringent.
                                              17 See Smaller Reporting Company Regulatory                accommodations available to an emerging growth             21 In addition to the accommodations itemized in
                                                                                                         company (‘‘EGC’’). See Securities Act Rule 405 [17
                                            Relief and Simplification, Release No. 33–8876                                                                       the table, SRCs using Form S–1 may incorporate by
                                                                                                         CFR 230.405] and Exchange Act Rule 12b–2 [17
                                            (Dec. 19, 2007) [73 FR 934 (Jan. 4, 2008)] (‘‘SRC            CFR 240.12b–2]. EGCs also are exempt from the           reference information filed prior and subsequent to
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            Adopting Release’’).                                         Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404(b) auditor               the effectiveness of the registration statement if they
                                              18 The definitions of accelerated filer and large
                                                                                                         attestation of internal control over financial          meet the eligibility requirements in General
                                            accelerated filer are based on public float, but             reporting. For a discussion of scaled disclosure        Instruction VII of Form S–1. See Item 12(b) of Form
                                            currently contain a provision excluding registrants          accommodations available to EGCs, see Business          S–1; see also Simplification of Disclosure
                                            that are eligible to use the SRC requirements in             and Financial Disclosure Required by Regulation         Requirements for Emerging Growth Companies and
                                            Regulation S–K for their annual and quarterly                S–K, Release No. 33–10064 (Apr. 13, 2016) [81 FR        Forward Incorporation by Reference on Form S–1
                                            reports. As a result, raising the SRC public float           23915 (April 22, 2016)] (‘‘Regulation S–K Concept       for Smaller Reporting Companies, Release No. 33–
                                            threshold without eliminating that provision                 Release’’).                                             10003 (Jan. 19, 2016) [81 FR 2743 (Jan. 19, 2016)].



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM    10JYR2


                                            31994                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                                                                 Item                                                                        Scaled disclosure accommodation

                                            404—Transactions With Related Persons, Promoters and                                 Description of policies/procedures for the review, approval or ratification of related
                                              Certain Control Persons 22.                                                          party transactions not required.
                                            407—Corporate Governance .............................................               Audit committee financial expert disclosure not required in first annual report.
                                                                                                                                 Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation disclosure not required.
                                                                                                                                 Compensation committee report not required.
                                            503—Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors and Ratio of                                    No ratio of earnings to fixed charges disclosure required.
                                              Earnings to Fixed Charges.                                                         No risk factors required in Exchange Act filings.
                                            601—Exhibits .....................................................................   Statements regarding computation of ratios not required.

                                                                                                                                     Regulation S–X

                                                                                 Rule                                                                                  Scaled disclosure

                                            8–02—Annual Financial Statements ..................................                  Two years of income statements rather than three years.
                                                                                                                                 Two years of cash flow statements rather than three years.
                                                                                                                                 Two years of changes in stockholders’ equity statements rather than three years.
                                            8–03—Interim Financial Statements ..................................                 Permits certain historical financial data in lieu of separate historical financial state-
                                                                                                                                   ments of equity investees.
                                            8–04—Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired or                                  Maximum of two years of acquiree financial statements rather than three years.
                                              to Be Acquired.
                                            8–05—Pro forma Financial Information .............................                   Fewer circumstances under which pro forma financial statements are required.
                                            8–06—Real Estate Operations Acquired or to Be Ac-                                    Maximum of two years of financial statements for acquisition of properties from re-
                                              quired.                                                                              lated parties rather than three years.
                                            8–08—Age of Financial Statements ..................................                  Less stringent age of financial statements requirements.



                                            II. Final Amendments                                                   • A public float of less than $250                        a public float of less than $700
                                                                                                                  million; 25 or                                             million.28
                                            A. Amendments to Smaller Reporting                                     • annual revenues of less than $100                          As proposed, the final rules increase
                                            Company Definition                                                    million 26 and either no public float 27 or                the threshold for determining SRC
                                                                                                                                                                             status based on public float from $75
                                              We are adopting amendments to the                                      25 Consistent with the current definition, public       million to $250 million. A registrant
                                            SRC definition to expand the number of                                float is computed under the final rules by                 that qualifies as a SRC under the public
                                            registrants that qualify as SRCs and                                  multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of
                                                                                                                                                                             float test would qualify regardless of its
                                            thereby benefit from scaled disclosure                                shares of a registrant’s voting and non-voting
                                                                                                                  common equity held by non-affiliates by the price          revenues.29 In a change from the
                                            requirements. These amendments will                                   at which the common equity was last sold, or the           proposal, the final rules will expand the
                                            enable a registrant to qualify as a SRC                               average of the bid and asked prices of common              SRC definition to include registrants
                                            based on a public float test or a revenue                             equity, in the principal market for the common
                                                                                                                  equity. See Item 10(f)(1)(i) of Regulation S–K;            with a public float of less than $700
                                            test.23                                                               Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–            million, if they also have annual
                                              Under the final rules, SRCs                                         2. The determination of public float is premised on        revenues of less than $100 million.30
                                                                                                                  the existence of a public trading market for the           The following table summarizes the
                                            generally 24 are registrants with:                                    issuer’s equity securities. Therefore, an entity with
                                                                                                                  equity securities outstanding but not trading in any       amendments to the SRC definition for a
                                               22 Item 404 also contains the following expanded                   public trading market would not be able to qualify         registrant making an initial
                                            disclosure requirements applicable to SRCs: (1)                       on the basis of a public float test. In contrast to        determination under the amendments 31
                                            Rather than a flat $120,000 disclosure threshold, the                 public float, market capitalization reflects the value
                                                                                                                  of a registrant’s voting and non-voting common
                                            threshold is the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of total                                                                               market price for its common equity exists. Based on
                                                                                                                  equity held by all holders, whether affiliates or non-
                                            assets, (2) disclosures are required about                                                                                       data compiled by our Division of Economic and
                                                                                                                  affiliates.
                                            underwriting discounts and commissions where a                                                                                   Risk Analysis (‘‘DERA’’), in calendar year 2016,
                                                                                                                     A reporting registrant calculates its public float as
                                            related person is a principal underwriter or a                                                                                   approximately 21.5% of registrants that qualified as
                                                                                                                  of the last business day of its most recently
                                            controlling person or member of a firm that was or                                                                               SRCs (and 7.7% of all registrants) had no public
                                                                                                                  completed second fiscal quarter. See Item 10(f)(2)(i)
                                            is going to be a principal underwriter, (3)                                                                                      float. The estimated number of registrants with no
                                                                                                                  of Regulation S–K; Securities Act Rule 405;
                                            disclosures are required about the issuer’s parent(s)                                                                            public float here and elsewhere in this release may
                                                                                                                  Exchange Act Rule 12b–2. A registrant filing its
                                            and their basis of control, and (4) an additional year                                                                           be over-inclusive due to the difficulty of
                                                                                                                  initial registration statement under the Securities
                                            of Item 404 disclosure is required in filings other                                                                              ascertaining this status based on data extracted from
                                                                                                                  Act or Exchange Act calculates its public float as
                                            than registration statements.                                                                                                    registrants’ filings. See note 141 for a discussion of
                                                                                                                  of a date within 30 days of the date the registration
                                                                                                                                                                             the methodology used by the staff to obtain this
                                               23 See Item 10(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S–K;                statement is filed by multiplying the aggregate
                                                                                                                                                                             data.
                                            Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–                       worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-             28 See Item 10(f)(1)(ii)(B) of Regulation S–K;
                                            2.                                                                    voting common equity held by non-affiliates before
                                                                                                                  the registration plus, in the case of a Securities Act     Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–
                                               24 Consistent with the current definition, the SRC
                                                                                                                  registration statement, the number of such shares          2.
                                            definition in the final rules specifically excludes                                                                                 29 See Instruction to Paragraph (f) of Item 10 of
                                                                                                                  included in the registration statement by the
                                            investment companies, asset-backed issuers (as                                                                                   Regulation S–K; Instruction to definition of
                                                                                                                  estimated public offering price of the shares. See
                                            defined in Item 1101 of Regulation AB [17 CFR                         Item 10(f)(2)(ii)(A) of Regulation S–K; Securities Act     ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in Securities Act Rule
                                            229.1101]) and majority-owned subsidiaries of a                       Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.                         405; Instruction to definition of ‘‘smaller reporting
                                            parent that is not a SRC. See Item 10(f)(1) of                           26 Consistent with the current definition, annual       company’’ in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.
                                            Regulation S–K; Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange                     revenues are as of the most recently completed                30 See Item 10(f)(1)(ii)(B) of Regulation S–K;
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            Act Rule 12b–2. Lower public float and revenue                        fiscal year for which audited financial statements         Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–
                                            thresholds apply to registrants that determined that                  are available. Item 10(f)(2)(i)(B) and (f)(2)(ii)(B) of    2.
                                            they did not qualify as SRCs in the prior year, but                   Regulation S–K; Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange             31 For purposes of the first fiscal year ending after
                                            are eligible to transition to SRC status. See Item                    Act Rule 12b–2.                                            effectiveness of the amendments, a registrant will
                                            10(f)(2)(iii) of Regulation S–K; Securities Act Rule                     27 See Item 10(f)(1)(ii)(A) of Regulation S–K;          qualify as a SRC if it meets one of the initial
                                            405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–2. See also Section II.A                   Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–            qualification thresholds in the revised definition as
                                            for a discussion of the amendments to these                           2. A registrant may have no public float because it        of the date it is required to measure its public float
                                            thresholds.                                                           has no public common equity outstanding or no              or revenues (the ‘‘measurement date’’), even if such



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:26 Jul 09, 2018      Jkt 244001      PO 00000      Frm 00004     Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM     10JYR2


                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                           31995

                                            or a current SRC seeking to continue to
                                            qualify.

                                                          Criteria                                            Current definition                                                   Revised definition

                                            Public Float ..........................   Public float of less than $75 million ................................   Public float of less than $250 million.
                                            Revenues .............................    Less than $50 million of annual revenues and no public                   Less than $100 million of annual revenues and
                                                                                        float.                                                                     • no public float, or
                                                                                                                                                                   • public float of less than $700 million.



                                               Consistent with the current definition,                      qualification thresholds will remain                        subsequent qualification thresholds, set
                                            and as proposed, under the final rules,                         unqualified unless and until it                             forth in the table below, are set at 80%
                                            a registrant that determines that it does                       determines that it meets one or more                        of the initial qualification thresholds.32
                                            not qualify as a SRC under the initial                          lower qualification thresholds. The

                                                         Criteria 33                                          Current definition                                                   Revised definition

                                            Public Float ..........................   Public float of less than $50 million ................................   Public float of less than $200 million, if it previously had
                                                                                                                                                                 $250 million or more of public float.34
                                            Revenues .............................    Less than $40 million of annual revenues and no public                   Less than $80 million of annual revenues, if it pre-
                                                                                        float.                                                                   viously had $100 million or more of annual revenues;
                                                                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                                                               Less than $560 million of public float, if it previously
                                                                                                                                                                 had $700 million or more of public float.



                                            1. Public Float Test                                            million as of its most recently                                On the other hand, three commenters
                                                                                                            completed second fiscal quarter.37                          generally opposed the proposed
                                            a. Proposed Amendments
                                                                                                                                                                        amendments to the SRC definition or
                                                                                                            b. Comments
                                               As proposed, a registrant with a                                                                                         generally opposed accommodations
                                            public float of less than $250 million                            Most commenters addressed the                             based on company size.41 One of these
                                            would qualify as a SRC.35 Consistent                            overall costs and benefits of expanding                     commenters stated that the
                                            with the current definition, the                                the pool of registrants eligible for SRC                    accommodations for SRCs exist solely
                                            Commission proposed that once a                                 status. Many of these commenters                            for the expedience of issuers and must
                                            registrant does not qualify as a SRC,36 it                      expressed general support for the                           be balanced against the cost to market
                                            would remain unqualified until its                              proposed amendments to the SRC                              participants who have less information
                                            public float falls below another, lower                         definition.38 Several of these                              from which to draw conclusions.42
                                            threshold. Specifically, the Commission                         commenters stated that the proposed                         Another of these commenters stated that
                                            proposed amending the rules to provide                          definition appropriately considers the                      it was concerned that the scaled
                                            that a registrant that previously did not                       objectives of capital formation and                         disclosure regime for SRCs may prevent
                                            qualify as a SRC would qualify as a SRC                         investor protection 39 and promotes                         investors from receiving all of the
                                            if it has a public float of less than $200                      capital formation or liquidity for smaller                  material information needed to conduct
                                                                                                            registrants.40                                              a thorough analysis.43 This commenter

                                            registrant previously did not qualify as a SRC. See             initial registration statement, or as of an annual          (‘‘ICBA’’); Letter from MidSouth Bancorp, Inc.,
                                            Item 10(f)(2)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S–K; Securities         determination in the case of reporting registrants.         August 24, 2016 (‘‘MidSouth’’); Letter from Nasdaq,
                                            Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–2 for                          37 The proposed $200 million subsequent                  August 30, 2016 (‘‘Nasdaq’’); Letter from NYSE
                                            additional information about the measurement date.              qualification threshold represents 80% of the               Group, July 25, 2016 (‘‘NYSE’’); Letter from
                                            For example, a registrant with a September 30 fiscal            proposed $250 million initial qualification                 National Venture Capital Association, August 25,
                                            year end that previously was not a SRC and that had             threshold. Under the current definition, a registrant       2016 (‘‘NVCA’’); Letter from Seneca Foods
                                            a public float of $220 million as of March 30, 2018             that previously determined that it did not qualify          Corporation, August 2, 2016 (‘‘Seneca’’); and Letter
                                            (the last business day of its most recently completed           as a SRC because its public float exceeded the              from The Small Business Financial and Regulatory
                                            second quarter) will qualify as a SRC for the fiscal            current $75 million threshold may qualify based on
                                                                                                                                                                        Affairs Committee of the Institute of Management
                                            year ending September 30, 2018.                                 a subsequent determination if it has a public float
                                                                                                            of less than $50 million. That registrant would then        Accountants, August 24, 2016 (‘‘IMA’’).
                                               32 See Item 10(f)(2)(iii) of Regulation S–K;
                                                                                                                                                                           39 See AMTA; BDO; BIO; Coalition; ICBA.
                                            Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–                 remain a SRC until its public float again exceeded
                                                                                                                                                                           40 See AMTA; BDO; BIO; Coalition; ICBA; NVCA;
                                            2.                                                              $75 million. Consistent with the current definition,
                                               33 A registrant that does not qualify as a SRC may
                                                                                                            under the proposed definition, a registrant that            and NYSE. See also CONNECT (supporting the
                                                                                                            subsequently qualifies under the $200 million               proposal to amend the SRC definition to encompass
                                            subsequently seek to qualify under either test.                 public float threshold would remain qualified until
                                               34 A registrant that previously was not a SRC that
                                                                                                                                                                        a wider range of emerging businesses for which
                                                                                                            its public float exceeds $250 million.                      regulatory costs present a significant burden to
                                            subsequently qualifies based on a public float of                  38 See Letter from Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. et al.,
                                                                                                                                                                        growth).
                                            less than $200 million will qualify as a SRC                    August 23, 2016 (‘‘Acorda, et al.’’); Letter from              41 See Letter from Cable Car Capital LLC, June 28,
                                            regardless of its revenues. See Instruction to                  Advanced Medical Technology Association, August
                                            Paragraph (f) of Item 10 of Regulation S–K;                                                                                 2016 (‘‘Cable Car’’); Letter from CFA Institute,
                                                                                                            20, 2016 (‘‘AMTA’’); Letter from Biotechnology              August 30, 2016 (‘‘CFA Institute’’); Letter from Ernst
                                            Instruction to definition of ‘‘smaller reporting                Innovation Organization, August 30, 2016 (‘‘BIO’’);
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            company’’ in Securities Act Rule 405; Instruction to                                                                        & Young LLP, September 8, 2016 (‘‘EY’’).
                                                                                                            Letter from BDO USA, LLP, August 29, 2016                      42 See Cable Car.
                                            definition of ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in                  (‘‘BDO’’); Letter from Center for Audit Quality and
                                            Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.                                        Counsel of Institutional Investors, August 30, 2016
                                                                                                                                                                           43 See CFA Institute (noting that ‘‘the pension
                                               35 See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of
                                                                                                            (‘‘CAQ/CII’’); Letter from CONNECT, August 4,               benefits table and a disclosure of compensation
                                            Regulation S–K; Proposed Securities Act Rule 405;               2016 (‘‘CONNECT’’); Letter from Corporate                   policies and practices related to risk management
                                            Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.                               Governance Coalition for Investor Value, August 30,         (both of which can be deleted under scaled
                                               36 This applies either upon an initial                       2016 (‘‘Coalition’’); Letter from Independent               disclosure) are more vital than certain other
                                            determination in the case of registrants filing an              Community Bankers of America, August 29, 2016               disclosures’’).



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:26 Jul 09, 2018     Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00005    Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM     10JYR2


                                            31996               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            also noted that allowing different sized                 c. Final Amendments                                      offering.60 This consistency will avoid
                                            entities to use different disclosure                                                                              additional burdens or confusion for
                                            regimes would signal to investors that                      After considering the comments                        registrants and investors that may result
                                            the entities lack comparable quality.44                  received, as well as the                                 if registrants were required to calculate
                                            The third commenter recommended that                     recommendations made by the                              their public float in one manner for
                                            the Commission consider adopting                         ACSEC 54 and the Small Business                          determining SRC status and in another
                                            disclosure objectives that would                         Forum,55 consistent with the proposal,                   manner for Form S–3 or Form F–3
                                            mitigate the need to scale disclosure                    we are adopting amendments to the SRC                    eligibility.
                                            requirements based on the size or nature                 definition that will permit registrants                     We believe that these amendments
                                            of a reporting entity.45                                 with a public float of less than $250                    will promote capital formation through
                                               Two commenters stated that the                        million to qualify as SRCs.56 As is the                  a modest reduction in compliance costs
                                            proposed amendments would                                case with the current definition, once a                 for newly eligible SRCs while
                                            potentially provide only marginal cost                   registrant determines that it does not                   maintaining appropriate investor
                                            savings.46 One of these commenters did                   qualify as a SRC under the applicable                    protections.61 In 2016, approximately
                                            not support the proposal and instead                     thresholds,57 it will not subsequently                   28% of registrants had less than $75
                                            encouraged the Commission to continue                    qualify until its public float falls below               million in public float,62 compared to
                                            its review of scaled disclosure to                       another, lower threshold, set at 80% of                  approximately 42% of registrants when
                                            determine which disclosures are                          the initial qualification threshold. While               the SRC definition was established.63
                                            repetitive and should be deleted and                     we did not receive any comments on the                   Increasing the public float threshold to
                                            which should be retained.47 The other                    subsequent qualification thresholds, we                  $250 million would have resulted in
                                            commenter stated that the proposed                       continue to believe that these thresholds                approximately 39% of registrants
                                            change and the resulting reduced                         are necessary to avoid situations in                     qualifying as SRCs in 2016 based on
                                            disclosure requirements for additional                   which registrants frequently enter and                   their public float.64
                                            registrants would have a minimal effect                  exit SRC status due to small fluctuations                   We believe the existing scaled
                                            on its annual compliance costs.48                                                                                 disclosure accommodations have
                                                                                                     in their public float and that the
                                                                                                                                                              reduced compliance costs for SRCs.65
                                               Many commenters expressed support                     thresholds do not impose an undue
                                                                                                                                                              These amendments will extend those
                                            for the proposed increases in both the                   burden on registrants seeking to qualify
                                                                                                                                                              benefits to a broader pool of registrants,
                                            public float and revenue thresholds.49                   for SRC status. Accordingly, we are
                                                                                                                                                              consistent with the intent of the
                                            One commenter supported the                              amending the rules to permit a                           Commission when it adopted the SRC
                                            amendments and viewed them as an                         registrant that previously did not qualify               definition in 2007.66 Although the
                                            acknowledgement that the current                         as a SRC because its public float was                    amendments will permit a broader
                                            public float threshold is overly                         $250 million or more to qualify as a SRC                 group of registrants to make scaled
                                            restrictive.50 Another commenter                         if it has a public float of less than $200               disclosure to their investors, we do not
                                            specifically stated that it supported the                million, regardless of its revenues.58                   believe that this scaling of disclosure
                                            proposed approach to adjusting the                          We are not revising the method of
                                            thresholds rather than simply relying on                 calculating public float, as suggested by                   60 See Instructions I.B.1 and I.B.6 of Form S–3;
                                            inflation adjustments.51                                 one commenter.59 The staff is not aware                  Instructions I.B.1 and I.B.5 of Form F–3. Certain
                                               Two commenters recommended that                                                                                newly eligible SRCs under the new definition will
                                                                                                     of significant incidence of manipulation                 continue to be eligible to rely on Instruction I.B.1
                                            the Commission review the SRC                            or stock price volatility affecting                      of Form S–3 and Form F–3 to register primary
                                            definition periodically to determine                     qualification under the public float test.               offerings.
                                            whether the thresholds being used                        In addition, the method of calculating                      61 See Section IV.B.

                                            remain appropriate.52 One of these                       public float is consistent with the
                                                                                                                                                                 62 Based on public float values disclosed by

                                            commenters specifically recommended                                                                               registrants in their Form 10–K filings, 2,072, or
                                                                                                     existing rules and with the method of                    28.0%, of the 7,395 registrants that filed a Form 10–
                                            that the Commission revisit the                          determining eligibility to use Form S–3                  K in 2016 reported having a public float of less than
                                            thresholds after three years.53                          or Form F–3 to register a primary                        $75 million.
                                                                                                                                                                 63 Approximately 4,976, or 41.8%, of the 11,898

                                              44 See  CFA Institute.                                                                                          registrants that filed Exchange Act annual reports
                                                                                                          54 See
                                                                                                               note 19.
                                              45 See  EY (noting that it ‘‘previously                                                                         in 2006 had a public float of less than $75 million.
                                                                                                          55 See
                                                                                                               note 20.
                                            recommended that the Commission consider                                                                          See SRC Adopting Release. The release cites data
                                                                                                        56 See Item 10(f)(1)(i) of Regulation S–K;            from the Commission’s EDGAR filing system and
                                            adopting disclosure objectives that would mitigate
                                            the need for scaling disclosure requirements based       Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–          Thomson Financial (‘‘Datastream’’). The Datastream
                                            on the size or nature of a reporting entity’’ and        2.                                                       data included all registered public firms trading on
                                            citing to its letter dated July 21, 2016 responding
                                                                                                        57 This applies either upon an initial                the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock
                                            to the SEC’s concept release on business and             determination in the case of registrants filing an       Exchange, the Nasdaq, the Over-the-Counter
                                            financial disclosures required by Regulation S–K         initial registration statement, or as of an annual       Bulletin Board and the Pink Sheets and excluded
                                            (Release No. 33–10064; File No. S7–06–16)).              determination in the case of reporting registrants.      closed end funds, exchange traded funds, American
                                               46 See CFA Institute; and Seneca.                        58 See Item 10(f)(2)(iii)(A) and Instruction to       depositary receipts and direct foreign listings.
                                                                                                                                                                 64 Based on public float values disclosed by
                                               47 See CFA Institute.                                 Paragraph (f) of Item 10 of Regulation S–K;
                                               48 See Seneca.                                        Securities Act Rule 405 and Instruction to               registrants in their Form 10–K filings, 2,851, or
                                                                                                     definition of ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in           38.6%, of the 7,395 registrants that filed a Form 10–
                                               49 See Acorda et al; AMTA; BDO; BIO; CAQ/CII;
                                                                                                     Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–          K in 2016 reported having a public float of less than
                                            CONNECT; Coalition; ICBA; MidSouth; Nasdaq;              2 and Instruction to definition of ‘‘smaller reporting   $250 million.
                                            NVCA; NYSE; Seneca; and IMA.                             company’’ in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2. Consistent            65 See Section IV.B.3.a.
                                               50 See Letter from Council of State Bioscience
                                                                                                     with the current definition, under the amended              66 See SRC Adopting Release, 73 FR at 934 and
                                            Associations, August 26, 2016 (‘‘CSBA’’) (stating        definition, a registrant that subsequently qualifies     942 (stating that the Commission was ‘‘adopting
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            that the Commission should similarly reform the          under the $200 million public float threshold            amendments to its disclosure and reporting
                                            accelerated filer definition and institute an            would remain qualified until its public float            requirements . . . to expand the number of
                                            alternative revenue test for both the SRC and            exceeds $250 million.                                    companies that qualify for its scaled disclosure
                                            accelerated filer definitions).                             59 See Letter from Paul W. Zeller, July 18, 2016      requirements for smaller reporting companies;’’ and
                                               51 See NYSE.
                                                                                                     (‘‘Zeller’’) (suggesting that the Commission, in the     ‘‘[w]e believe this standard is appropriately scaled
                                               52 See CFA Institute; and Letter from Kermit
                                                                                                     calculation of public float, adopt a revenue test for    in that it reduces costs to smaller companies caused
                                            Kubitz, August 31, 2016 (‘‘Kubitz’’).                    thinly traded registrants to address price               by unnecessary information requirements,
                                               53 See Kubitz.                                        manipulation and volatility concerns).                   consistent with investor protection.’’).



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                      31997

                                            will detract substantially from the                      $50 million initial qualification                         specifically recommended that the
                                            investor protection objectives of our                    threshold and $40 million subsequent                      Commission adopt a definition based on
                                            disclosure regime in light of the other                  qualification threshold in the current                    revenues of less than $100 million and
                                            protections available under current law                  SRC definition.                                           a public float of less than $700 million,
                                            and regulations. First, the additional                     The Proposing Release noted that the                    as recommended by the Small Business
                                            registrants that will qualify for scaled                 2015 Small Business Forum                                 Forum.79
                                            disclosure, like all registrants, will                   recommended that the SRC definition
                                            remain liable for their disclosures 67                   be revised to include, in addition to                     c. Final Amendments
                                            and, in addition to the disclosure                       registrants with a public float of less                      After considering the comments
                                            expressly required by the rules, will                    than $250 million, registrants with a                     received as well as the
                                            continue to be required to provide such                  public float of less than $700 million                    recommendations made by the
                                            further material information, if any, as                 and annual revenues of less than $100                     ACSEC 80 and the Small Business
                                            may be necessary to make any required                    million.72 The Proposing Release also                     Forum,81 we are adopting the proposed
                                            statements, in the light of the                          solicited comment on whether the                          amendments to the revenue test of the
                                            circumstances under which they are                       Commission should revise the SRC                          SRC definition and expanding the
                                            made, not misleading.68 Moreover, their                  definition to include an alternative                      revenue test to include certain
                                            disclosure also will continue to be                      revenue test.                                             registrants with a public float. The
                                            subject to the Division of Corporation                   b. Comments                                               definition in the final rules will include,
                                            Finance’s filing review process. These                                                                             in addition to registrants with a public
                                            measures of investor protection will                        Many commenters recommended that                       float of less than $250 million,
                                            remain unchanged.                                        the Commission add a revenue test to                      registrants with annual revenues of less
                                                                                                     the SRC definition for companies with                     than $100 million during their most
                                            2. Revenue Test                                          a public float.73 Several commenters                      recently completed fiscal year and
                                            a. Proposed Amendments                                   stated that businesses below $100                         either no public float (calculated as
                                                                                                     million in revenue are viewed by                          discussed in Section II.A.1) or a public
                                               As proposed, a registrant with no
                                                                                                     reasonable observers as ‘‘small.’’ 74 One                 float of less than $700 million.82 We are
                                            public float would qualify as a SRC if it
                                                                                                     commenter believed that a revenue test                    persuaded by commenters’ suggestions
                                            had annual revenues of less than $100                    would stimulate innovation and drive
                                            million during its most recently                                                                                   that it is appropriate to provide a
                                                                                                     business growth.75 Another commenter                      measure by which a registrant with a
                                            completed fiscal year.69 Consistent with                 stated that a revenue test would ensure
                                            the current definition, the Commission                                                                             public float but limited revenues may
                                                                                                     that pre-revenue companies are not                        qualify as a SRC.83 This amended
                                            proposed that once a registrant                          ‘‘forced to divert investment funds . . .
                                            determines that it does not qualify as a                                                                           revenue test expands the proposed
                                                                                                     from science to compliance.’’ 76 Another
                                            SRC,70 it would not subsequently                                                                                   revenue threshold for companies with
                                                                                                     commenter supported an alternative
                                            qualify until its revenues fall below                                                                              no public float to permit registrants with
                                                                                                     revenue test for highly valued pre-
                                            another, lower threshold. Specifically                                                                             a public float that is less than $700
                                                                                                     revenue companies ‘‘to avoid stifling the
                                            the Commission proposed amending the                                                                               million to qualify based on their
                                                                                                     advancement’’ of these companies with
                                            rules to provide that a registrant with no                                                                         revenues. The $700 million public float
                                                                                                     costly compliance.77 Two commenters
                                            public float that previously determined                                                                            threshold included in this amended
                                                                                                     suggested that we adopt a revenue test
                                            that it did not qualify as a SRC would                                                                             revenue test was recommended by two
                                                                                                     without a limitation on the public float
                                            qualify as a SRC if it had annual                                                                                  commenters 84 and the Small Business
                                                                                                     or market capitalization of the
                                            revenues of less than $80 million as of                                                                            Forum.85 This change from the proposal
                                                                                                     company.78 Another two commenters
                                            the relevant measurement date.71 The
                                                                                                                                                                 79 See  BIO; and Calithera.
                                            proposed $80 million subsequent                               72 See   Proposing Release at text accompanying        80 See  note 19.
                                            qualification threshold would maintain                   note 22.                                                     81 See note 20.
                                            the 80% ratio that exists between the                       73 See Acorda, et al. (recommending a revenue
                                                                                                                                                                  82 See Item 10(f)(1)(ii) of Regulation S–K;
                                                                                                     test, stating that public float is largely a marker of
                                                                                                     future value but paints an inaccurate picture of          Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–
                                              67 See, e.g., Sections 11, 12, and 17 of the
                                                                                                     small businesses in the present); AMTA; BIO               2. Under the public float test discussed in Section
                                            Securities Act, Sections 10(b) and 18 of the             (stating that the Commission should move away             II.A.1., a registrant with public float of less than
                                            Exchange Act, and Exchange Act Rule 10b–5 [17            from its reliance on public float as the ultimate         $250 million will qualify as a SRC regardless of its
                                            CFR 240.10b–5].                                          arbiter of company size); Letter from Calithera           revenues. See Instruction to Paragraph (f) of Item 10
                                              68 See Securities Act Rule 408 [17 CFR 230.408]                                                                  of Regulation S–K; Instruction to definition of
                                                                                                     Biosciences, August 8, 2016 (‘‘Calithera’’);
                                            and Exchange Act Rule 12b–20 [17 CFR 240.12b–            CONNECT; CSBA; Nasdaq (recommending a well-               ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in Securities Act Rule
                                            20].                                                     crafted revenue only threshold); NYSE                     405; Instruction to definition of ‘‘smaller reporting
                                              69 See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(ii)(A) of Regulation     (recommending a simple revenue test without a             company’’ in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.
                                            S–K; Proposed Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed          limitation on market capitalization); and Zeller             83 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;

                                            Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.                                 (recommending a revenue test for any issuers that         CONNECT; and CSBA.
                                              70 This applies either upon an initial                 are thinly traded). See also Section II.A.1.b for a          84 See BIO and Calithera.

                                            determination in the case of registrants filing an       discussion of comments addressing the overall costs          85 See note 20. In 2016 and 2017, the Small
                                            initial registration statement, or as of an annual       and benefits of expanding the pool of registrants         Business Forum recommended that the SRC
                                            determination in the case of reporting registrants.      eligible for SRC status, including the proposed
                                                                                                                                                               definition be revised to include registrants with a
                                              71 Under the current definition, a registrant that     revision to expand the revenue threshold for
                                                                                                                                                               public float of less than $250 million or registrants
                                                                                                     registrants with no public float.
                                            previously determined that it did not qualify as a          74 See Acorda, et al.; BIO; and Calithera.
                                                                                                                                                               with annual revenues of less than $100 million,
                                            SRC because it had no public float and its revenues                                                                excluding large accelerated filers. Registrants with
                                                                                                        75 See BIO (stating that pre-revenue small
                                            exceeded the current $50 million threshold may                                                                     a public float of $700 million or more generally
                                            qualify based on a subsequent determination if it        businesses should remain focused on innovation            qualify as large accelerated filers. See Exchange Act
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            had annual revenues of less than $40 million. That       and do not have the capital to pay for expensive          Rule 12b–2. In prior years, the Small Business
                                            registrant would then remain a SRC until its             compliance requirements, and therefore allowing           Forum recommended that the Commission revise
                                            revenues exceeded $50 million. Consistent with the       them to qualify as SRCs until they generate revenue       the SRC definition to include registrants with a
                                            current definition, under the proposed definition, a     would stimulate innovation and drive business             public float of less than $250 million or registrants
                                            registrant with no public float that subsequently        growth).                                                  with a public float of less than $700 million and
                                                                                                        76 See Acorda, et al.
                                            qualifies under the $80 million revenue threshold                                                                  annual revenues of less than $100 million. See, e.g.,
                                                                                                        77 See AMTA.
                                            would remain qualified until its revenue exceeds                                                                   Final Report of the 2015 SEC Government Business
                                            $100 million.                                               78 See NYSE; and Nasdaq.                                                                           Continued




                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00007     Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                            31998                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            permits some additional registrants to                            intensive, low-revenue registrants to                       it will remain unqualified unless and
                                            qualify as SRCs,86 and we believe that                            benefit from the cost-savings of scaled                     until its annual revenues are less than
                                            these low-revenue registrants would                               reporting, while continuing to require                      $80 million as of the measurement
                                            benefit from the cost savings of scaled                           larger registrants to comply with the                       date.93
                                            disclosure accommodations and could                               disclosure requirements applicable to                          Consistent with the 80% ratio we are
                                            redirect those savings into growing their                         non-SRCs.                                                   adopting for the other subsequent
                                            businesses without significantly                                    In 2016, approximately 7.7% of                            qualification thresholds, under the
                                            detracting from investor protections. For                         registrants qualified as SRCs by having                     amended revenue test, once a registrant
                                            example, these registrants will remain                            no public float and less than $50 million                   with public float determines that it does
                                            liable for their disclosures, will                                in annual revenues.89 The number of                         not qualify as a SRC because it exceeds
                                            continue to be required to provide all                            registrants that would qualify as SRCs                      either or both of the $100 million
                                            material information necessary to make                            would have increased by 26, or 0.4%,                        annual revenue and $700 million public
                                            any required statements not misleading,                           under the new $100 million annual                           float thresholds, it will remain
                                            and will continue to be subject to the                            revenue threshold for registrants with                      unqualified unless and until it meets a
                                            Division of Corporation Finance’s filing                          no public float.90 Expanding the                            lower threshold for the criteria on
                                            review process.                                                   definition further to include registrants                   which it previously failed to qualify
                                               The amended revenue test that we are                           with annual revenues of less than $100                      ($80 million of annual revenue and
                                            adopting is consistent with the position                          million and public float of less than                       $560 million of public float) and
                                            expressed by several commenters 87 that                           $700 million would have increased the                       continues to meet any threshold it
                                            it is not necessary to subject capital-                           number of eligible registrants by an                        previously satisfied ($100 million of
                                            intensive, low-revenue registrants with                           additional 161, or 2.2%.91                                  annual revenue or $700 million of
                                            larger public floats or market                                      Under the current definition, and as                      public float).94 By requiring that a
                                            capitalizations to the same reporting                             proposed, once a registrant with no                         registrant satisfy a lower threshold only
                                            requirements as registrants with larger                           public float determines that it does not                    with respect to a threshold it previously
                                            public floats and more well-established,                          qualify as a SRC,92 it cannot                               exceeded, we are attempting to strike a
                                            revenue-generating businesses.                                    subsequently qualify based on revenues                      balance between avoiding situations in
                                            Although two commenters suggested                                 until its revenues fall below another,                      which registrants frequently enter and
                                            that we adopt a revenue test without a                            lower threshold. As discussed above                         exit SRC status due to small fluctuations
                                            limitation on the public float or market                          with respect to the public float test,                      and not imposing an undue burden on
                                            capitalization of the company,88 we                               while we did not receive any comments                       registrants seeking to qualify for SRC
                                            believe that it is appropriate to include                         on the subsequent qualification                             status. A registrant that exceeded both
                                            a public float limitation because, as a                           thresholds, we believe that a separate,                     the public float threshold and the
                                            registrant’s business and public float                            lower revenue threshold for these                           revenue threshold, however, would not
                                            grows, investors should benefit from                              registrants helps to avoid situations in                    qualify unless and until it met both
                                            greater disclosure. The additional                                which registrants enter and exit SRC                        lower thresholds in order to avoid
                                            information provided by the registrant                            status due to small fluctuations in their                   situations in which registrants enter and
                                            in these circumstances will assist a                              revenues and does not impose an undue                       exit SRC status due to small fluctuations
                                            growing investor base in making                                   burden on registrants seeking to qualify                    in either their revenues or public float.
                                            informed investment decisions and also                            for SRC status. Therefore, consistent                       The table below sets forth the thresholds
                                            should lead to a lower cost of capital for                        with the proposal, once an issuer with                      for qualification as of the respective
                                            the business as it grows. In this way, the                        no public float determines that it does                     measurement date under the amended
                                            amended revenue test in the final rules                           not qualify for SRC status because its                      revenue test after one or both thresholds
                                            will enable some additional capital-                              annual revenues exceeded $100 million,                      have been exceeded:

                                                                                                                                                             Prior public float
                                                             Prior annual revenues                                          None or less than $700                                        $700 million or more
                                                                                                                                    million

                                            Less than $100 million .......................................     Neither threshold exceeded .............................   Public float—Less than $560 million; and
                                                                                                                                                                          Revenues—Less than $100 million.
                                            $100 million or more ..........................................    Public float—None or less than $700 million;               Public float—Less than $560 million; and
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                               Revenues—Less than $80 million ...................         Revenues—Less than $80 million.


                                            Forum on Small Business Capital Formation (Apr.                   filed a Form 10–K in 2016 reported having no                initial registration statement, or as of an annual
                                            2016), available at https://www.sec.gov/info/                     public float and less than $50 million in annual            determination in the case of reporting registrants.
                                            smallbus/gbfor34.pdf.                                             revenues.                                                      93 See Item 10(f)(2)(iii)(B) of Regulation S–K;
                                              86 Excluding the 2,851 registrants that based on                   90 Based on public float values and revenues
                                                                                                                                                                          Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–
                                            their 2016 data would qualify under the public float              disclosed by registrants in their Form 10–K filings         2. Consistent with the current definition, under the
                                            test described in Section II.A.1 and the 594                      in 2016, 26, or 0.4%, of the 7,395 registrants that         amended definition, a registrant with no public
                                            registrants that would qualify under the proposed                 filed a Form 10–K in 2016 had no public float and
                                                                                                                                                                          float that subsequently qualifies under the $80
                                            no public float and less than $100 million in annual              $50 million or more but less than $100 million in
                                            revenues test, we estimate that this change would                 annual revenues.                                            million revenue threshold remains qualified until
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            permit an additional 161 registrants to qualify as a                 91 Based on public float values and revenues             its revenue exceeds $100 million.
                                                                                                                                                                             94 Id. Consistent with the current definition,
                                            SRC.                                                              disclosed by registrants in their Form 10–K filings
                                              87 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;
                                                                                                              in 2016, 161, or 2.2%, of the 7,395 registrants that        under the amended definition, a registrant that
                                            CONNECT; CSBA; NYSE; and Nasdaq.                                  filed a Form 10–K in 2016 had $250 million or more          subsequently qualifies under the $560 million
                                              88 See NYSE; and Nasdaq.                                        but less than $700 million of public float and less         public float threshold or $80 million revenue
                                              89 Based on public float values and revenues                    than $100 million in annual revenues.                       threshold remains qualified until its public float
                                            disclosed by registrants in their Form 10–K filings                  92 This applies either upon an initial                   exceeds $700 million or its revenue exceeds $100
                                            in 2016, 568, or 7.7%, of the 7,395 registrants that              determination in the case of registrants filing an          million.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:26 Jul 09, 2018    Jkt 244001    PO 00000      Frm 00008    Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM       10JYR2


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                    31999

                                            B. Amendments to Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of                  Commission expressed when it adopted                    automatic exclusion from these
                                            Regulation S–X                                           the 2007 S–X Rule 3–05 relief.’’ 98 The                 definitions of any registrant that
                                               In the Proposing Release, the                         other commenter noted that this                         qualifies as an SRC 101 and solicited
                                            Commission asked whether, if the                         amendment would avoid having the                        comment on a number of questions
                                            revenue threshold in the SRC definition                  financial statement requirements for a                  related to this issue.102 Among other
                                            is increased, the threshold in Rule 3–05                 SRC-sized target company exceed those                   requirements,103 being an accelerated
                                            of Regulation S–X also should increase.                  of a similarly sized registrant.99                      filer or a large accelerated filer triggers
                                            Rule 3–05 of Regulation S–X provides                        Consistent with these comments, we                   the requirement contained in Section
                                            the requirements for financial                           are amending Rule 3–05 to increase the
                                                                                                                                                             404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 104 to
                                            statements of businesses acquired or to                  net revenue threshold in Rule 3–
                                                                                                                                                             have the auditor provide an attestation
                                            be acquired in certain registration                      05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X to $100
                                                                                                     million.100 Given that the current $50                  report on internal control over financial
                                            statements and current reports. Current                                                                          reporting. Currently, the accelerated
                                            paragraph (b)(2)(iv) allows certain                      million revenue threshold in Rule 3–
                                                                                                     05(b)(2)(iv) was based on the revenue                   filer and large accelerated filer
                                            registrants to omit such financial                                                                               definitions include a provision that
                                            statements for the earliest of the three                 threshold in the SRC definition, and in
                                                                                                     light of our decision to increase the                   specifically excludes registrants that are
                                            fiscal years required if the net revenues                                                                        eligible to use the SRC requirements
                                            of the business to be acquired are less                  revenue threshold in the SRC definition
                                                                                                     from $50 million to $100 million, we are                under Regulation S–K for their annual
                                            than $50 million.95 The $50 million
                                                                                                     raising the net revenue threshold in                    and quarterly reports.105 As a result, the
                                            threshold is based on the revenue
                                            threshold in the SRC definition.96                       Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X                   existing public float threshold in the
                                               Two commenters recommended                            from $50 million to $100 million.                       accelerated filer definition aligns with
                                            amending Rule 3–05 to increase the                       C. Amendments to Accelerated Filer                      the current public float threshold in the
                                            revenue threshold in paragraph                           and Large Accelerated Filer Definitions                 SRC definition.106
                                            (b)(2)(iv) to $100 million to maintain the
                                            alignment between Rule 3–05 and the                      1. Proposed Amendments
                                            definition of a SRC.97 One commenter                        The Commission proposed amending
                                            noted that this alignment should be                      the definitions of ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and
                                            retained to ‘‘maintain the objective the                 ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ to remove the




                                               95 Rule 3–05(b)(2) sets forth the requirements for      When the Commission adopted the SRC                     102 See Proposing Release, 81 FR at 43137. As

                                            financial statements of an acquired business or to       definition (which replaced the small business issuer    discussed in the Proposing Release, the ACSEC and
                                            be acquired business to be provided other than           definition) in 2007, it noted:                          the Small Business Forum have recommended
                                            when registering securities to be offered to the           ‘‘Several comment letters noted that in light of      increasing the thresholds in both the SRC and the
                                            security holders of the business to be acquired.         the $50 million in revenues threshold proposed for      accelerated filer definitions. See notes 19 and 20.
                                               96 In 1996, the Commission revised Rule 3–05 to                                                                 103 Accelerated and large accelerated filers are
                                                                                                     determining a company’s qualification as a SRC if
                                            streamline the requirements for financial statements     a company is unable to calculate public float, the      subject to accelerated periodic report filing
                                            of significant business acquisitions in filings made     Commission should consider revising [Rule 3–            deadlines. In addition, they must provide their
                                            under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act,           05(b)(2)(iv)] to raise to $50 million the $25 million   internet address and disclosure regarding the
                                            stating:                                                 threshold currently used to limit to two the periods    availability of their filings required by Items
                                               ‘‘The threshold at which audited financial            required for audited financial statements of an         101(e)(3) and (4) of Regulation S–K [17 CFR
                                            statements of an acquired business are required for      acquired business. The $25 million threshold was        229.101(e)(3) and (4)], as well as disclosure required
                                            three years, as required for the issuer itself (except   based on the $25 million in revenues standard in        by Item 1B of Form 10–K about unresolved staff
                                            for small business issuers), has been raised from        Regulation S–B that we are rescinding. We are           comments on their periodic or current reports.
                                                                                                                                                               104 Public Law 107–204, Sec. 404(b) 116 Stat. 745
                                            40% to 50% in recognition of the significant burden      amending this standard to increase the threshold to
                                            imposed by the lower threshold. In addition,             $50 million in revenues, as suggested by the            (2002).
                                            consistent with the criteria for small business                                                                    105 Paragraphs (1)(iv) of the accelerated filer
                                                                                                     commenters.’’ See SRC Adopting Release.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            issuers, financial statements for periods preceding        97 See EY; and BDO. No other commenters               definition and (2)(iv) of the large accelerated filer
                                            the most recent two fiscal years would not be                                                                    definition in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.
                                                                                                     addressed whether to amend Rule 3–05 of
                                            required for acquired businesses reporting revenues                                                                106 The public float thresholds for exiting SRC
                                                                                                     Regulation S–X.
                                            below $25 million.’’ See Streamlining Disclosure           98 See EY; see also SRC Adopting Release.
                                                                                                                                                             status and entering accelerated filer status currently
                                            Requirements Relating to Significant Business                                                                    are both $75 million, and the determinations are
                                                                                                       99 See BDO.
                                            Acquisitions. Release No. 33–7355 (Oct. 10, 1996)                                                                both made as of the last business day of a
                                                                                                       100 See Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X.
                                            [61 FR 54509 (Oct. 18, 1996)] (‘‘1996 Rule 3–05                                                                  registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ER10JY18.000</GPH>




                                            Adopting Release’’).                                       101 See Proposing Release, 81 FR at 43136.            quarter for purposes of the following fiscal year.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4725   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM    10JYR2


                                            32000               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                               Increasing the SRC public float                       disclosure requirements, keeping the                    at which registrants are subject to the
                                            threshold to $250 million without                        thresholds for both definitions linked as               accelerated filer disclosure and filing
                                            eliminating the SRC provision from the                   they have been historically.                            requirements. As a result, as illustrated
                                            accelerated filer definition would                          The Commission proposed to                           in Figure 2, some registrants would
                                            exclude from the definition of                           eliminate the provision in the                          qualify as both SRCs and accelerated
                                            accelerated filer those registrants that                 accelerated filer definition that excludes              filers.
                                            are newly eligible to use the SRC                        SRCs to maintain the current thresholds




                                               As discussed in the Proposing                         not subject to Section 404(b).109 Another               emerging businesses 115 and that audit
                                            Release, the public float threshold for                  commenter recommended that the                          costs associated with Section 404(b)
                                            entering large accelerated filer status                  Commission undertake a separate                         divert capital from core business
                                            currently is $700 million, so newly                      rulemaking before deciding whether to                   needs.116
                                            eligible SRCs under the proposed                         change the Section 404(b)                                  Several commenters addressed the
                                            increased public float threshold of $250                 requirements.110 A third commenter                      costs associated with complying with
                                            million would not include any                            recommended that the Commission                         the requirements of Section 404(b).117 A
                                            registrants that currently qualify as large              provide more time for registrants with a                few commenters stated that, for many
                                            accelerated filers. Nevertheless, the                    public float of less than $250 million to               growing biotechnology companies, the
                                            Commission proposed to eliminate this                    file their periodic reports.111                         Section 404(b) audit represents over $1
                                            provision because it currently does not                     In contrast, many commenters                         million of capital diversion.118 One
                                            capture any registrants, would not have                  responded to the Commission’s                           commenter indicated that Section
                                            captured any registrants under the                       solicitation of comment on this issue by                404(b) compliance imposes a significant
                                            proposed amendments, and could lead                      recommending that the Commission                        burden on emerging biotech companies,
                                            to confusion if retained.                                increase the thresholds in the                          citing the 2011 Staff Section 404(b)
                                            2. Comments                                              accelerated filer definition, consistent                Study that estimated that companies
                                                                                                     with the changes to the SRC                             with a public float between $75 million
                                               Some commenters responded to the                      definition.112 Commenters                               and $250 million spend, on average,
                                            Commission’s solicitation of comment                     recommended increasing the public                       $840,276 to comply with Section
                                            on this issue by supporting the                          float threshold in the accelerated filer                404(b).119 Another commenter
                                            elimination of the provisions in the                     definition to reduce compliance                         estimated that it will spend more than
                                            accelerated filer and large accelerated                  costs 113 and to maintain uniformity                    $400,000 annually on compliance with
                                            filer definitions that specifically exclude                                                                      Section 404(b).120 One commenter that
                                                                                                     across our rules.114 Many of these
                                            registrants that are eligible to use the
                                                                                                     commenters stated that Section 404(b) is
                                            SRC disclosure requirements for their                                                                               115 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;
                                                                                                     particularly costly for SRCs and
                                            annual or quarterly reports.107 One                                                                              Coalition; CONNECT; CSBA; and Seneca. See also
                                            commenter stated that it found no                                                                                Dixie.
                                                                                                       109 See CFA Institute, citing 2011 Staff Section         116 See Acorda, et al.; BIO; CSBA; ICBA; and
                                            compelling argument to support what it                   404(b) Study.                                           NVCA.
                                            sees as a weakening of investor                            110 See EY.                                              117 See Acorda, et al.; BIO; Calithera; CONNECT;
                                            protections, particularly in light of the                  111 See BDO.                                          CSBA (stating that ‘‘accelerated filers spend, on
                                            2011 Staff Section 404(b) Study 108                        112 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;         average, more than $1 million complying with
                                            finding that accelerated filers subject to               CONNECT; Coalition; CSBA; ICBA; Letter from The         Section 404(b)’’); Dixie; and Seneca.
                                                                                                     Dixie Group, Inc., July 11, 2016 (‘‘Dixie’’);              118 See Acorda, et al.; and CONNECT. See also
                                            Section 404(b) had a lower restatement                   MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; and Seneca.               CSBA.
                                            rate compared to non-accelerated filers                    113 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;            119 See BIO.

                                                                                                     CONNECT; Coalition; CSBA; ICBA; Dixie;                     120 See Calithera. This estimate is generally
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                               107 See BDO; CAQ/CII; CFA Institute; Letter from      MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; and Seneca.               consistent with the estimate set forth by a presenter
                                            Deloitte, August 23, 2016 (‘‘Deloitte’’); and EY.          114 See BIO (stating that uniformity alone is a       at a recent ACSEC meeting. The presenter stated
                                               108 Study and Recommendations on Section              sufficiently compelling argument to align the two       that some biotechnology companies that anticipate
                                            404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 For             definitions, that avoiding investor confusion is an     losing their status as EGCs in the next few years
                                            Issuers With Public Float Between $75 and $250           important responsibility of the SEC, and that issuers   ‘‘believe they will incur somewhere between
                                            Million (Apr. 2011), available at https://               and investors alike are used to having one standard     $150,000 to $350,000 in additional audit fees,
                                            www.sec.gov/news/studies/2011/404bfloat-                 for small company status); Coalition; Nasdaq;           $50,000 to $150,000 in other consulting costs and
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     ER10JY18.001</GPH>




                                            study.pdf.                                               NVCA; and NYSE.                                         either $40,000 or as much as $200,000 for internal



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM    10JYR2


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                          32001

                                            stated that its public float was more                      the definitions of accelerated filer and                      created by this potential overlap
                                            than $75 million but less than $250                        large accelerated filer the exclusions for                    between the SRC and ‘‘accelerated filer’’
                                            million estimated that relief from                         registrants that are eligible to use the                      definitions.132 As part of the staff’s
                                            Section 404(b) would result in a 35%                       SRC requirements under Regulation S–                          consideration of possible recommended
                                            reduction in compliance costs whereas                      K for their annual and quarterly reports.                     amendments to the ‘‘accelerated filer’’
                                            there would be no material change in                       After the amendments to the SRC                               definition, the Chairman has directed
                                            such costs from the proposed                               definition become effective, some SRCs                        the staff to consider, among other
                                            amendments.121 Another commenter                           will exceed the public float thresholds                       things, the historical and current
                                            noted that, while most firms already                       for initial or subsequent qualification in                    relationship between the SRC and
                                            take an integrated accounting approach                     the accelerated filer definition, and a                       ‘‘accelerated filer’’ definitions.
                                            to Section 404(b) requirements that                        few of these registrants also may exceed
                                                                                                                                                                     III. Other Matters
                                            includes a complete internal control                       the public float threshold for subsequent
                                            review, if smaller companies were                          qualification in the large accelerated                           If any of the provisions of these
                                            exempt from Section 404(b), they would                     filer definition.128                                          amendments, or the application thereof
                                            avoid the added legal liability of the                        Although we are not raising the                            to any person or circumstance, is held
                                            auditor attestation, providing a savings                   accelerated filer public float threshold                      to be invalid, such invalidity shall not
                                            opportunity and lowering the cost of                       or modifying the Section 404(b)                               affect other provisions or application of
                                            being public for those companies.122                       requirements for registrants with a                           such provisions to other persons or
                                               A few commenters stated that the                        public float between $75 million and                          circumstances that can be given effect
                                            market does not value the audit of such                    $250 million in this release, as stated                       without the invalid provision or
                                            internal control 123 or that the costs of                  above, the Chairman has directed the                          application.
                                            Section 404(b) outweigh the benefits.124                   staff to formulate recommendations to                         IV. Economic Analysis
                                            Another commenter stated that                              the Commission for possible changes to
                                                                                                       reduce the number of registrants that                            As discussed above, we are adopting
                                            expanding relief from Section 404(b) to
                                                                                                       our rules define as accelerated filers.                       amendments to the definition of SRC as
                                            registrants with a public float of less
                                                                                                       Eliminating the SRC provision in the                          used in our rules and regulations. The
                                            than $250 million would encourage
                                                                                                       accelerated filer and large accelerated                       amendments expand the number of
                                            capital formation because reduced audit                                                                                  registrants that are eligible to provide
                                            and disclosure requirements may                            filer definitions will maintain the
                                                                                                       current thresholds at which registrants                       scaled disclosure to their investors and
                                            encourage companies that have been                                                                                       are intended to reduce compliance costs
                                            hesitant to go public to do so.125                         are subject to the accelerated filer and
                                                                                                       large accelerated filer disclosure and                        for these registrants and promote capital
                                               A number of commenters                                                                                                formation, while maintaining
                                            recommended that the Commission                            filing requirements. In 2007, the
                                                                                                       Commission noted that aligning the SRC                        appropriate investor protections.
                                            allow a revenue test for the accelerated                                                                                 Registrants with a public float of less
                                            filer definition, similar to the amended                   public float threshold based on the
                                                                                                       levels established for non-accelerated                        than $250 million (an increase from the
                                            revenue test being adopted by the                                                                                        current $75 million threshold) will
                                            Commission in the SRC definition.126                       filers 129 was practical and avoided
                                                                                                       regulatory complexity.130 These                               qualify as SRCs, as will registrants with
                                            3. Final Amendments                                        amendments will change the current                            no public float if their revenues are less
                                               As proposed, we are adopting                            relationship between the SRC and                              than $100 million (an increase from the
                                            amendments to the ‘‘accelerated filer’’                    ‘‘accelerated filer’’ definitions by                          current $50 million threshold).133 In
                                            and ‘‘large accelerated filer’’ definitions                allowing a registrant to qualify as both                      addition, registrants with a public float
                                            in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2 to preserve                     a SRC and an accelerated filer.131 We                         of less than $700 million will qualify as
                                            the application of the current thresholds                  acknowledge the regulatory complexity                         SRCs if their revenues are less than $100
                                            contained in those definitions.127                                                                                       million.134
                                                                                                                                                                        We also are making corresponding
                                            Specifically, we are eliminating from                         128 The only registrants that would qualify as both

                                                                                                       SRCs and large accelerated filers would be those              amendments to other rules in light of
                                            labor.’’ See Transcript of Presentation by William
                                                                                                       companies (1) that previously qualified as large              the new SRC definition. As proposed,
                                                                                                       accelerated filers because at one time their public           we are adopting amendments to the
                                            Newell at September 13, 2017 ACSEC Meeting
                                                                                                       float was $700 million or more, (2) whose revenues
                                            available at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/
                                                                                                       for the most recent fiscal year were less than $100
                                                                                                                                                                     ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘large
                                            acsec/acsec-transcript-091317.pdf (pages 49 to 54);                                                                      accelerated filer’’ definitions in
                                                                                                       million, and (3) whose public float as of the end of
                                            see also Newell, William J., ‘‘Sarbanes-Oxley
                                            Section 404(b): Costs of Compliance and Proposed
                                                                                                       the most recent second quarter was less than $560             Exchange Act Rule 12b–2 to preserve
                                                                                                       million, such that they now qualify as SRCs, but not          the application of the public float
                                            Reforms’’, presentation at ACSEC meeting on Sept.
                                                                                                       less than $500 million, such that they are not
                                            13, 2017 available at https://www.sec.gov/info/
                                                                                                       eligible to exit large accelerated filer status.
                                                                                                                                                                     thresholds in those definitions. In
                                            smallbus/acsec/william-newell-acsec-091317.pdf.               129 A non-accelerated filer is a filer that is not an      addition, we are amending Rule 3–
                                               121 See Seneca.
                                                                                                       ‘‘accelerated filer’’ or a ‘‘large accelerated filer.’’ See   05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X to
                                               122 See Dixie.
                                               123 See Acorda, et al. (stating that the market does
                                                                                                       subpart (3) of the accelerated filer and large                increase the revenue threshold under
                                                                                                       accelerated filer definitions in Exchange Act Rule            which certain registrants may omit the
                                            not demand a Section 404(b) audit as a prerequisite        12b–2 [17 CFR 240.12b–2].
                                            for investing in emerging, innovative companies               130 See SRC Adopting Release 73 FR at 942.
                                                                                                                                                                     earliest of the three fiscal years of
                                            and that virtually no EGCs are voluntarily forgoing           131 In conjunction with these amendments, we
                                            their exemption from Section 404(b)). See also                                                                             132 Several commenters specifically
                                                                                                       also are adopting technical revisions to Securities
                                            Dixie.                                                                                                                   recommended increasing the public float threshold
                                               124 See MidSouth.
                                                                                                       Act Forms S–1, S–3, S–4, S–8, and S–11 and
                                                                                                       Exchange Act Forms 10, 10–Q and 10–K. These                   in the accelerated filer definition to, among other
                                               125 See ICBA (citing a 2005 ICBA study that                                                                           things, maintain uniformity across our rules. See
                                                                                                       amendments modify the cover page of the specified
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            estimated that audit fees for publicly held bank           forms to remove the parenthetical next to the ‘‘non-          BIO; Coalition; Nasdaq; NVCA; and NYSE.
                                            holding companies would drop dramatically—some             accelerated filer’’ definition that states ‘‘(Do not            133 See note 29 and related text for a discussion
                                            by as much as 50%—if they were exempted from               check if a smaller reporting company).’’ After these          of how and when public float is calculated and
                                            Section 404(b)).                                           amendments, a registrant should check all                     when revenues are measured.
                                               126 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; CONNECT;
                                                                                                       applicable boxes on the cover page addressing,                  134 The Commission received a number of
                                            Calithera; CSBA; Nasdaq; and NYSE.                         among other things, non-accelerated, accelerated,             comments in support of expanding the definition of
                                               127 See ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘large accelerated   and large accelerated filer status, SRC status, and           SRC to include a revenue test for registrants with
                                            filer’’ definitions in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.            emerging growth company status.                               a public float. See Section II.A.1.b.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00011     Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM      10JYR2


                                            32002                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            audited financial statements of an                                           cases, we provide a qualitative                                      annual revenues are less than $50
                                            acquired business or business to be                                          assessment of the likely economic                                    million. An additional 232 filers in
                                            acquired.                                                                    effects.                                                             calendar year 2016 reported public float
                                              We are mindful of the costs and                                                                                                                 of less than $75 million or no public
                                                                                                                         A. Baseline
                                            benefits of the amendments. In this                                                                                                               float and revenues of less than $50
                                            economic analysis, we examine the                                              In calendar year 2016, 7,395                                       million, but did not check the box on
                                            existing baseline, which consists of the                                     registrants filed a Form 10–K with the                               the cover page of their Forms 10–K
                                            current regulatory framework and                                             Commission. Excluding investment                                     indicating that they were SRCs.136 Of
                                            market practices, and discuss the                                            companies, business development                                      the 2,592 registrants that claimed SRC
                                            potential costs and benefits of the                                          companies, and ABS issuers, which are                                status in 2016, 1,899 registrants (25.7%
                                            amendments, relative to this baseline,                                       not eligible for SRC status, 6,739                                   of all registrants) reported having a
                                            and their potential effects on efficiency,                                   registrants filed a Form 10–K in                                     public float that was less than $75
                                            competition, and capital formation.135                                       calendar year 2016. Of these registrants,                            million and 509 registrants (6.9% of all
                                            We also consider the potential costs and                                     2,592 (35.1% of all registrants) claimed                             registrants) reported having no public
                                            benefits of reasonable alternatives to the                                   SRC status by checking the box on the                                float and revenues of less than $50
                                            amendments. Where practicable, we                                            cover page of their Forms 10–K                                       million.137 Of the 2,592 SRCs, 833
                                            have attempted to quantify the                                               indicating that the registrant was a SRC.                            (11.3% of all registrants) also indicated
                                            economic effects of the amendments;                                          Under the current definition, a                                      in their filings that they were EGCs.138
                                            however, in certain cases, we are unable                                     registrant with a public float may                                      Table 1 summarizes the number and
                                            to do so because either the necessary                                        qualify as a SRC if its public float is less                         percentage of registrants that claimed
                                            data are unavailable or the economic                                         than $75 million or a registrant with no                             SRC status in each calendar year over
                                            effects are not quantifiable. In these                                       public float may qualify as a SRC if its                             the 2013–2016 period.

                                                                                                                        TABLE 1—SRCS IN 2013–2016 PERIOD
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Qualified
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Qualified      based on no
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     based on
                                                                                                                                             Total # of                                                                              public float
                                                                                 Filing year                                                                        # of SRCs                 % of total            public float
                                                                                                                                            registrants                                                                             and revenue
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   <$75 million     <$50 million
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (% of Total)     (% of Total)

                                            2013    .....................................................................................            7,624                    3,380                      44.3                33.5            10.8
                                            2014    .....................................................................................            7,642                    3,179                      41.6                32.7             8.9
                                            2015    .....................................................................................            7,557                    2,900                      38.4                29.7             8.7
                                            2016    .....................................................................................            7,395                    2,592                      35.1                25.7             6.9



                                              Table 2 shows that, while registrants                                      the total number of registrants in                                   float, market value and revenue of all
                                            claiming SRC status with available data                                      calendar year 2016, they account for less                            registrants.139
                                            account for a substantial percentage of                                      than one percent of the entire public

                                                                                                                    TABLE 2—SIZE PROXIES FOR SRCS IN 2016
                                                                                                                         Public float                                     Market value                                       Revenue

                                            Mean ..............................................       $14.7 million .................................      $57.2 million .................................      $42.8 million.
                                            Median ...........................................        4.3 million .....................................    14.1 million ...................................     1.9 million.
                                            Aggregate size ...............................            40.1 billion ....................................    98.7 billion ....................................    96.2 billion.
                                            % of the aggregate size of all reg-                       0.15% ............................................   0.34% ............................................   0.66%.
                                              istrants.




                                              135 Section 23(a)(2) of the Exchange Act requires                          beneficial. Second, some registrants that appear to                  extracted annual revenue data from the Compustat
                                            us, when adopting rules, to consider the impact that                         be eligible may not be if they previously exceeded                   database and XBRL data in Form 10–K filings.
                                            any new rule would have on competition. In                                   the SRC threshold and were required to meet the                         138 Staff determined whether a registrant claimed
                                            addition, Section 2(b) of the Securities Act and                             lower eligibility threshold (i.e., public float of less              EGC status by parsing several types of filings (for
                                            Section 3(f) of the Exchange Act direct us, when                             than $50 million or revenues of less than $40                        example, Forms S–1, S–1/A, 10–K, 10–Q, 8–K, 20–
                                            engaging in rulemaking that requires us to consider                          million) to subsequently qualify as a SRC.                           F/40–F, and 6–K) filed by that registrant with
                                            or determine whether an action is necessary or                                  137 Based on analysis by DERA of available data.                  supplemental data drawn from Ives Group Audit
                                            appropriate in the public interest, to consider, in
                                                                                                                         Staff obtained the SRC status and public float data                  Analytics.
                                            addition to the protection of investors, whether the
                                            action will promote efficiency, competition, and                             from information extracted from exhibits to                             139 Compustat data on market value is obtained

                                            capital formation.                                                           corporate financial reports filed with the                           for calendar year 2016 filings. Staff obtained
                                              136 There are two potential explanations for why                           Commission using eXtensible Business Reporting                       revenue data either from XBRL data in Form 10–
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            the number of registrants meeting the SRC                                    Language (‘‘XBRL’’), available at: http://                           K filings or directly from the filing itself. The
                                            thresholds exceeds the number of reported SRCs.                              www.sec.gov/dera/data/financial-statement-data-                      summary statistics presented in Table 2 represent
                                            First, the public float and revenue thresholds                               sets.html. Staff also extracted the SRC status and                   those registrants for which information on public
                                            establish eligibility for SRC status, but do not                             public float directly from Forms 10–K using a                        float and revenue is concurrently available. Market
                                            require eligible registrants to take advantage of the                        computer program. For robustness, staff compared                     value, as used throughout this Economic Analysis,
                                            scaled disclosure requirements. Thus, some                                   the SRC status and public float information between                  is equivalent to market capitalization and presented
                                            registrants may be opting out of SRC status if they                          the two sources and corrected discrepancies using                    for registrants with available data (described in
                                            do not find the reduced compliance costs to be net                           data from Ives Group Audit Analytics. Staff                          footnote 25).



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:26 Jul 09, 2018          Jkt 244001       PO 00000        Frm 00012    Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM            10JYR2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                                                 32003

                                              Table 3 shows the distribution of                               accounts for 10.6% of all SRCs,                                    industries with a larger fixed
                                            registrants that were eligible for SRC                            followed by ‘‘Financial Trading’’ (9.8%),                          component of operating costs, such as
                                            status based on available data in                                 ‘‘Pharmaceutical Products’’ (8.5%),                                shipping, defense, and aircraft, tend to
                                            calendar year 2016 using the Fama-                                ‘‘Banking’’ (7.1%), ‘‘Petroleum and                                have fewer SRCs.
                                            French 49-industry classification.140                             Natural Gas’’ (5.6%), and ‘‘Computer
                                            The ‘‘Business Services’’ industry                                Software’’ (5.2%).141 We note that

                                                                                                       TABLE 3—INDUSTRY DISTRIBUTION OF SRCS IN 2016
                                                 Industry ID                     Industry               # of SRCs        % of all SRCs          Industry ID                    Industry                   # of SRCs               % of all SRCs

                                            1 ..........................   Agriculture ..........                   26               1.0                         26     Defense ..............                             2                        0.1
                                            2 ..........................   Food Products ....                       35               1.3                         27     Precious Metals ..                                38                        1.4
                                            3 ..........................   Candy & Soda ....                         3               0.1                         28     Non-Metallic and                                  76                        2.9
                                                                                                                                                                          Industrial Metal
                                                                                                                                                                          Mining.
                                            4 ..........................   Beer & Liquor .....                      18               0.7                         29     Coal ....................                          3                        0.1
                                            5 ..........................   Tobacco Prod-                             9               0.3                         30     Petroleum and                                    149                        5.6
                                                                             ucts.                                                                                        Natural Gas.
                                            6 ..........................   Recreation ..........                    23               0.8                         31     Utilities ................                        15                        0.6
                                            7 ..........................   Entertainment .....                      55               2.0                         32     Communication ..                                  45                        1.7
                                            8 ..........................   Printing and Pub-                         8               0.3                         33     Personal Serv-                                    37                        1.4
                                                                             lishing.                                                                                     ices.
                                            9 ..........................   Consumer Goods                           40               1.6                         34     Business Serv-                                   281                      10.7
                                                                                                                                                                          ices.
                                            10 ........................    Apparel ...............                  17               0.6                         35     Computers ..........                              22                        0.8
                                            11 ........................    Healthcare ..........                    37               1.4                         36     Computer Soft-                                   136                        5.2
                                                                                                                                                                          ware.
                                            12 ........................    Medical Equip-                          116               4.4                         37     Electronic Equip-                                102                        3.9
                                                                             ment.                                                                                        ment.
                                            13 ........................    Pharmaceutical                          225               8.5                         38     Measuring and                                     41                        1.6
                                                                             Products.                                                                                    Control Equip-
                                                                                                                                                                          ment.
                                            14 ........................    Chemicals ...........                    54               2.1                         39     Business Sup-                                       6                       0.2
                                                                                                                                                                          plies.
                                            15 ........................    Rubber and Plas-                         20               0.8                         40     Shipping Con-                                       2                       0.1
                                                                             tic Products.                                                                                tainers.
                                            16 ........................    Textiles ...............                  4               0.2                         41     Transportation ....                               24                        0.9
                                            17 ........................    Construction Ma-                         29               1.1                         42     Wholesale ...........                             78                        3.0
                                                                             terials.
                                            18 ........................    Construction .......                     22               0.8                         43     Retail ..................                         82                        3.1
                                            19 ........................    Steel Works ........                      9               0.3                         44     Restaurants, Ho-                                  28                        1.1
                                                                                                                                                                          tels, Motels.
                                            20 ........................    Fabricated Prod-                          5               0.2                         45     Banking ..............                          187                         7.1
                                                                             ucts.
                                            21 ........................    Machinery ...........                    54               2.0                        46      Insurance ...........                             20                        0.8
                                            22 ........................    Electrical Equip-                        39               1.5                        47      Real Estate ........                              96                        3.6
                                                                             ment.
                                            23 ........................    Automobiles and                          21               0.8                         48     Financial Trading                               258                         9.8
                                                                             Trucks.
                                            24 ........................    Aircraft ................                8                0.3     ........................   Other and Un-                                     30                        1.1
                                                                                                                                                                           known.
                                            25 ........................    Shipbuilding,                             3               0.1     ........................   ............................   ........................   ........................
                                                                             Railroad Equip-
                                                                             ment.



                                              As discussed above, we are amending                             business is large enough relative to the                           financial statements need to be filed.
                                            Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X to                          registrant (i.e., any of the significant                           Given the difficulty in accurately
                                            increase the revenue threshold under                              subsidiary tests for the acquired                                  identifying registrants that have
                                            which certain registrants may omit the                            business exceed 50%), the registrant                               acquisitions (1) that meet any of the
                                            earliest of the three fiscal years of                             must file three years of historical                                significant subsidiary tests at the 50%
                                            audited financial statements of an                                financial statements of the acquired                               level and (2) where the acquired
                                            acquired business or business to be                               business unless the acquired business                              business has revenues of less than $50
                                            acquired. Rule 3–05 applies to                                    has revenues of less than $50 million, in                          million, we are unable to estimate the
                                            registrants that are not SRCs.142 Rule 3–                         which case only two years of the                                   number of registrants that were affected
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            05(b)(2)(iv) provides that, if the acquired                       acquired business’s most recent                                    by the $50 million revenue threshold in
                                              140 The standard Fama-French classification sorts                  141 In 2016, SRCs accounted for 57% of all Form                 suggesting that these industries all have a fairly
                                            Standard Industry Classification codes into 49 main               10–K filers in ‘‘Business Services,’’ 37% in                       high concentration of small registrants.
                                            industrial categories; available at: http://                      ‘‘Financial Trading,’’ 20% in ‘‘Banking,’’ 39% in                    142 Rule 8–04 of Regulation S–X [17 CFR 210.8–

                                            mba.tuck.dartmouth.edu/pages/faculty/ken.french/                  ‘‘Pharmaceutical Products,’’ 50% in ‘‘Petroleum and                04] applies to financial statements of business
                                            Data_Library/det_49_ind_port.html.                                Natural Gas’’ and 47% in ‘‘Computer Software,’’                    acquired or to be acquired by SRCs.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:26 Jul 09, 2018      Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4700     E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM              10JYR2


                                            32004                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) in 2016. We do not                   registrants.144 In addition, one of the                    determine that the costs of potentially
                                            believe the disclosure accommodation                     sources of information asymmetry under                     reduced liquidity for their securities and
                                            in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) is frequently used                the amendments will be that the newly                      higher cost of capital exceed the benefits
                                            because the acquired business not only                   eligible SRCs will not be required to                      of the lower compliance costs. Those
                                            would need to meet one of the                            provide certain executive compensation                     registrants may elect not to rely on the
                                            significant subsidiary thresholds at the                 disclosures, potentially lowering                          scaled disclosure accommodations
                                            50% level compared to the non-SRC                        corporate governance transparency of                       available to them. On the other hand,
                                            acquirer, but also would need to have                    these registrants.145 Furthermore, by                      expanding SRC eligibility could provide
                                            less than $50 million of revenues in its                 introducing overlap between the SRC                        opportunities for adverse selection in a
                                            most recent fiscal year.                                 and the accelerated filer definitions, the                 greater number of registrants. For
                                                                                                     amendments we are adopting would                           example, registrants whose outside
                                            B. Potential Economic Effects                            increase regulatory complexity.146                         investors would have benefited from
                                            1. Introduction                                             The number of affected registrants                      more disclosure might choose the less
                                                                                                     that will make scaled disclosures will                     burdensome disclosure requirement
                                               The primary benefit stemming from                     ultimately depend on the choices of                        once becoming eligible. The net benefit
                                            the amendments is a reduction in                         those registrants. That is, the SRC                        or cost for each newly eligible registrant
                                            compliance costs for the registrants that                definition establishes eligibility for, but                and its investors will ultimately depend
                                            will newly qualify for SRC status. To the                does not mandate reliance on, any of the                   on the specific facts and circumstances.
                                            extent that the reduced compliance                       scaled disclosure accommodations.147                          Expanding the pool of registrants
                                            costs have a fixed cost component,143                    We identified 232 registrants in 2016                      eligible for SRC status to include
                                            which typically burdens smaller                          that met either the $75 million public                     registrants with revenues of less than
                                            registrants disproportionately, the cost                 float threshold or the $50 million                         $100 million and a public float of $250
                                            savings may be particularly helpful for                  revenue threshold for SRC status but did                   million or more and less than $700
                                            those registrants.                                       not claim SRC status. While some of                        million will increase the cost savings,
                                               As a secondary effect of the                          these registrants may not have been                        information asymmetries, and other
                                            amendments, a lower disclosure burden                    eligible (for example, a registrant that                   effects of scaled disclosure in
                                            could spur growth in the registrants that                previously did not qualify as a SRC                        proportion to the increase in the number
                                            will newly qualify for SRC status to the                 because it exceeded the thresholds and                     of registrants that become newly eligible
                                            extent that the compliance cost savings                  is now subject to a lower threshold), it                   at those higher thresholds and choose to
                                            and other resources (e.g., managerial                    is possible that some elected not to avail                 avail themselves of the scaled disclosure
                                            effort) otherwise devoted to disclosure                  themselves of the scaled disclosure                        accommodation. This number is likely
                                            and compliance are productively                          requirements.148                                           to be small, as indicated by the evidence
                                            deployed in alternative ways. It also                       Under the amendments, we expect                         that 161 (2.2%) of the registrants that
                                            could encourage capital formation                        registrants will weigh their own costs                     filed a Form 10–K in 2016 would have
                                            because companies that may have been                     and benefits of scaled disclosure and                      met the thresholds in the amended
                                            hesitant to go public may choose to do                   decide whether to take advantage of any                    revenue test for registrants with public
                                            so if they face reduced disclosure                       of the scaled disclosure                                   float.
                                                                                                     accommodations for which they are                             The effects of scaled disclosure for
                                            requirements.
                                                                                                     newly eligible. Some registrants may                       registrants with a public float of $250
                                               With respect to costs, we expect that                                                                            million or more and less than $700
                                            the amendments to the SRC definition                        144 See Lin Cheng, Scott Liao, and Haiwen Zhang,        million and revenues of less than $100
                                            will result in a modest change in some                   Commitment Effect versus Information Effect of             million may be different from the effects
                                            indicators of the overall quality of the                 Disclosure: Evidence from Smaller Reporting                of scaled disclosure for registrants with
                                            information environment. Generally, a                    Companies, 88 Account. Rev. 1239 (Jul. 2013).
                                                                                                        145 For a review of the effects of executive
                                                                                                                                                                public float nearer to the current
                                            decrease in the amount of direct                         compensation disclosures on compensation                   threshold of $75 million. This is
                                            disclosure could increase the                            practices, see Kevin J. Murphy, ‘‘Executive                because the characteristics of registrants
                                            information asymmetry between                            compensation: Where we are, and how we got                 eligible for SRC status under the final
                                            investors and company insiders, leading                  there,’’ Handbook of the Economics of Finance, Vol.        rules may be different from those of
                                                                                                     2. Elsevier (2013) 211–356. See also Benjamin E.
                                            to lower liquidity and higher costs of                   Hermalin and Michael S. Weisbach, Information              registrants close to the current
                                            capital for the affected registrants. For                Disclosure and Corporate Governance, 67 J. Fin.            threshold. For example, differences in
                                            example, one study found that, during                    195 (2012), and Anya Kleymenova and Irem A.                the relationships between management
                                            the three-month period following the                     Tuna, Regulation of Compensation (June 21, 2017),          and outside investors in registrants with
                                                                                                     Chicago Booth Research Paper No. 16–07, available
                                            establishment of the SRC definition,                     at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2755621.
                                                                                                                                                                higher public float could affect the level
                                            registrants with public floats of $25                       146 See SRC Adopting Release 73 FR at 942.              of information asymmetries between
                                            million or more and less than $75                           147 If a disclosure requirement applicable to SRCs      those registrants and investors. This
                                            million that claimed SRC status                          is more stringent than for non-SRCs, however, SRCs         may cause those registrants to make
                                            experienced a significant reduction in                   must comply with the more stringent standard. Item         different decisions about how much
                                                                                                     404 is the only Regulation S–K disclosure
                                            liquidity relative to comparable                         requirement that could be more stringent.
                                                                                                                                                                information they choose to disclose and
                                                                                                        148 Data from 2008 show that registrants do not         whether to rely on the scaled disclosure
                                              143 See, e.g., William A. Brock & David S. Evans,      always take advantage of scaled disclosure. In a           accommodations, leading to differences
                                            The Economics of Small Businesses: Their Role and        sample of 283 registrants that were newly eligible         in the observed use of scaled disclosure
                                            Regulation in the U.S. Economy 65 at 70 (1986); C.       for scaled disclosure in 2008, the evidence from           by different registrants of the same size.
                                            Steven Bradford, Does Size Matter? An Economic           Form 10–K and proxy filings by those registrants
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            Analysis of Small Business Exemptions from               shows that 109 of the registrants chose to maintain
                                                                                                                                                                The 161 additional registrants had an
                                            Regulation, College of Law, Faculty Publications. 72     their disclosure level for all ten eligible items, while   average public float of $396 million,
                                            (2004). See also Cindy R. Alexander et al.,              174 of the registrants reduced the disclosure level        while those that qualify under the
                                            Economic Effects of SOX Section 404 Compliance:          for at least one eligible item. See Lin Cheng, Scott       current definition had an average public
                                            A Corporate Insider Perspective, 56 J. Account. &        Liao, and Haiwen Zhang, Commitment Effect versus
                                            Econ. 267–290 at 285 (2013) (noting, among other         Information Effect of Disclosure: Evidence from
                                                                                                                                                                float of $15 million, and those that
                                            things, that they found ‘‘evidence of fixed costs that   Smaller Reporting Companies, 88 Account. Rev.              would have qualified under the
                                            weigh disproportionately on smaller firms’’).            1239 (Jul. 2013) at 1247.                                  proposed rules had an average public


                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM    10JYR2


                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                   32005

                                            float of $55 million. These differences                    provide two rather than three years of                industries: ‘‘Pharmaceutical Products’’
                                            can affect whether a registrant decides                    an acquired business’s historical                     (17.3%), ‘‘Banking’’ (15.2%), ‘‘Financial
                                            to rely on scaled disclosure and how                       financial statements under Rule 3–                    Trading’’ (11.8%), ‘‘Business Services’’
                                            that decision affects the registrant’s                     05(b)(2)(iv), but we do not expect the                (5.2%), and ‘‘Electronic Equipment’’
                                            investors. We do not have sufficient                       net increase to be significant.                       (3.7%). If the distribution of eligible
                                            information about the experiences of                                                                             registrants does not change over time,
                                                                                                       2. Impact on Eligibility for Smaller
                                            registrants at the higher public float                                                                           and if all of them claim SRC status, the
                                            levels with lower revenues                                 Reporting Company Status
                                                                                                                                                             amendments will lead to a noticeable
                                            implementing scaled disclosure to                             By increasing the public float                     increase in the presence of
                                            estimate the frequency with which these                    threshold from $75 million to $250                    ‘‘Pharmaceutical Products’’ and
                                            registrants will implement scaled                          million, increasing the annual revenue                ‘‘Banking’’ registrants in the pool of
                                            disclosure, if available.                                  threshold for registrants with no public              SRCs.
                                               Similarly, increasing the revenue                       float from $50 million to $100 million,
                                            threshold below which registrants are                      and expanding the revenue test to                        Registrants eligible for SRC status
                                            eligible to provide two rather than three                  include registrants with a public float of            with available data using the public
                                            years of certain acquired businesses’                      less than $700 million and revenues of                float threshold of less than $250 million
                                            historical financial statements under                      less than $100 million in the SRC                     represent approximately 38.6% of all
                                            Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) from $50 million to                    definition, the amendments will permit                registrants, while only 28.0% of all
                                            $100 million will increase the cost                        more registrants to qualify as SRCs. To               registrants qualify under the existing
                                            savings, information asymmetries, and                      estimate the number of additional                     public float threshold of less than $75
                                            other effects of the reduced historical                    registrants that are likely to be affected            million. The 38.6% of all registrants that
                                            financial statement disclosure that                        by the amendments, we use public float                will qualify under the public float
                                            investors receive at or around the time                    data and revenue data from Form 10–K                  threshold would be more in line with
                                            of the acquisition in proportion to the                    filings.150 Our estimate of the number of             the 42% of registrants that qualified
                                            increase in the number of registrants                      registrants likely to be eligible in the              under the public float threshold when
                                            that acquire businesses with revenues                      first year under the new definition that              the Commission first established the
                                            below the higher threshold and choose                      would not have qualified under the                    definition of SRC.151 An additional
                                            to avail themselves of this disclosure                     current definition is the number that                 8.0% of registrants will qualify based on
                                            accommodation.                                             would have been eligible had the rule                 having no public float and revenues of
                                               Overall, we expect the effect of raising                been in effect. We use evidence on the                less than $100 million, while currently
                                            the revenue threshold in Rule 3–                           composition of those registrants from                 7.7% of registrants reported having no
                                            05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X from $50                    the 2016 data to estimate the likely                  public float and less than $50 million in
                                            million to $100 million on information                     composition of the registrants that                   revenues.152 Finally, based on the 2016
                                            disclosed by registrants and its                           would be eligible in the first year under             data, 2.2% of registrants had a public
                                            consequences for registrants and                           the new definition.                                   float of $250 million or more and less
                                            investors to be modest. This reflects our                     We estimate that 966 additional                    than $700 million and revenues of less
                                            appraisal that few registrants are eligible                registrants will be eligible for SRC status           than $100 million.
                                            to provide two rather than three years of                  in the first year under the new                          Increasing the percentage of
                                            an acquired business’s historical                          definition. These registrants estimated               registrants that will qualify under the
                                            financial statements under Rule 3–                         to be eligible in the first year comprise             public float threshold to align more
                                            05(b)(2)(iv), because the acquired                         779 registrants with a public float of $75            closely with the 2007 level is consistent
                                            business not only would need to meet                       million or more and less than $250                    with the rise in market capitalization of
                                            one of the significant subsidiary                          million, 26 registrants with no public                public companies that has occurred
                                            thresholds at the 50% level compared to                    float and revenues of $50 million or
                                            the non-SRC acquirer, but the acquired                     more and less than $100 million, and                     151 These percentages reflect the estimated
                                            business also would need to have less                      161 registrants with a public float of                number of registrants that qualify under the
                                            than the $50 million of revenues in its                    $250 million or more and less than $700               respective public float tests and do not include any
                                            most recent fiscal year.149 The                            million and revenues of less than $100                registrants that are estimated to qualify under the
                                            amendments we are adopting will have                                                                             respective revenue tests.
                                                                                                       million.                                                 152 Using 2016 data, we estimate that, of the 7,395
                                            two potentially countervailing effects on                     The 966 registrants that we estimate               total registrants that filed Forms 10–K with
                                            the number of registrants that are                         will be newly eligible for SRC status are             available data, 3,606 registrants will meet one of the
                                            eligible for the disclosure                                characterized by an average public float              SRC thresholds under the amendments. In
                                            accommodation in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv).                      of $191 million (median $162 million),
                                                                                                                                                             particular, we estimate that 2,851 registrants
                                            First, they will increase the number of                                                                          reported public float below $250 million and
                                                                                                       an average market value of $279 million               greater than zero in 2016, resulting in a percentage
                                            registrants that are eligible to provide                   (median $201 million), and average                    of 38.6% (2,851/7,395) of registrants potentially
                                            two rather than three years of an                          revenues of $196 million (median $68                  qualifying as SRCs under the amended public float
                                            acquired business’s historical financial                   million). Of these registrants, 365
                                                                                                                                                             threshold, and 2,072 registrants reported a public
                                            statements under Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) by                                                                          float below $75 million in 2016, resulting in a
                                                                                                       currently are EGCs and are eligible for               percentage of 28.0% (2,072/7,395). Also, we
                                            raising the revenue threshold for                          certain scaled disclosure under Title I of            estimate that 594 registrants reported no public
                                            eligibility. Second, they will reduce the                  the JOBS Act, including the scaled                    float and annual revenues below $100 million in
                                            number of registrants that are required                    executive compensation disclosures
                                                                                                                                                             2016, resulting in a percentage of 8.0% (594/7,395)
                                            to comply with Rule 3–05, because Rule                                                                           of registrants potentially qualifying as SRCs under
                                                                                                       available to SRCs under Item 402 of                   the amended revenue threshold, and 568 registrants
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            3–05 is only applicable to registrants                     Regulation S–K. The newly eligible                    reported no public float and annual revenues below
                                            that are not SRCs, and our final rules are                 registrants with available data in 2016               $50 million in 2016, resulting in a percentage of
                                            likely to increase the number of SRCs.                     were concentrated in the following
                                                                                                                                                             7.7% (568/7,395). Finally, we estimate that 161
                                            Thus, the net effect may be to increase                                                                          registrants reported public float of $250 million or
                                                                                                                                                             more and less than $700 million and annual
                                            the number of registrants eligible to                        150 Float and revenue values are from data in       revenues below $100 million in 2016, resulting in
                                                                                                       Form 10–K filings filed in calendar year 2016 and     an additional 2.2% (161/7,395) of registrants
                                              149 See   text accompanying note 146.                    extracted from XBRL exhibits.                         potentially qualifying as SRCs.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                            32006                     Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            since that time.153 We do not have                                     Commission first established the                                         summarizes the size of the potential
                                            sufficient data to be able to compare the                              definition of SRC to the estimated 8.0%                                  SRCs in terms of public float, market
                                            percentage of registrants qualifying                                   that will qualify using a revenue                                        value, and annual revenue under the
                                            under the revenue threshold when the                                   threshold of $100 million. Table 4                                       amendments.

                                                                                      TABLE 4—SIZE PROXIES FOR SRCS ELIGIBLE UNDER THE AMENDMENTS
                                                                                                                   Public float                                        Market value                                        Revenue

                                            Mean ..............................................   $59.9 million .................................       $480.1 million ...............................        $317.7 million.
                                            Median ...........................................    $12.1 million .................................       $40.9 million .................................       $10.3 million.
                                            Aggregate size ...............................        $202.6 billion ................................       $1,220.5 billion .............................        $1,074.0 billion.
                                            % of the aggregate size of all reg-                   0.9% ..............................................   4.8% ..............................................   8.7%.
                                              istrants.



                                               As discussed above, we are amending                                 the costs and benefits associated with                                   or more and less than $125 million).156
                                            Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X to                               scaled disclosures using available data                                  The second (‘‘Control Group 2’’)
                                            increase the revenue threshold under                                   from SRCs, because we cannot with the                                    consists of registrants with public float
                                            which certain registrants may omit the                                 data isolate the effects of scaled                                       and revenues below $25 million that
                                            earliest of the three fiscal years of                                  disclosures from the effects of some                                     were already eligible for scaled
                                            audited financial statements of an                                     other accommodations, such as the                                        disclosures at that time and thus not
                                            acquired business or business to be                                    exemption from Section 404(b) that is                                    affected by the Commission’s 2007
                                            acquired. Similar to the baseline                                      currently available to all SRCs through                                  rules.157
                                            discussion of Rule 3–05, given the                                     their status as non-accelerated filers.154                                  To analyze the economic effects of
                                            difficulty in accurately identifying                                   Under the final rules, some newly                                        eligibility for scaled disclosures
                                            registrants that have acquisitions (1) that                            eligible SRCs will be able to provide                                    resulting from the Commission’s 2007
                                            meet any of the significant subsidiary                                 scaled disclosures but will continue to                                  rules by this method, we compare the
                                            tests at the 50% level and (2) where the                               be subject to Section 404(b) as                                          Treatment Group with Control Group 1
                                            acquired business has revenues of less                                 accelerated filers.                                                      and Control Group 2 in the following
                                            than $100 million, we are unable to                                       It is possible, however, to isolate the
                                                                                                                                                                                            areas: Cost savings, information
                                            estimate the number of registrants that                                effects of scaled disclosures on
                                                                                                                                                                                            environment, liquidity, and growth. We
                                            will be affected by raising the revenue                                registrants with public float slightly
                                                                                                                                                                                            then use the analysis to extrapolate the
                                            threshold in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) from                                  below or above the current $75 million
                                                                                                                                                                                            likely effects of the expansion of
                                            $50 million to $100 million. The                                       public float threshold using 2006–2009
                                                                                                                                                                                            eligibility for SRC status under the final
                                            amendments we are adopting today                                       data. This is because, as a result of the
                                                                                                                   rules that established the SRC definition                                rules. In extrapolating the likely effects,
                                            increase the number of registrants that
                                                                                                                   in 2007, registrants with public float of                                we place particular emphasis on the
                                            qualify as SRCs (which will likely
                                                                                                                   $25 million or more and less than $75                                    comparison between the Treatment
                                            decrease the application of Rule 3–05)
                                                                                                                   million experienced no change in the                                     Group and Control Group 1, which
                                            but also increase the revenue threshold
                                                                                                                   Section 404(b) exemption (that is, they                                  represents a closer group in size to the
                                            in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) (which may offset
                                                                                                                   remained exempt from the requirement),                                   newly eligible SRCs under the final
                                            the decreased number of companies
                                                                                                                   but became eligible for the SRC scaled                                   rules.
                                            affected by Rule 3–05). Therefore, we do
                                            not expect that the amendments will                                    disclosures. Our empirical method is a                                      We believe that the evidence from
                                            significantly alter the number of                                      difference-in-difference estimation                                      analysis of changes in the information
                                            registrants that will be eligible to omit                              between a treatment group and a control                                  environments of registrants around the
                                            the earliest of three years of financial                               group that is the basis for                                              2007 amendments is a suitable basis for
                                            statements of an acquired business                                     comparison.155 In particular, the                                        evaluating the effects of the current
                                            pursuant to Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv).                                       treatment group (‘‘Treatment Group’’)                                    amendments on registrants with public
                                                                                                                   consists of registrants with public float                                floats at the low end of the range that
                                            3. Estimation of Potential Costs and                                   of $25 million or more and less than $75                                 are newly eligible for scaled disclosure.
                                            Benefits                                                               million that claimed SRC status in 2008.                                 We included a similar analysis in the
                                               In this section, we estimate the                                    Two natural control groups exist. The                                    Proposing Release and solicited
                                            incremental costs and benefits                                         first (‘‘Control Group 1’’) consists of                                  comments on this analysis, including
                                            associated with SRC-related scaled                                     registrants that did not qualify for SRC                                 ways to better quantify the effects of
                                            disclosures, using a multivariate                                      status because they had public float at                                  scaled disclosure on SRCs, but did not
                                            empirical analysis. We cannot isolate                                  or just above $75 million ($75 million                                   receive any comments in response.
                                               153 For example, the S&P 500 index grew by more                     the treatment because their public float is just above                   which raised the threshold for relief from $25
                                            than 80 percent over the decade ending with the                        the $75 million threshold. Given the exemption                           million to $75 million.
                                            fourth quarter of 2017. Source: CRSP and St. Louis                     from Section 404(b) available to current SRCs with                          157 The comparison groups help control for
                                            Fed (https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/GDPDEF).                       public float below $75 million, this assumption
                                                                                                                                                                                            confounding factors that may also independently
                                               154 Although there is a clear threshold for                         does not hold.
                                                                                                                      155 Difference-in-difference is a technique used to                   affect the economic effects associated with scaled
                                            eligibility, we cannot use the well-known empirical
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            method of Regression Discontinuity Design to                           calculate the effect of a variable on a treatment                        disclosures. While we determine Treatment Group
                                            assess the treatment effect of scaled disclosures for                  group versus a control group. In particular, in the                      and Control Group 1 based on public float alone,
                                            SRCs. This method requires that the assignment of                      analysis below, the average change over time in the                      we use both public float and revenues to determine
                                            the treatment among registrants be ‘‘as good as                        outcome of a variable for the treatment group is                         Control Group 2, because, prior to the
                                            random’’ around the threshold. Under this                              compared to the average change over time in the                          Commission’s 2007 rules, registrants with public
                                            assumption, the registrants that receive the                           outcome of that variable for the control group.                          float below $25 million were not eligible for scaled
                                            treatment of scaled disclosure (i.e., SRCs) should be                     156 This would allow for a $50 million bandwidth
                                                                                                                                                                                            disclosures if their revenues exceeded $25 million.
                                            comparable to those registrants that do not receive                    similar to that used in the Commission’s 2007 rules,



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:26 Jul 09, 2018      Jkt 244001      PO 00000       Frm 00016      Fmt 4701        Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM             10JYR2


                                                                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                                       32007

                                              While the 2007 amendments resulted                                   characteristics, such as revenue, similar                         disclosures that are not subject to audit,
                                            in changes that are similar to what we                                 to those of the registrants that were                             a reduction in audit fees is likely a small
                                            expect will occur under the current                                    affected by the prior rules.                                      part of the total cost savings associated
                                            amendments, our analysis is subject to                                 a. Potential Cost Savings: Estimates                              with scaled disclosures. However,
                                            a number of assumptions and                                            Based on Changes in Audit Fees                                    quantifying the change in audit fees can
                                            limitations. The evidence from the 2007                                                                                                  potentially help us estimate the entire
                                            amendments may be less suitable as a                                      The cost savings from scaled                                   cost savings.
                                            basis for evaluating the effects of the                                disclosures could include savings of
                                                                                                                   resources that are likely to be used for                             To estimate the cost savings from the
                                            current amendments on registrants with                                                                                                   amendments, we first examine changes
                                                                                                                   the relevant parts of disclosures, for
                                            relatively higher levels of public float                                                                                                 in the audit fees of registrants that were
                                                                                                                   example, managerial and employee
                                            than for evaluating potential effects of                               time, other internal resources, and audit                         newly eligible to use scaled disclosures
                                            the current amendments on registrants                                  fees related to certain disclosures.                              as a result of the 2007 amendments
                                            with public float around the $75 million                               Among these potential savings, changes                            relative to those in the control, or
                                            threshold.158 It is thus more challenging                              in audit fees are readily quantifiable. To                        comparison, groups between the pre-
                                            to quantify the likely effects of the                                  the extent that the scaled disclosure                             amendment 2006–2007 period and the
                                            current amendments on newly eligible                                   accommodations affect information that                            post-amendment 2008–2009 period.
                                            SRCs with public float levels that are                                 must be audited, scaled disclosures of                            Audit fee data come from the Ives Group
                                            farther from the $75 million level, such                               the audited portions of the filings                               Audit Analytics database. We include
                                            as those closer to the $250 million and                                should lead to a reduction in audit                               only registrants that had both pre-
                                            $700 million levels.159 We believe those                               expenses. Because many of the scaled                              amendment and post-amendment audit
                                            challenges may be less pronounced for                                  disclosures available to SRCs relate to                           fee data in the analysis. Table 5 reflects
                                            registrants that have other                                            governance and executive compensation                             the general results.

                                                     TABLE 5—PRE- AND POST-COMMISSION’S 2007 AMENDMENTS AUDIT FEES FOR SRCS AND CONTROL GROUPS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Control Group 2
                                                                                                                                                                        Treatment Group       Control Group 1             (SRCs
                                                                                                                                                                             (SRCs              (Non-SRCs
                                                                                               Fiscal year                                                                                                             w/public float
                                                                                                                                                                          w/public float        w/public float         and revenues
                                                                                                                                                                          $25m–$75m)           $75m–$125m)             below $25m)

                                            Avg. 2006–2007 .........................................................................................................             $311,105               $676,194                $113,757
                                            Avg. 2008–2009 .........................................................................................................             $267,252               $654,463                $101,854
                                            Number of Observations ............................................................................................                     1,315                    694                     962



                                               For SRCs with public floats of $25                                  control groups are used to control for                            treatment effect in terms of a percentage
                                            million or more and less than $75                                      other factors that may have caused the                            reduction is a 3.6% to 10.9% reduction
                                            million, in 2008–2009, average audit                                   changes in audit fees noted in Table 5                            in the audit fees.
                                            fees declined by $43,853. In contrast,                                 during the 2006–2009 period,160 the                                  For the 966 newly eligible registrants
                                            both Control Group 1, which just missed                                effect of the 2008 financial crisis may                           that we estimate would be potentially
                                            eligibility for SRC status, and Control                                not be completely ruled out and could                             affected by the amendments, the average
                                            Group 2, which already was eligible for                                make the estimated savings in audit fees                          audit fees were $658,735 in fiscal year
                                            scaled disclosures, experienced smaller                                appear larger than they actually were.                            2016. Thus, if we use the dollar value
                                            declines in average audit fees after the                                  We also estimate the savings in audit                          estimates of the audit fee savings, the
                                            adoption of the 2007 amendments:                                       fees in terms of a percentage reduction,                          estimated reduction in audit fees would
                                            $21,731 and $11,903, respectively.                                     instead of a dollar value.161 The audit                           be between $28,490 and $41,147 for this
                                            Thus, the difference-in-difference                                     fees for the Treatment Group declined                             group, which are the inflation-adjusted
                                            estimate of the savings in audit fees                                  by 14.1% in the 2008–2009 period                                  values of the audit fee savings estimates
                                            associated with scaled disclosures is                                  relative to the 2006–2007 period, but                             in 2008 and 2009.162 This estimate of
                                            between $22,122 and $31,950 per SRC                                    only by 3.2% for Control Group 1 and                              savings on audit fees for the newly
                                            with public float around the $75 million                               10.5% for Control Group 2. Thus, the                              eligible registrants is approximately
                                            threshold. Although two different                                      difference-in-difference estimate of the
                                               158 The 2007 rule amendments affected the                             160 For example, among other factors, we note that              fees. In addition, based on registrants’ fiscal year
                                            reporting practices of registrants with public floats                  the Commission approved Public Company                            end, we have no reason to believe that early
                                            near the $75 million threshold (i.e., $25 million or                   Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No.                  adopters were more or less concentrated in
                                            more and less than $75 million) and, accordingly,                      5 regarding Audits of Internal Control over                       Treatment Group than Control Group 1. See also
                                                                                                                   Financial Reporting (AS 5). Among other things, AS                Commission Guidance Regarding Management’s
                                            may indicate the effects of increasing the public
                                                                                                                   5 was intended to reduce unnecessary costs by                     Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
                                            float threshold on registrants with public float of                    making the audit scalable to fit the size and                     Under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
                                            $75 million or slightly more than $75 million.                         complexity of a company. AS 5 became effective in                 Exchange Act of 1934, Release No. 33–8810 (Jun.
                                               159 One limitation of difference-in-difference and                  November 2007, and registrants with fiscal years                  20, 2007) [72 FR 35324 (Jun. 27, 2007)].
                                                                                                                   ending between July and November were allowed
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            regression discontinuity design studies of the                                                                                             161 If there is a fixed (dollar value) component in
                                            effects of changes in regulatory rules is that their                   to avail themselves of the provision earlier. The
                                                                                                                   adoption and implementation of AS 5 in 2007 could                 audit expenses that apply to registrants of all sizes,
                                            results are more applicable in evaluating the effects                                                                                    then the estimates under this alternative approach
                                                                                                                   have had an impact on the audit fees of all
                                            of the changes on the registrants whose                                                                                                  can be viewed as the upper bound of the potential
                                                                                                                   registrants subject to Section 404(b). Given that in
                                            characteristics most closely resemble those who                        our analysis both Treatment Group and Control                     audit fee savings.
                                            were affected by the event under the analysis than                     Group 1 were affected by AS 5, however, the                         162 The inflation adjustment was performed using

                                            in evaluating effects on other registrants. See, e.g.,                 difference-in-difference methodology should                       the CPI calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics
                                            Leuz and Wysocki (2016).                                               control for the potential effects of AS 5 on audit                (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl).



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:26 Jul 09, 2018      Jkt 244001      PO 00000       Frm 00017       Fmt 4701      Sfmt 4700       E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                            32008                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            4.3% ($28,491/$658,735) to 6.2%                           with public floats closer to the $250                       To examine the potential effects on
                                            ($41,148/$658,735) of the audit fees.                     million and $700 million thresholds,                     liquidity, we focus on the share
                                               We recognize that this analysis of the                 will vary from this estimate by amounts                  turnover ratio, which is calculated by
                                            audit fee data is subject to a number of                  that are difficult to quantify, because                  dividing the total number of shares
                                            assumptions, some of which may not be                     these registrants are less comparable to                 traded over a period by the number of
                                            fully applicable when estimating the                      the Control Groups, and will depend on                   shares outstanding. To assess the effects
                                            potential change in audit expenses as a                   the facts and circumstances of the newly                 of scaled disclosures on growth, we
                                            result of the amendments.163 As a result,                 eligible registrant. For example, the                    examine a registrant’s capital
                                            there are limitations to our ability to                   audit cost for some of these registrants                 investment, which is measured by the
                                            draw conclusions from the analysis. For                   may be higher as a result of greater                     capital expenditures to assets ratio, as a
                                            example, we recognize that audit                          complexity in their business operations,                 proxy for real growth. Because there is
                                            expenses are only one component of                        increasing the cost savings associated                   a high concentration of SRCs in
                                            costs for registrants and that changes in                 with SRC status.                                         industries for which research and
                                            audit fees do not capture the full range                                                                           development (‘‘R&D’’) investment is
                                                                                                      b. Information Environment, Liquidity,
                                            of potential cost savings stemming from                                                                            important (e.g., pharmaceutical
                                                                                                      and Growth
                                            scaled disclosures. There are cost                                                                                 products and electronic equipment), we
                                            savings apart from the audit, such as                        A registrant’s information                            also examine a registrant’s investment
                                            cost savings resulting from a SRC not                     environment can be measured by the                       in R&D. Finally, we examine asset
                                            being required to prepare a                               amount of useful information available                   growth, which is the growth rate in book
                                            compensation discussion and analysis                      to investors and the quality of that                     assets, which could capture a
                                            and from other scaled disclosures in                      information. To gauge the potential                      registrant’s growth through both capital
                                            Item 402 of Regulation S–K. These cost                    effects on the degree of external                        investment and acquisition.
                                            savings likely will include both internal                 information production about the
                                            cost savings (such as employee and                        registrant that could benefit investors,                    Table 6 reports the estimated
                                            managerial time and resources) and                        we determine a registrant’s percentage                   treatment effect. The number in the
                                            external cost savings from fees for other                 of institutional ownership, total 5%                     Treatment Group vs. Control Group 1
                                            outside professionals such as attorneys.                  block institutional ownership, and                       column reflects the difference between:
                                            Given the nature of scaled disclosures                    analyst coverage (i.e., whether a                        (1) The average change in the metric for
                                            available to SRCs, we expect these other                  registrant is covered by at least one                    the Treatment Group, from the 2006–
                                            cost savings to be much larger than the                   analyst and the number of analysts).                     2007 period, when it was not eligible for
                                            cost savings in audit fees. In the                           To measure disclosure quality, we use                 scaled disclosure, to the 2008–2009
                                            Proposing Release, we assumed that                        four discretionary accrual measures                      period, when it was eligible for scaled
                                            25% of the total cost savings from                        commonly used in the accounting                          disclosure, and (2) the average change in
                                            scaled disclosure comes from savings in                   literature as proxies for earnings                       the metric between the same periods for
                                            audit fees and 75% of the savings comes                   management and the incidence of                          Control Group 1, which was never
                                            from reduction in other expenses. We                      material restatements (based on the first                eligible for scaled disclosure. Similarly,
                                            solicited comments on this assumption                     year of financial statements restated and                the number in the Treatment Group vs.
                                            and on whether we should use a                            the filing year). Scaled disclosure may                  Control Group 2 column reflects the
                                            different assumption but did not receive                  contribute to lowering the overall                       difference between: (1) The average
                                            any comments in response.                                 quality of the information environment,                  change in the metric for the Treatment
                                            Accordingly, we use the same                              which is proxied in this analysis by the                 Group from the 2006–2007 period,
                                            assumption here.                                          propensity for earnings management                       when it was not eligible for scaled
                                               Given this assumption, we estimate                     and the incidence of material                            disclosure, to the 2008–2009 period,
                                            total annual cost savings per newly                       restatements.164 The data on                             when it was eligible for scaled
                                            eligible registrant with a public float                   restatements are from the Ives Group                     disclosure and (2) the average change in
                                            around the $75 million threshold to be                    Audit Analytics database. A material                     the metric between the same periods for
                                            between $98,439 ($24,610 × 4) and                         restatement is defined as a restatement                  Control Group 2, which had been
                                            $298,052 ($74,513 × 4). The savings to                    that is reported under Item 4.02 of Form                 eligible for scaled disclosure for both
                                            registrants that become newly eligible                    8–K.                                                     periods.165

                                                           TABLE 6—SCALED DISCLOSURES AND THE INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT, LIQUIDITY, AND GROWTH 166
                                                                                                                                                                        Treatment Group          Treatment Group
                                                                                                                                                                              vs.                      vs.
                                                                                                                                                                        Control Group 1          Control Group 2

                                            Information Environment:

                                              163 Estimates based on data from 2006 to 2009           estimate could be higher or lower than the actual           where the single-letter terms ‘‘a’’ to ‘‘d’’ are
                                            may not be directly applicable to the estimation of       savings on audit fees for SRCs in 2008 and 2009.         coefficients to be estimated; ‘‘SRC’’ equals one for
                                            audit fees for the newly eligible registrants under         164 In using these proxies, we do not mean to          the treatment group and zero for the comparison
                                            the rule amendments. On the one hand, because             suggest that scaled disclosure would be expected to      group; and ‘‘After’’ equals one for fiscal years 2008
                                                                                                      directly cause an increase in earnings management        and 2009 and zero for fiscal years 2006 and 2007.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            auditors may charge larger registrants more for
                                                                                                      or an increased incidence of material restatements,      The treatment effect is reflected in the coefficient
                                            auditing the same disclosure items, our estimate
                                                                                                      as there is little direct connection between the types   estimate d, which is the differential value of the
                                            could be viewed as a conservative estimate on the         of disclosure governed by our scaled disclosure          variable y for treated firms following the start of the
                                            potential savings of audit fees for the newly eligible    requirements and the disclosure affected by a            treatment. A statistically negative estimate of d is
                                            SRCs. On the other hand, if there were any                restatement.                                             consistent with a reduction in the value of the
                                            increased competition in the auditing industry              165 Specifically, for each number reported in
                                                                                                                                                               dependent variable y (Institutional Ownership,
                                            since 2009, then it could have led to lower audit         Table 6, we estimate the following equation:             Institutional Block Ownership, etc.) for treated
                                            expenses for the same disclosure items. Thus, our           y = a + b * SRC + c * After + d * [SRC * After]        firms.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM     10JYR2


                                                                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                                        32009

                                                   TABLE 6—SCALED DISCLOSURES AND THE INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT, LIQUIDITY, AND GROWTH 166—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Treatment Group      Treatment Group
                                                                                                                                                                                                           vs.                  vs.
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Control Group 1      Control Group 2

                                                 External Information Production:
                                                     Institutional Ownership ..................................................................................................................              *** ¥0.052         *** ¥0.022
                                                     Institutional Block Ownership ........................................................................................................                   ** ¥0.016             ¥0.002
                                                     Number of Analysts .......................................................................................................................                  ¥0.179             ¥0.068
                                                     Analyst Coverage Dummy ............................................................................................................                     *** ¥0.099            *** 0.087
                                            Information Environment:
                                                 Disclosure Quality:
                                                     Earnings Mgmt. 1 ..........................................................................................................................                  0.025              0.015
                                                     Earnings Mgmt. 2 ..........................................................................................................................                  0.024              0.013
                                                     Earnings Mgmt. 3 ..........................................................................................................................                  0.020              0.024
                                                     Earnings Mgmt. 4 ..........................................................................................................................                  0.018              0.023
                                                     Material Restatement (Filing Year) ...............................................................................................                           0.018              0.015
                                                     Material Restatement (First Year Restated) .................................................................................                              ** 0.036              0.016
                                                 Liquidity:
                                                     Share Turnover Ratio                                                                                                                                      ¥0.063              ¥0.052
                                                 Growth:
                                                     Capital Investment .........................................................................................................................               0.005               ¥0.005
                                                     R&D Investment ............................................................................................................................               ¥0.035               ¥0.002
                                                     Asset Growth Rate ........................................................................................................................                ¥0.005           *** ¥0.282



                                               The results in Table 6 suggest that the                             Group 2, which were eligible for scaled                                accommodations, we do not expect a
                                            scaled disclosures had a negative effect                               disclosures throughout both periods.                                   significant negative impact on their
                                            on institutional ownership. The                                           The results reflect a positive effect on                            liquidity.
                                            Treatment Group, which became                                          material restatements in SRCs based on                                    The results in Table 6 indicate no
                                            eligible for scaled disclosures,                                       the first year restated, while the effect                              clear difference between SRCs and
                                            experienced a 5.2% greater decrease in                                 on analyst coverage is inconclusive.                                   registrants in Control Group 1 and
                                            average institutional ownership from                                   SRCs tend to lose analyst coverage                                     Control Group 2 in terms of changes in
                                            period to period than the registrants in                               relative to comparable registrants that                                capital investment and R&D investment.
                                                                                                                   just missed eligibility, but they gain                                 The effect on asset growth rate is mixed.
                                            Control Group 1, which remained
                                                                                                                   coverage relative to even smaller                                      There is no significant difference
                                            ineligible for scaled disclosures, and a
                                                                                                                   registrants that already were eligible for                             between the Treatment Group and
                                            2.2% greater decrease in average                                       scaled disclosures. There is no                                        Control Group 1, but compared to
                                            institutional ownership from period to                                 statistically significant effect on                                    Control Group 2, the Treatment Group
                                            period than the registrants in Control                                 earnings quality as captured by                                        had deterioration in asset growth rate
                                                                                                                   discretionary accruals measures or the                                 after the 2007 rules. Overall, our
                                               166 This table shows changes in the information
                                                                                                                   incidence of material restatement based                                empirical analysis suggests that scaled
                                            environment, liquidity, and growth upon the
                                            introduction of scaled disclosure for SRCs.
                                                                                                                   on when the restatement was filed.                                     disclosures have only a minimal effect
                                            Treatment Group consists of SRCs with public float                     Overall, the evidence suggests a modest,                               on growth in current SRCs relative to
                                            of $25 million or more and less than $75 million                       but statistically significant, negative                                the Control Groups. Thus, we do not
                                            in fiscal year 2008. Control Group 1 consists of non-                  effect of scaled disclosure on SRCs’                                   expect the use of scaled disclosures to
                                            SRCs with public float of $75 million or more and                      overall information environment.                                       have a significant effect on the growth
                                            less than $125 million. Control Group 2 consists of                       The effect of scaled disclosures on
                                            small business issuers with public float and
                                                                                                                                                                                          of the newly eligible registrants under
                                            revenues below $25 million. Institutional                              share turnover ratio is negative but                                   the final rules.
                                            Ownership is total percentage institutional                            statistically insignificant, suggesting no
                                            ownership. Block Institutional Ownership is total                      significant effect of scaled disclosures                               c. Rule 3–05
                                            block (5%) institutional ownership. Number of                          on SRCs’ liquidity.167 Because the                                        Similar to our discussion of the
                                            Analysts is the number of analysts following a                                                                                                amendments to the SRC definition, we
                                            registrant. Analyst Coverage Dummy is a dummy
                                                                                                                   newly eligible registrants are larger in
                                            variable indicating the existence of analyst                           market value and have more                                             generally expect a modest reduction in
                                            following. Earnings Mgmt. 1–4 are four different                       institutional ownership and analyst                                    compliance costs for registrants that are
                                            discretionary accruals measures. Earnings Mgmt. 1                      coverage than the current SRCs, to the                                 eligible to provide two rather than three
                                            follows Kothari, Leone, and Wasley (2005), and                         extent those registrants rely on the                                   years of historical financial statements
                                            Earnings Mgmt. 2–4 follows Dechow, Sloan, and                                                                                                 of certain acquired businesses under
                                            Sweeney (1995).1 Material Restatement (Filing
                                            Year) is a dummy variable that equals one if a
                                                                                                                      167 In contrast, Chang et al. (2013) did find a                     Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv), with corresponding
                                                                                                                   negative and significant effect of the Commission’s                    potential modest increases in
                                            registrant discloses restatement under Item 4.02 of
                                                                                                                   2007 amendments on SRCs’ liquidity. The
                                            Form 8–K in that year, and zero otherwise. Material
                                                                                                                   difference in the results could stem from the use of
                                                                                                                                                                                          information asymmetries. We expect the
                                            Restatement (First Year Restated) is a dummy                           a different empirical methodology, sample, and                         magnitude of the effects of the change
                                            variable that equals one if the material reason for                    sample period. Chang et al. (2013) excluded                            in the revenue threshold in Rule 3–
                                            the restatement under Item 4.02 of Form 8–K                            financial companies. While the authors examined a
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            originated in that year, and zero otherwise. Share                                                                                            05(b)(2)(iv) to be smaller for those
                                                                                                                   pre-amendment period of April to June 2007, we
                                            Turnover is the ratio of shares traded over shares                     included the entire 2006 and 2007 periods. Also,                       registrants that acquire relevant
                                            outstanding. Capital Investment is capital                             while the authors examined a post-amendment                            businesses and their investors, as
                                            expenditures over book assets. R&D investment is                       period of February to August 2008, we included the                     compared to the change in the SRC
                                            R&D expenditures over revenue. Asset Growth is                         entire 2008 and 2009 periods. In addition, the
                                            the annual growth rate of book assets. ***, **, and                    authors focus on a set of illiquidity measures, while
                                                                                                                                                                                          definition for newly eligible registrants
                                            * indicate significance at 1%, 5%, and 10%                             we focus on the share turnover ratio, a commonly                       and their investors. The reason for this
                                            confidence levels, respectively.                                       used liquidity measure.                                                expectation is that the revenue


                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:26 Jul 09, 2018      Jkt 244001      PO 00000      Frm 00019       Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4700      E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM             10JYR2


                                            32010                     Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            threshold in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) only                                  4. Affiliated Ownership and Adverse                                    information environment, liquidity, and
                                            affects the historical financial                                       Selection                                                              growth differ for SRCs with high, or
                                            statements of the acquired businesses                                     In general, holding market value                                    above-average, affiliated ownership as
                                            (by limiting them to two years rather                                  constant, the use of public float to                                   compared to low, or below-average,
                                            than three years), whereas a registrant                                define eligibility favors registrants with                             affiliated ownership.
                                            that qualifies as a SRC will be able to                                more affiliated ownership. If we                                          The results are reflected in Table 7.
                                            comply with a number of scaled                                         consider two registrants with the same                                 The number in the Treatment Group vs.
                                            disclosure accommodations, including                                   market value but different affiliated                                  Control Group 1 column reflects the
                                            providing two years of financial                                       ownership, the one with greater                                        difference between: (1) The difference
                                            statements and scaled executive                                        affiliated ownership will have a lower                                 between the average metric of
                                            compensation disclosures.168                                           public float, which is the value of non-                               registrants in the Treatment Group with
                                                                                                                   affiliated ownership, and thus will be                                 affiliated ownership that is higher than
                                            d. Conclusion                                                          more likely to qualify for SRC status                                  the group median and that of the
                                                                                                                   based on the public float threshold. This                              registrants in the Treatment Group with
                                               Taken together, our empirical analysis                                                                                                     affiliated ownership that is lower than
                                                                                                                   could be problematic if the adverse
                                            suggests that, for most of the newly                                   selection problem creates a conflict of                                the group median and (2) the difference
                                            eligible SRCs under the final rules,                                   interest between affiliated owners—who                                 between the average metric of
                                            scaled disclosures may generate a                                      are often the decision makers—and non-                                 registrants in Control Group 1 with
                                            modest, but statistically significant,                                 affiliated owners—who are often the                                    affiliated ownership that is higher than
                                            amount of cost savings in terms of the                                 uninformed minority shareholders on                                    the group median and that of the
                                            reduction in compliance costs, a                                       whom reduced disclosure may have a                                     registrants in Control Group 1 with
                                            modest, but statistically significant,                                 greater impact. We examine whether the                                 affiliated ownership that is lower than
                                            deterioration in some of the proxies                                   effects of scaled disclosure on                                        the group median. Similarly, the
                                            used to assess the overall quality of                                  registrants’ information environment,                                  number in the Treatment Group vs.
                                            information environment, and a muted                                   liquidity, and growth depend on the                                    Control Group 2 column reflects the
                                            effect on the growth of the registrant’s                               percentage of affiliated ownership,                                    difference between: (1) The difference
                                            capital investments, investments in                                    which is the market value of affiliated                                between the average metric for the
                                            R&D, and assets. We expect the effects                                 equity shares divided by the registrant’s                              higher-than-median affiliated ownership
                                            on registrants that are newly eligible for                             total market value of equity. The average                              registrants and that of the lower-than-
                                            reduced disclosure under Rule 3–                                       affiliated ownership is 43% for SRCs in                                median affiliated ownership registrants
                                            05(b)(2)(iv) to be lesser in magnitude but                             the treatment group in years 2008 and                                  in the Treatment Group and (2) the
                                            qualitatively similar.                                                 2009 (median 42%). Specifically, we                                    difference between the average metrics
                                                                                                                   examine whether and to what extent the                                 for the same sectors of Control Group
                                                                                                                   effects of scaled disclosure on                                        2.169
                                                                                             TABLE 7—AFFILIATED OWNERSHIP AND ADVERSE SELECTION 170
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Treatment Group      Treatment Group
                                                                                                                                                                                                           vs.                  vs.
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Control Group 1      Control Group 2

                                            Information Environment:
                                                 External Information Production:
                                                     Institutional Ownership ..................................................................................................................              *** ¥0.127            * ¥0.110
                                                     Institutional Block Ownership ........................................................................................................                   ** ¥0.079            * ¥0.126
                                                     Number of Analysts .......................................................................................................................               ** ¥0.742              ** 1.277
                                                     Analyst Coverage Dummy ............................................................................................................                         ¥0.052              ** 0.500
                                            Information Environment:
                                                 Disclosure Quality:
                                                     Earnings Mgmt. 1 ..........................................................................................................................                  0.010               0.286
                                                     Material Restatement (Filing Year) ...............................................................................................                           0.038              ¥0.040
                                                     Material Restatement (Beginning Year) ........................................................................................                            ** 0.084               0.001
                                                 Liquidity:
                                                     Share Turnover Ratio ....................................................................................................................                   0.052                 0.059
                                                 Growth:
                                                     Capital Investment .........................................................................................................................              ** 0.029               0.049
                                                     R&D Investment ............................................................................................................................                  0.014              ¥0.756
                                                     Asset Growth Rate ........................................................................................................................                   0.136              ¥1.485



                                              Our analysis suggests that affiliated
                                            ownership may exacerbate the potential
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                               168 See Section I for a discussion of the scaled                       where the single-letter terms ‘‘a’’ to ‘‘h’’ are                    firms with high affiliated ownership, following the
                                            disclosure accommodations available to SRCs.                           coefficients to be estimated. ‘‘After’’ and ‘‘SRC’’ are                start of the treatment. See also note 169.
                                               169 Specifically, for each number reported in                       defined in note 169. ‘‘HighAff’’ is a dummy variable                      170 This table shows the differences in the

                                            Table 7, we estimate the following equation:                           equal to one if the firm’s affiliated ownership is                     changes between registrants with high affiliated
                                                                                                                   greater than the sample median of 0.42; otherwise,                     ownership and those with low affiliated ownership
                                               y = a + b * SRC + c * After + d * HighAff + e
                                                                                                                   ‘‘HighAff’’ is equal to zero. The treatment effect of                  upon the introduction of scaled disclosure for SRCs.
                                            * [SRC * After] + f * [SRC * HighAff] + g * [After                     interest is measured by the coefficient h, which is                    Affiliated ownership is the percentage of a
                                            * HighAff] + h * [SRC * HighAff * After]                               the differential value of the variable y for treated                   registrant’s market value of equity that is owned by



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:26 Jul 09, 2018      Jkt 244001      PO 00000      Frm 00020       Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4700      E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM             10JYR2


                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                       32011

                                            negative effects of scaled disclosure on                 negative consequences of scaled                            five of which had no public float and
                                            external information production by                       disclosure for reporting companies                         revenue of between $50 million and
                                            professionals such as institutional                      discussed in Tables 5 and 6 (based on                      $57.5 million.172 Alternatively, instead
                                            investors. There is also some evidence                   data encompassing the period during                        of the $250 million public float
                                            that larger affiliated ownership may                     the financial crisis) are modest. These                    threshold for all registrants and the $700
                                            exacerbate the adverse effect of scaled                  figures do not include potential cost                      million public float threshold for
                                            disclosure on material restatements                      savings from newly-eligible companies                      registrants with revenue below $100
                                            based on when such restatement was                       that may contemplate going public.171                      million, we could have allowed the
                                            triggered in SRCs (relative to Control                                                                              $700 million public float threshold to
                                                                                                     C. Possible Alternatives
                                            Group 1). At the same time, scaled                                                                                  apply to all registrants, regardless of
                                            disclosures tend to have a more positive                    In this section, we present several                     revenue. A test capturing all registrants
                                            effect on SRCs’ capital investment when                  alternatives to the final rules and                        with less than $700 million in public
                                            affiliated ownership is higher. Overall,                 discuss their relative costs and benefits.                 float, regardless of revenue, would have
                                            there is inconclusive evidence that                         As a first alternative, we could have                   expanded the pool of eligible SRCs with
                                            affiliated ownership is associated with                  used a different registrant size metric in                 available data by 1,029 registrants.
                                            adverse selection in current SRCs.                       the SRC definition. While public float                     Because the $700 million is the
                                                                                                     has the advantage of capturing the value                   threshold in the ‘‘large accelerated filer’’
                                            5. Effects on Efficiency, Competition                    held by non-affiliated investors who                       definition, the effect of this alternative
                                            and Capital Formation                                    may be more affected by informational                      would be to permit all accelerated filers
                                               The final rules may have competitive                  asymmetries, the disadvantage of public                    to provide the SRC scaled disclosures.
                                            effects. On one hand, the amendments                     float is twofold. First, reported public                      For registrants with no public float or
                                            may reduce the compliance-related                        float numbers are not easily verifiable.                   public float of less than $700 million,
                                            costs of newly eligible registrants                      Second, using public float to define                       instead of the $100 million revenue
                                            relative to current SRCs. The                            eligibility may increase adverse                           threshold, we could have used a
                                            amendments may also increase the                         selection due to conflicts of interest                     revenue threshold of $1 billion. A $1
                                            competitive advantage of the newly                       between affiliated and non-affiliated                      billion revenue threshold would make
                                            eligible registrants relative to non-                    owners. We considered equity market                        scaled disclosure accommodations for
                                            eligible registrants that compete with                   value as an alternative size metric to                     SRCs and EGCs generally more
                                            them in the product market. However,                     public float. Equity market value is in                    consistent for the subset of SRCs that
                                            because there is no clear evidence that                  many instances more accessible and                         have no public float or public float of
                                            scaled disclosures have a significant                    more easily verifiable than public float.                  less than $700 million.173 Using 2016
                                            effect on the growth of current SRCs, we                 It does not as effectively differentiate                   data, we estimate that if we were to
                                            expect these potentially positive                        registrants based on the degree of                         increase the revenue threshold from
                                            competitive effects to be modest. On the                 informational asymmetry concerns, but                      $100 million to $1 billion in addition to
                                            other hand, setting any eligibility                      it also does not favor registrants with                    the accommodations being adopted,
                                            threshold may create a competitive                       more affiliated ownership. If we define                    there would be 879 newly eligible
                                            disadvantage for those registrants that                  registrants as SRCs when they have (1)                     registrants based on revenues, in
                                            miss eligibility because their public                    less than $250 million in equity market                    addition to the 966 newly eligible
                                            float or revenue is just above the                       value, (2) no equity market value and                      registrants under the final rules.
                                            specified threshold, relative to the                     revenue below $100 million, or (3) less                    Expanding the pool of registrants
                                            newly eligible registrants. However, our                 than $700 million in equity market                         eligible for SRC status using this
                                            economic analysis suggests that this                     value and revenue below $100 million,                      alternative revenue threshold would
                                            potentially negative effect also is likely               the number of registrants estimated to                     further reduce overall compliance costs
                                            to be modest.                                            become eligible for scaled disclosure                      for registrants but also potentially
                                               As discussed above, our empirical                     declines by five percent, relative to the                  increase the informational asymmetries
                                            analysis suggests that scaled disclosures                number that are estimated to be eligible                   and other adverse effects associated
                                            are unlikely to have a significant                       under the rule amendments with                             with scaled disclosures. Relative to the
                                            negative effect on the overall                           available 2016 data on public float,                       current SRCs or the newly eligible SRCs
                                            information environment of SRCs. Thus,                   revenue and market value. Thus, this                       under the final rules, these additional
                                            we do not expect the amendments to                       alternative would lead to a slightly                       qualifying registrants also may have
                                            have a significant negative effect on the                smaller pool of registrants eligible for                   different characteristics that could affect
                                            information efficiency of affected                       SRC status than under the amendments.                      the appropriateness of scaled disclosure.
                                            parties. Finally, it is difficult to quantify               As a second alternative, we could                       For example, the 879 additional
                                            the effect of scaled disclosures on                      have used different thresholds. Neither                    registrants under this alternative are
                                            capital formation. The Commission’s                      public float nor revenue data show a                       much larger, implying that any cost
                                            2007 amendments coincided with the                       natural breakpoint for different                           savings from scaled disclosures would
                                            2008 financial crisis and its aftermath,                 thresholds. For example, we could take                     generate a much smaller impact on the
                                            which contributed to extremely thin                      inflation since 2007 into account,                         registrants’ market value, and may not
                                            public capital market activities. The                    raising the public float threshold from
                                            potential cost savings and the potential                 $75 million to $86.2 million and the                         172 The inflation adjustment was performed using

                                                                                                     revenue threshold from $50 million to                      the CPI calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics
                                                                                                                                                                (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl).
                                            affiliated parties (i.e., corporate insiders and 10%     $57.5 million. An inflation adjustment                       173 An EGC is defined as an issuer that had total
                                            block owners). Registrants with high (low) affiliated
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            ownership include registrants with affiliated
                                                                                                     of the current thresholds would expand                     annual gross revenues of less than $1.07 million
                                            ownership above (below) the sample median. A             the pool of eligible SRCs by 83                            during its most recently completed fiscal year.
                                            negative and significant estimate means that scaled      registrants, 78 of which reported public                   Public Law 112–106, Sec. 101, 126 Stat. 306 (2012);
                                            disclosures have a more negative effect on SRCs          float of between $75 million and $86.2                     15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(19); 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(80). Inflation
                                            with high affiliated ownership than on those with                                                                   Adjustments and Other Technical Amendments
                                            low affiliated ownership. ***, **, and * indicate
                                                                                                     million in their 2016 Form 10-Ks, and                      under Titles I and II of the JOBS Act, Release No.
                                            significance at 1%, 5%, and 10% confidence levels,                                                                  33–10332 (Mar. 31, 2017) [82 FR 17545 (Apr. 12,
                                            respectively.                                                 171 See   Section IV.B.1.                             2017)].



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00021     Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                            32012               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            justify the potential loss of                              (4) ‘‘Regulation 12B’’ (OMB Control No.             within the expanded thresholds of the
                                            informational transparency.                              3235–0062);                                           SRC definition and should decrease the
                                               As a third alternative, we could have                   (5) ‘‘Form 10–K’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–            disclosure burden for registrants
                                            considered reducing the number of                        0063);                                                acquiring other companies by increasing
                                                                                                       (6) ‘‘Form 10–Q’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–
                                            registrants that our rules define as                                                                           the number of acquired companies for
                                                                                                     0070);
                                            accelerated filers, which would expand                     (7) ‘‘Form 8–K’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–             which Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation
                                            the number of registrants eligible for the               0060);                                                S–X permits one less year of financial
                                            Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404(b)                          (8) ‘‘Regulation 14A and Schedule 14A’’             information to be disclosed.
                                            exemption. The newly eligible SRCs                       (OMB Control No. 3235–0059);                             In the Proposing Release, we
                                            under the final rules will remain                          (9) ‘‘Regulation 14C and Schedule 14C’’             proposed to amend the SRC definition
                                            accelerated filers and must comply with                  (OMB Control No. 3235–0057);                          to include registrants with a public float
                                            Section 404(b). This creates two tiers                     (10) ‘‘Form 10’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–             of less than $250 million, as well as
                                            among SRCs. Registrants with public                      0064);                                                registrants with annual revenues of less
                                            floats below $75 million are eligible for                  (11) ‘‘Form S–1’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–            than $100 million for the previous year
                                                                                                     0065);
                                            the scaled disclosures and, as non-                                                                            and no public float. We are adopting the
                                                                                                       (12) ‘‘Form S–3’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–
                                            accelerated filers, are exempt from                      0073);                                                amendments generally as proposed with
                                            Section 404(b). Registrants with either                    (13) ‘‘Form S–4’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–            two changes. In a change from the
                                            (1) public floats of $75 million or more                 0324); and                                            proposal, the SRC definition in the final
                                            and less than $250 million or (2) public                   (14) ‘‘Form S–11’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–           rules also will include registrants with
                                            floats of $75 million or more and less                   0067).                                                annual revenues of less than $100
                                            than $700 million and less than $100                       We adopted the existing rules,                      million for the previous year and a
                                            million in revenues will be eligible only                regulations, and forms pursuant to the                public float of less than $700 million.
                                            for the scaled disclosures and, as                       Securities Act and the Exchange Act.                  As detailed below, the burden estimates
                                            accelerated filers, must comply with                     These rules, regulations, and forms set               for the respective forms and schedules
                                            Section 404(b). In evaluating the costs                  forth the disclosure requirements for                 have been revised to reflect that the SRC
                                            and benefits of this alternative, we                     annual and quarterly reports, proxy and               scaled disclosure accommodations also
                                            considered the comments that the                         information statements, current reports,              will be available to the additional
                                            Commission received in response to the                   and registration statements that are                  registrants that come within these
                                            Proposing Release. In light of these                                                                           revised thresholds.
                                                                                                     prepared by registrants to provide
                                            comments, as stated above, the                                                                                    In another change from the proposal,
                                                                                                     investors information to make informed
                                            Chairman has directed the staff to                                                                             we are amending Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of
                                                                                                     investment and voting decisions.
                                            formulate recommendations to the                           The hours and costs associated with                 Regulation S–X to increase the revenue
                                            Commission for possible changes to                       preparing disclosure, filing information              threshold under which certain
                                            reduce the number of registrants that                    required by forms, and retaining records              registrants may omit from certain
                                            our rules define as accelerated filers.                  constitute reporting and cost burdens                 registration statements or current
                                            V. Paperwork Reduction Act                               imposed by collection of information                  reports the earliest of the three fiscal
                                                                                                     requirements. An agency may not                       years of audited financial statements of
                                            A. Background                                                                                                  an acquired business or business to be
                                                                                                     conduct or sponsor, and a person is not
                                               The final rules will affect existing                  required to respond to, a collection of               acquired.178 Accordingly, we have
                                            rules, regulations and forms that contain                information requirement unless it                     added two new titles, ‘‘Regulation S–X’’
                                            ‘‘collection of information’’                            displays a currently valid control                    (OMB Control No. 3235–0009) and
                                            requirements within the meaning of the                   number. Compliance with the                           ‘‘Form 8–K’’ (OMB Control No. 3235–
                                            Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995                          information collections listed above is               0060), to the collections of information
                                            (‘‘PRA’’).174 We are submitting the                      mandatory to the extent applicable to                 affected by the final rules. The impact
                                            proposals to the Office of Management                    each registrant.177 Responses to the                  of the amendment to Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv)
                                            and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) for review in                       information collections are not kept                  is reflected in the burden estimates for
                                            accordance with the PRA and its                          confidential and there is no mandatory                the applicable forms.179 However, as
                                            implementing regulations.175 We also                     retention period for the information                  discussed below, while we estimate that
                                            requested comment on the changes to                      disclosed.                                            the amendment to Rule 3–05 may
                                            these ‘‘collection of information’’                                                                            decrease the existing paperwork burden
                                            requirements in the Proposing Release.                   B. Summary of the Final Amendments                    for some issuers, we do not believe it
                                               The titles of the collections of                        As described in more detail above, we               will change the total burden estimates
                                            information are: 176                                     are adopting final rules to amend the                 for the relevant registration statements
                                              (1) ‘‘Regulation S–X’’ (OMB Control No.                definition of SRC to encompass a greater              and current reports.
                                            3235–0009);                                              number of registrants and to revise Rule                 The final rules do not change the
                                              (2) ‘‘Regulation S–K’’ (OMB Control No.                3–05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X to align             amount of information required to be
                                            3235–0071);                                              the revenue threshold in that rule with               included in Exchange Act reports by
                                              (3) ‘‘Regulation C’’ (OMB Control No.                  the new revenue threshold in the                      any registrant because of its status as an
                                            3235–0074);                                                                                                    accelerated filer or a large accelerated
                                                                                                     definition of SRC. The final rules make
                                              174 44                                                 scaled disclosure accommodations                      filer.
                                                     U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
                                              175 44 U.S.C. 3507(d); 5 CFR 1320.11.                  available to a larger number of                       C. Summary of Comment Letters
                                              176 The paperwork burdens from Regulation S–X,         registrants. As a result, the final rules
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            Regulation S–K, Regulation C, and Regulation 12B         should decrease the disclosure                          One commenter addressed the
                                            are imposed through the forms that are subject to        requirements for registrants that fall                specific PRA-related comment requests
                                            the requirements in those regulations and are                                                                  in the Proposing Release.180 This
                                            reflected in the analysis of those forms. To avoid
                                                                                                       177 As noted above, registrants claiming SRC
                                            a PRA inventory reflecting duplicative burdens and
                                                                                                                                                             178 See note 99.
                                            for administrative convenience, we assign a one-         status have the option to comply with the scaled
                                                                                                                                                             179 See note 180.
                                            hour burden to each of Regulation S–X, Regulation        disclosures available to them on an item-by-item
                                            S–K, Regulation C, and Regulation 12B.                   basis.                                                  180 See IMA.




                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                     32013

                                            commenter stated that the proposed                       is carried by outside professionals                      1. Form 10–K
                                            adjustment to the SRC definition is fair                 retained by the registrant at an average
                                            and that the details provided as the                     cost of $400 per hour.186 For registration                  We estimate that approximately 966
                                            basis for the cost reduction estimates                   statements, we estimate that 25% of the                  additional registrants will satisfy the
                                            appear to be thorough and specific.181                   burden of preparation is carried by the                  revised definition of a SRC and become
                                            As to the ways to enhance the                            registrant internally and that 75% of the                eligible to use scaled disclosure in their
                                            information collected, the commenter                     burden is carried by outside                             annual reports on Form 10–K. These
                                            stated that the burden of preparing                      professionals retained by the registrant                 registrants could experience burden and
                                            information remained with the                            at an average cost of $400 per hour.                     cost savings under the final rules.190 We
                                            respective registrant and that registrants               While we cannot predict with certainty                   estimate that, if all of these registrants
                                            may be required to provide additional                    the number of newly eligible SRCs that                   used all of the scaled disclosure
                                            disclosure if they are entering into                     will begin to use the scaled disclosure                  requirements, they would save an
                                            capital transactions.182 As to ways to                   provisions, for purposes of our PRA                      estimated 504,063 burden hours and an
                                            minimize the burden of the collection of                 calculations, we estimate that 80% of                    aggregate cost of $67,291,651.191
                                            information, the commenter stated that                   them will do so.187                                         Based on our assumption that 80% of
                                            XBRL may facilitate the evaluation of                       For purposes of the PRA, we estimate
                                                                                                                                                              newly eligible registrants will begin to
                                            data.183 Lastly, the commenter stated                    that over a three-year period,188 the
                                                                                                                                                              use scaled disclosure, we estimate an
                                            that the list of collections of information              annual aggregate decreased burden 189
                                                                                                     resulting from the amendments in the                     aggregate decrease of 403,250 internal
                                            appeared to be complete and that it was
                                                                                                     final rules will average:                                burden hours and costs of $53,833,321
                                            not aware of any collection of
                                            information that would be negatively                        • 403,250 hours and $53,883,321 of                    for Form 10–K.192
                                            affected.184                                             external costs for Form 10–K;                            2. Form 10–Q
                                                                                                        • 88,864 hours and $11,851,661 of
                                            D. Revisions to Burden and Cost                          external costs for Form 10–Q;                              We assume that the same
                                            Estimates                                                   • 481 hours and $64,160 of external                   approximately 966 registrants will
                                               For purposes of the PRA, the final                    costs for Schedule 14A;                                  become newly eligible to use scaled
                                            rules decrease the burden hour and                          • 11 hours and $1,440 of external                     disclosure for purposes of their
                                            costs estimates for Form 10–K, Form                      costs for Schedule 14C;                                  quarterly reports. We estimate that if all
                                            10–Q, Schedule 14A, Schedule 14C,                           • nine hours and $11,163 of external                  of these registrants used all of the scaled
                                            Form 10, Form S–1, Form S–3, Form S–                     costs for Form 10;                                       SRC requirements, they would save
                                            4, and Form S–11 by approximately                           • 145 hours and $174,000 of external
                                            493,016 burden hours and decrease                        costs for Form S–1;
                                                                                                        • 38 hours and $45,600 of external
                                                                                                                                                                 190 We estimate that 966 additional registrants
                                            external costs by approximately                                                                                   will be eligible under the final rules to use the
                                            $66,242,345.185                                          costs for Form S–3;                                      scaled disclosure requirements available to SRCs for
                                               Our burden hour and cost estimates                       • 203 hours and $243,600 of external                  their annual and quarterly reports in the first year.
                                            below reflect the average burdens for all                costs for Form S–4; and                                  We base this estimate on the number of additional
                                                                                                        • 15 hours and $17,400 of external                    registrants that would have been eligible to use
                                            registrants that may benefit from the                                                                             scaled disclosure for their annual and quarterly
                                                                                                     costs for Form S–11.
                                            expanded accommodations. In deriving                                                                              reports in 2016, based on data collected by DERA
                                            our estimates, we recognize that the                                                                              from annual reports on Form 10–K filed in 2016.
                                                                                                        186 We recognize that the costs of retaining
                                                                                                                                                              The data show that 779 registrants had a public
                                            burdens likely will vary among                           outside professionals may vary depending on the          float of $75 million or more but less than $250
                                            individual registrants based on a                        nature of the professional services, but for purposes    million, 26 registrants had no public float and
                                            number of factors, including the size                    of this PRA analysis, we estimate that such costs        annual revenues of $50 million or more but less
                                            and complexity of their business. We                     will average $400 per hour. This is the rate we          than $100 million, and 161 registrants had a public
                                                                                                     typically estimate for outside legal services used in    float of $250 million or more but less than $700
                                            believe that some registrants will                       connection with public company reporting. See            million and annual revenues of less than $100
                                            experience costs in excess of this                       Section VI.D below for a discussion of the               million.
                                            average and some registrants will                        professional skills needed to comply with the               191 Consistent with our analysis in the SRC

                                            experience less than the average costs.                  amendments.                                              Adopting Release and the Proposing Release, we
                                                                                                        187 This estimated realization rate reflects the
                                               For quarterly and annual reports and                                                                           estimate the compliance burden for a Form 10–K for
                                                                                                     percentage of registrants eligible to claim SRC status   a SRC using all scaled disclosure available to be the
                                            for proxy and information statements,                    in 2016 that claimed such status. Based on data          same as the last available PRA inventory for
                                            we estimate that 75% of the burden of                    collected by DERA, 2,408, or approximately 91.2%,        completing a Form 10–KSB, which was 1,272
                                            preparation is carried by the registrant                 of an estimated 2,640 eligible registrants claimed       burden hours and a cost of $169,600 (424
                                            internally and that 25% of the burden                    SRC status.                                              professional hours × $400/hour) per report.
                                                                                                        In addition, this estimated realization rate is          Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible
                                                                                                     further reduced to reflect that a portion of newly       registrants used all available scaled disclosure, the
                                              181 Id.
                                                                                                     eligible SRCs may already qualify as EGCs, which         final rules would decrease the compliance burden
                                              182 Id.
                                                                                                     are eligible to rely on certain scaled disclosure        of Form 10–K by up to 504,062.65 hours (1,793.80
                                              183 Id.                                                requirements for a limited period, including some        internal hours per filing using standard Regulation
                                              184 Id.                                                of the scaled requirements available to SRCs. Based      S–K and Regulation S–X disclosure minus 1,272.00
                                               185 These estimates reflect the difference between    on data collected by DERA, 365, or approximately         internal hours per filing using scaled disclosure =
                                            (1) our estimates of the burden hours and costs for      37.8%, of the 966 registrants in 2016 that would         521.80 internal hours saved per filing × 966 filings)
                                            each affected collection of information under the        have been newly eligible for scaled disclosure           and decrease the cost by up to $67,291,651.41
                                            final rules and (2) the current estimates for each       under the final rules were EGCs and therefore            (598.15 professional hours per filing using standard
                                            affected collection of information prior to              already benefitting from a portion of these              Regulation S–K and Regulation S–X disclosure
                                            effectiveness of the final rules. The current            estimated savings.                                       minus 424.00 professional hours per filing using
                                                                                                        188 We calculated an annual average over a three-     scaled disclosure = 174.15 external hours saved per
                                            estimates for some of the affected collections of
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            information have changed since the Proposing             year period because OMB approval of PRA                  filing × $400 per hour = $69,660.09 external cost
                                            Release due to changes in our rules that are             submissions covers a three-year period.                  savings per filing × 966 filings).
                                            unrelated to the amendments we are adopting. As             189 Our decreased burden estimates take into             192 This estimated decrease in the compliance

                                            a result, our estimated changes in the burden hours      account, and are net of, any increased burden that       burden for Form 10–K is based on 80% ×
                                            and costs for each affected collection of information    may result from SRCs providing expanded                  504,062.65 internal hours saved = 403,250.12
                                            in this release may differ from our estimates for the    disclosures under disclosure requirements that are       internal hours saved and 80% × $67,291,651.41
                                            same collection of information in the Proposing          more stringent for SRCs than for non-SRCs, such as       external cost savings = $53,833,312.13 external cost
                                            Release.                                                 Item 404 of Regulation S–K.                              savings.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM     10JYR2


                                            32014               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            111,080 burden hours and an aggregate                    We estimate that if all of these                            Assuming that 80% of newly eligible
                                            cost of $14,814,576.193                                  registrants used all of the scaled SRC                    registrants will begin to use scaled
                                              Assuming that 80% of newly eligible                    requirements, they would save 602                         disclosure, we estimate an aggregate
                                            registrants will begin to use scaled                     burden hours and an aggregate cost of                     decrease in burden of 11 internal
                                            disclosure, we estimate an aggregate                     $80,200.198                                               burden hours and costs of $1,440 for
                                            decrease of 88,864 internal burden                         Assuming that 80% of newly eligible                     Schedule 14C.202
                                            hours and costs of $11,851,661 for Form                  registrants will begin to use scaled
                                                                                                     disclosure, we estimate an aggregate                      6. Form 10
                                            10–Q.194
                                                                                                     decrease of 481 internal burden hours                        We estimate that registrants newly
                                            3. Form 8–K                                              and costs of $64,160 for Schedule                         eligible to use scaled disclosure will file
                                               We estimate that the amendments to                    14A.199                                                   one registration statements on Form 10
                                            Rule 3–05 may decrease the existing                                                                                per year.203 Assuming that this
                                                                                                     5. Schedule 14C                                           registrant uses all of the scaled SRC
                                            paperwork burden for some registrants
                                            but not change the total burden                             We estimate that registrants newly                     requirements, we estimate an aggregate
                                            estimates for Form 8–K. This reflects                    eligible to use scaled disclosure will file               decrease of nine internal burden hours
                                            our appraisal that few registrants are                   approximately 18 definitive information                   and cost of $11,163 for Form 10.204 Due
                                            eligible to rely on the $50 million                      statements on Schedule 14C per year.200                   to the low number of Form 10 filers and
                                            threshold in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) and our                 We estimate that if all of these                          rounding considerations, we assume
                                            expectation that the amendments will                     registrants used all of the scaled SRC                    that all newly eligible registrants filing
                                            not significantly change the number of                   requirements, they would save 14                          Form 10 will begin to use scaled
                                            registrants that are eligible to rely on                 burden hours and an aggregate cost of                     disclosure and therefore realize the full
                                            Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv).195 This also is                     $1,800.201                                                extent of burden and cost savings.
                                            consistent with the Commission’s                                                                                   7. Form S–1
                                            estimate of the impact on the                            rules. Based on data collected by DERA, registrants
                                                                                                     with a public float of $75 million or more but less          We estimate that registrants newly
                                            compliance burden for Form 8–K when                      than $250 million filed 652 definitive proxy
                                            it revised Rule 3–05 of Regulation S–X                   statements on Schedule 14A, registrants with no
                                                                                                                                                               eligible to use scaled disclosure will file
                                            in 2007 to increase the threshold in Rule                public float and annual revenues of $50 million or        approximately 25 registration
                                            3–05(b)(iv) from $25 million to $50                      more but less than $100 million filed 17 definitive       statements on Form S–1 per year.205 We
                                                                                                     proxy statements on Schedule 14A, and registrants
                                            million.196                                              with a public float of $250 million or more but less
                                                                                                                                                               final rules would decrease the compliance burden
                                                                                                     than $700 million and annual revenues of less than
                                            4. Schedule 14A                                                                                                    of Schedule 14C by up to 13.48 hours (0.75 internal
                                                                                                     $100 million filed 133 definitive proxy statements
                                                                                                                                                               hours saved per filing × 18 filings) and decrease the
                                               We estimate that registrants newly                    on Schedule 14A.
                                                                                                        198 We base our estimate of the reduced
                                                                                                                                                               cost by up to $1,800.00 (0.25 professional hours
                                            eligible to use scaled disclosure will file                                                                        saved per filing × $400 per hour = $100 external
                                                                                                     compliance burden for Schedule 14A for a SRC              cost savings per filing × 18 filings).
                                            approximately 802 definitive proxy                       using all scaled disclosure available on our estimate        202 This estimated decrease in the compliance
                                            statements on Schedule 14A per year.197                  of the compliance burden for Item 407(d)(5) and
                                                                                                                                                               burden for Schedule 14C is based on 80% × 13.48
                                                                                                     (e)(4) and (5) of Regulation S–K [17 CFR
                                                                                                                                                               internal hours saved = 10.79 internal hours saved
                                                                                                     229.407(d)(5) and (e)(4) and (5)], with which SRCs
                                               193 Similar to our approach to estimating the                                                                   and 80% × $1,800 external cost savings = $1,440
                                                                                                     are not required to comply. We estimate this burden       external cost savings.
                                            reduced compliance burden for a Form 10–K using
                                                                                                     to be 0.75 burden hours and a cost of $100 (0.25
                                            scaled disclosure, we base our estimates of the                                                                       203 We generally base our estimated number of
                                                                                                     professional hours × $400/hour) per report.
                                            reduced compliance burden for SRCs using all                                                                       each type of registration statement filed on the
                                            scaled disclosure available for certain other filings       Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible         average number of that type of registration
                                            on the last available PRA inventory for completing       registrants used all available scaled disclosure, the     statement filed in each of the calendar years 2014
                                                                                                     final rules would decrease the compliance burden          through 2016 by registrants that would have been
                                            the most comparable form under Regulation SB. We
                                                                                                     of Schedule 14A by up to 601.57 hours (0.75               newly eligible to use scaled disclosure under the
                                            estimate the compliance burden for a Form 10–Q
                                                                                                     internal hours saved per filing × 802 filings) and        final rules.
                                            for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available to be
                                                                                                     decrease the cost by up to $80,200.00 (0.25
                                            the same as the last available PRA inventory for                                                                      Based on data collected by DERA, registrants that
                                                                                                     professional hours saved per filing × $400 per hour
                                            completing a Form 10–QSB, which was 102.24                                                                         would have been newly eligible to use scaled
                                                                                                     = $100 external cost savings per filing × 802 filings).   disclosure under the final rules filed an average of
                                            burden hours and a cost of $13,362 (34.08                   199 This estimated decrease in the compliance
                                            professional hours × $400/hour) per report.                                                                        less than one registration statement on Form 10 per
                                                                                                     burden for Schedule 14A is based on 80% × 601.57          year during the period 2014 through 2016.
                                               Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible
                                                                                                     internal hours saved = 481.25 internal hours saved        However, we believe an estimate of one Form 10
                                            registrants used all available scaled disclosure, the    and 80% × $80,200.00 external cost savings =
                                            final rules would decrease the compliance burden                                                                   is more reasonable because, as reflected in the
                                                                                                     $64,160.00 external cost savings.                         Proposing Release, such registrants have filed more
                                            of Form 10–Q by up to 111,080.34 hours (140.57              200 We base this estimate on the number of
                                            internal hours per filing using standard Regulation                                                                than one Form 10 in prior years.
                                                                                                     definitive information statements on Schedule 14C            204 We estimate the compliance burden for a Form
                                            S–K disclosure minus 102.24 internal hours per
                                                                                                     filed in 2016 by registrants that would have been         10 for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available
                                            filing using scaled disclosure = 38.33 internal hours
                                                                                                     newly eligible to use scaled disclosure under the         to be the same as the last available PRA inventory
                                            saved per filing × 966 registrants × 3 filings per
                                                                                                     final rules. Based on data collected by DERA,             for completing a Form 10–SB, which was 44.50
                                            year) and decrease the cost by up to $14,814,576.00
                                                                                                     registrants with a public float of $75 million or         burden hours and a cost of $53,400 (133.50
                                            (46.86 professional hours per filing using standard
                                            Regulation S–K disclosure minus 34.08 professional
                                                                                                     more but less than $250 million filed nine                professional hours × $400/hour) per report.
                                                                                                     definitive information statements on Schedule 14C,           Accordingly, if all eligible registrants used all
                                            hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 12.78         registrants with no public float and annual revenues
                                            external hours saved per filing × $400 per hour =                                                                  available scaled disclosure, we estimate that the
                                                                                                     of $50 million or more but less than $100 million         final rules will decrease the compliance burden of
                                            $5,112 external cost savings per filing × 966            filed no definitive information statements on
                                            registrants × 3 filings per year).                                                                                 Form 10 by up to 9.30 hours (53.80 internal hours
                                                                                                     Schedule 14C, and registrants with a public float of      per filing using standard Regulation S–K and
                                               194 This estimated decrease in the compliance
                                                                                                     $250 million or more but less than $700 million and       Regulation S–X disclosure minus 44.50 internal
                                            burden for Form 10–Q is based on 80% ×                   annual revenues of less than $100 million filed nine      hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 9.30
                                            111,080.34 internal hours saved = 88,864.27              definitive information statements on Schedule 14C.        internal hours saved per filing × one filing) and
                                            internal hours saved and 80% × $14,814,576.00               201 Similar to Schedule 14A, we base our estimate      decrease the cost by up to $11,163.20 (161.41
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            external cost savings = $11,851,660.80 external cost     of the decrease in the compliance burden for              professional hours per filing using standard
                                            savings.                                                 Schedule 14C for a SRC using all scaled disclosure        Regulation S–K and Regulation S–X disclosure
                                               195 See Section IV.B.1.
                                                                                                     available on our estimate of the compliance burden        minus 133.50 professional hours per filing using
                                               196 See SRC Adopting Release.                         for Item 407(d)(5) and (e)(4) and (5) of Regulation       scaled disclosure = 27.91 external hours saved per
                                               197 We base this estimate on the number of            S–K, which is 0.75 burden hours and a cost of $100        filing × $400 per hour = $11,163.20 external cost
                                            definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A filed        (0.25 professional hours × $400/hour) per report.         savings per filing × one filing).
                                            in 2016 by registrants that would have been newly           Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible            205 Based on data collected by DERA, during 2014

                                            eligible to use scaled disclosure under the final        registrants used all available scaled disclosure, the     through 2016, registrants with a public float of $75



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM      10JYR2


                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                   32015

                                            estimate that if all of these registrants                   Assuming that 80% of the newly                       Assuming that both of these registrants
                                            use all of the scaled SRC requirements,                  eligible registrants will begin to use                  use all of the scaled SRC requirements,
                                            they would save 181 burden hours and                     scaled disclosure, we estimate an                       we estimate an aggregate decrease of 15
                                            an aggregate cost of $217,500.206                        aggregate decrease of 38 internal burden                burden hours and cost of $17,400 for
                                               Assuming that 80% of these newly                      hours and costs of $ 45,600 for Form S–                 Form S–11.215
                                            eligible registrants will begin to use                   3.210                                                      Due to the low number of Form S–11
                                            scaled disclosure, we estimate an                                                                                filers and rounding considerations, we
                                            aggregate decrease of 145 internal                       9. Form S–4
                                                                                                                                                             assume that both of the newly eligible
                                            burden hours and costs of $174,000 for                      We estimate that registrants newly                   registrants filing Form S–11 will begin
                                            Form S–1.207                                             eligible to use scaled disclosure will file             to use scaled disclosure and realize the
                                                                                                     approximately 35 registration                           full extent of burden and cost savings.
                                            8. Form S–3                                              statements on Form S–4 per year.211 We
                                               We estimate that registrants newly                    estimate that if all of these registrants               VI. Final Regulatory Flexibility
                                            eligible to use scaled disclosure will file              use all of the scaled SRC requirements,                 Analysis
                                            approximately 190 registration                           they would save 254 burden hours and                       The Regulatory Flexibility Act
                                            statements on Form S–3 per year.208 We                   an aggregate cost of $304,500.212                       (‘‘RFA’’) 216 requires us, in promulgating
                                            estimate that if all of these registrants                   Assuming that 80% of newly eligible                  rules under Section 553 of the
                                            use all of the scaled SRC requirements,                  registrants will begin to use scaled                    Administrative Procedure Act,217 to
                                            they would save 48 burden hours and                      disclosure, we estimate an aggregate                    consider the impact of those rules on
                                            an aggregate cost of $57,000.209                         decrease of 203 internal burden hours                   small entities. We have prepared this
                                                                                                     and costs of $243,600 for Form S–4.213                  Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
                                            million or more but less than $250 million filed an                                                              (‘‘FRFA’’) in accordance with Section
                                            average of approximately 17 registration statements      10. Form S–11
                                            on Form S–1 each year, registrants with no public
                                                                                                                                                             604 of the RFA.218 This FRFA relates to
                                                                                                        We estimate that registrants newly                   amendments to the SRC definition as
                                            float and annual revenues of $50 million or more
                                            but less than $100 million filed an average of           eligible to use scaled disclosure will file             used in our rules and Rule 3–05 of
                                            approximately two registration statements on Form        approximately two registration                          Regulation S–X. An Initial Regulatory
                                            S–1 each year, and registrants with a public float       statements on Form S–11 per year.214                    Flexibility Analysis (‘‘IRFA’’) was
                                            of $250 million or more but less than $700 million
                                            and annual revenues of less than $100 million filed                                                              prepared in accordance with the RFA
                                                                                                     burden hours and a cost of $300 (0.75 professional
                                            an average of six registration statements on Form S–
                                                                                                     hours × $400/hour) per filing.
                                                                                                                                                             and was included in the Proposing
                                            1 each year.                                                                                                     Release.
                                               206 We estimate the compliance burden for a Form         Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible
                                                                                                     registrants used all available scaled disclosure, the
                                            S–1 for a SRC using all scaled disclosure available
                                                                                                     final rules would decrease the compliance burden
                                                                                                                                                             A. Need for, and Objectives of, the Final
                                            to be the same as the last available PRA inventory                                                               Rules
                                            for completing a Form SB–2, which was 159.50             of Form S–3 by up to 47.50 hours (0.25 internal
                                                                                                     hours saved per filing × 190 filings) and decrease
                                            burden hours and a cost of $191,400 (478.50
                                                                                                     the cost by up to $57,000.00 ($300 external cost
                                                                                                                                                                The amendments to the SRC
                                            professional hours × $400/hour) per report.                                                                      definition in the final rules are intended
                                                                                                     savings per filing × 190 filings).
                                               Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible
                                            registrants used all available scaled disclosure, the
                                                                                                        210 This estimated decrease in the compliance        to promote capital formation through a
                                            final rules would decrease the compliance burden         burden for Form S–3 is based on 80% × 47.50             modest reduction in compliance costs
                                            of Form S–1 by up to 181.25 hours (166.75 internal       internal hours saved = 38.00 internal hours saved       and disclosure burdens for these
                                            hours per filing using standard Regulation S–K and       and 80% × $57,000.00 external cost savings =
                                                                                                     $45,600.00 external cost savings.                       registrants by expanding the number of
                                            Regulation S–X disclosure minus 159.50 internal
                                            hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 7.25             211 Based on data collected by DERA, during 2014     registrants that qualify as SRCs and are
                                            internal hours saved per filing × 25 filings) and        through 2016, registrants with a public float of $75    eligible to provide scaled disclosure,
                                            decrease the cost by up to $217,500.00 (500.25           million or more but less than $250 million filed an     while maintaining appropriate investor
                                            professional hours per filing using standard             average of approximately 30 registration statements
                                                                                                     on Form S–4 each year, registrants with no public
                                                                                                                                                             protections. These amendments will
                                            Regulation S–K and Regulation S–X disclosure
                                            minus 478.50 professional hours per filing using         float and revenues of $50 million or more but less
                                            scaled disclosure = 21.75 external hours saved per       than $100 million filed an average of approximately     million or more but less than $250 million filed an
                                            filing × $400 per hour = $8,700 external cost savings    one registration statement on Form S–4 each year,       average of approximately one registration statement
                                            per filing × 25 filings).                                and registrants with a public float of $250 million     on Form S–11 each year, registrants with no public
                                               207 This estimated decrease in the compliance         or more but less than $700 million and annual           float and revenues of $50 million or more but less
                                            burden for Form S–1 is based on 80% × 181.25             revenues of less than $100 million filed an average     than $100 million filed an average of less than one
                                            internal hours saved = 145.00 internal hours saved       of four registration statements on Form S–4 each        registration statement on Form S–11 each year, and
                                            and 80% × $217,500.00 external cost savings =            year.                                                   registrants with a public float of $250 million or
                                            $174,000.00 external cost savings.                          212 We estimate the reduction in the compliance      more but less than $700 million and annual
                                               208 Based on data collected by DERA, during 2014      burden for Form S–4 for a SRC using all scaled          revenues of less than $100 million filed an average
                                                                                                     disclosure available to be the same as the reduction    of one registration statement on Form S–11 each
                                            through 2016, registrants with a public float of $75
                                                                                                     in the compliance burden for a Form S–1 for a SRC       year.
                                            million or more but less than $250 million filed an                                                                 215 We estimate the reduction in the compliance
                                            average of approximately 148 registration                using all scaled disclosure available as compared to
                                            statements on Form S–3 each year, registrants with       standard Regulation S–K and Regulation S–X              burden for Form S–11 for a SRC using all scaled
                                            no public float and annual revenues of $50 million       disclosure, which was 7.25 burden hours and a cost      disclosure available to be the same as reduction in
                                            or more but less than $100 million filed an average      of $8,700 (21.75 professional hours × $400/hour)        the compliance burden for Form S–1 for a SRC
                                            of two registration statements on Form S–3 each          per report.                                             using all scaled disclosure available as compared to
                                            year, and registrants with a public float of $250           Accordingly, we estimate that, if all eligible       standard Regulation S–K disclosure and Regulation
                                            million or more but less than $700 million and           registrants used all available scaled disclosure, the   S–X, which was 7.25 burden hours and a cost of
                                            annual revenues of less than $100 million filed an       final rules will decrease the compliance burden of      $8,700 (21.75 professional hours × $400/hour) per
                                            average of 40 registration statements on Form S–3        Form S–4 by up to 253.75 hours (7.25 internal           report.
                                            each year.                                               hours saved per filing × 35 filings) and decrease the      Accordingly, we estimate that, if both eligible
                                               209 We base our estimate of the reduced               annual cost by up to $304,500.00 ($8,700 external       registrants used all available scaled disclosure, the
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            compliance burden for Form S–3 for a SRC using           cost savings per filing × 35 filings).                  final rules will decrease the compliance burden of
                                            all scaled disclosure available on our estimate of the      213 This estimated decrease in the compliance        Form S–11 by up to 14.50 hours (7.25 internal
                                            average compliance burden for Items 503(d) and           burden for Form S–4 is based on 80% × 253.75            hours saved per filing × two filings) and decrease
                                            504 of Regulation S–K [17 CFR 229.503(d) and             internal hours saved = 203.00 internal hours saved      the annual cost by up to $17,400.00 ($8,700 external
                                            229.504], which requirements are scaled for SRCs.        and 80% × $304,500.00 external cost savings =           cost savings per filing × two filings).
                                                                                                                                                                216 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.
                                            We estimate the decrease in compliance burden for        $243,600.00 external cost savings.
                                                                                                                                                                217 5 U.S.C. 553.
                                            a registration statement on Form S–3 for a SRC              214 Based on data collected by DERA, during 2014

                                            using all scaled disclosure available to be 0.25         through 2016, registrants with a public float of $75       218 5 U.S.C. 604.




                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM    10JYR2


                                            32016                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            enable a registrant to qualify as a SRC                   also recommended making changes to                    established, revenue-generating
                                            based on a public float test or a revenue                 the proposed rules that would further                 businesses. The amended revenue test
                                            test that includes registrants both with                  expand the number of registrants that                 in the final rules will enable these
                                            and without a public float.219 We                         would qualify as SRCs and would be                    registrants to benefit from the cost-
                                            believe that the amendments will permit                   eligible to rely on the scaled disclosure             savings of scaled reporting, while
                                            a broader group of registrants to make                    requirements. For example, many                       recognizing that as a registrant’s
                                            scaled disclosure to their investors                      commenters recommended that the                       business and public float grows,
                                            without significantly detracting from                     Commission allow a revenue test for                   investors should benefit from greater
                                            investor protections.                                     companies with a public float.221                     disclosure. The additional information
                                               The amendments to Rule 3–                              Commenters stated that a revenue test                 provided by the registrant in these
                                            05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X will                       would ‘‘stimulat[e] innovation and drive              circumstances will assist a growing
                                            maintain the consistency of the revenue                   business growth,’’ 222 ‘‘ensure that pre-             investor base in making informed
                                            thresholds in Rule 3–05 and the                           revenue companies are not forced to                   investment decisions and should also
                                            definition of a SRC. The current revenue                  divert investment funds . . . from                    lead to a lower cost of capital for the
                                            threshold in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) was                      science to compliance,’’ 223 and help                 business as it grows.
                                            based on the revenue threshold in the                     ‘‘avoid stifling the advancement of                      Two commenters recommended
                                            SRC definition, and the final rules                       [these] companies that face costly                    amending Rule 3–05 to increase the
                                            maintain this consistency by increasing                   compliance burdens.’’ 224 Two                         revenue threshold in paragraph
                                            the revenue threshold in Rule 3–                          commenters specifically recommended                   (b)(2)(iv) to $100 million to maintain the
                                            05(b)(2)(iv) to $100 million. This                        that the Commission adopt a test based                alignment between Rule 3–05 and the
                                            amendment will enable more registrants                    on revenues of less than $100 million                 definition of a SRC.232 Given that the
                                            to omit the earliest of the three fiscal                  and a public float of less than $700                  current revenue threshold in Rule 3–
                                            years of audited financial statements of                  million, as recommended by the Small                  05(b)(2)(iv) was based on the revenue
                                            an acquired business or business to be                    Business Forum.225 In response to                     threshold in the SRC definition 233 and
                                            acquired in certain registration                          commenters 226 and recommendations                    that the final rules, among other things,
                                            statements and current reports.                           from the Small Business Forum,227 the                 increase the revenue threshold in the
                                               The amendments to the accelerated                      definition in the final rules will include,           SRC definition from $50 million to $100
                                            filer and large accelerated filer                         in addition to registrants with a public              million, we believe it is appropriate to
                                            definitions in Exchange Act Rule 12b–                     float of less than $250 million,                      raise the net revenue threshold in Rule
                                            2 maintain the current thresholds at                      registrants with annual revenues of less              3–05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X from
                                            which registrants are subject to                          than $100 million during their most                   $50 million to $100 million.
                                            accelerated and large accelerated filer                   recently completed fiscal year and                       While some commenters supported
                                            disclosure and filing requirements. At                    either no public float or a public float              eliminating the provision in the
                                            this time, we are not raising the                         of less than $700 million.228 As                      accelerated filer and large accelerated
                                            accelerated filer public float threshold                  described above, we believe that it is                filer definitions that specifically
                                            or modifying the Section 404(b)                           appropriate to provide a measure by                   excludes registrants that are eligible to
                                            requirements for registrants.                             which a registrant with public float but
                                               The need for, and objectives of, the                                                                         use the SRC disclosure requirements for
                                                                                                      with limited revenues may qualify as a                their annual or quarterly reports,234
                                            final rules are discussed in more detail                  SRC.229
                                            in Sections II and IV above.                                                                                    many other commenters recommended
                                                                                                         We are not, however, adopting a
                                                                                                                                                            that the Commission increase the
                                            B. Significant Issues Raised by Public                    revenue test without a limitation on the
                                                                                                                                                            thresholds in the accelerated filer
                                            Comments                                                  public float or market capitalization of
                                                                                                                                                            definition, consistent with the changes
                                                                                                      the company, as specifically suggested
                                              In the Proposing Release, we                                                                                  to the SRC definition.235 Commenters
                                                                                                      by two commenters.230 We believe the
                                            requested comment on all aspects of the                                                                         recommended increasing the public
                                                                                                      amended revenue test in the final rules
                                            IRFA, including the number of small                                                                             float threshold in the accelerated filer
                                                                                                      is consistent with the position
                                            entities that would be affected by the                                                                          definition to reduce compliance
                                                                                                      expressed by these commenters and
                                            proposed amendments, the existence or                                                                           costs 236 and to maintain consistency in
                                                                                                      others 231 that it is not necessary to
                                            nature of the potential impact of the                                                                           the rules.237
                                                                                                      subject capital-intensive, low-revenue
                                            proposals on small entities discussed in                                                                           The final rules include amendments
                                                                                                      registrants with larger public floats or
                                            the analysis, and how to quantify the                                                                           to the accelerated filer and large
                                                                                                      market capitalizations to the same
                                            impact of the proposed amendments.                                                                              accelerated filer definitions in Exchange
                                                                                                      reporting requirements as registrants
                                            We did not receive any comments                                                                                 Act Rule 12b–2 to maintain the current
                                                                                                      with larger public floats and more well-
                                            specifically addressing the IRFA. We                                                                            thresholds at which registrants are
                                            did, however, receive comments from                          221 See Acorda, et al; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;       subject to accelerated and large
                                            members of the public on matters that                     CONNECT; CSBA; Nasdaq; NYSE; and Zeller.              accelerated filer disclosure and filing
                                            could potentially impact small entities.                     222 BIO.                                           requirements. These amendments will
                                            These comments are discussed at length                       223 Acorda, et al.                                 change the current relationship between
                                                                                                         224 AMTA.
                                            by topic in the corresponding                                225 See BIO; and Calithera.                          232 See EY; and BDO.
                                            subsections of Section II above.                             226 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;        233 See 1996 Rule 3–05 Adopting Release and SRC
                                              While many commenters expressed                         CONNECT; and CSBA.                                    Adopting Release.
                                            support for the proposed amendments                          227 See notes 20 and 89 for a discussion of the      234 See BDO; CAQ/CII; CFA Institute; Deloitte;
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            to the SRC definition,220 commenters                      Small Business Forum recommendations.                 and EY.
                                                                                                         228 See Item 10(f)(1)(ii) of Regulation S–K;         235 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;
                                               219 See Item 10(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S–K;   Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–       CONNECT; Coalition; CSBA; ICBA; Dixie;
                                            Securities Act Rule 405; Exchange Act Rule 12b–           2.                                                    MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; and Seneca.
                                                                                                         229 See Section II.A.2.
                                            2.                                                                                                                236 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;
                                               220 See Acorda et al; AMTA; BDO; BIO; CAQ/CII;            230 See NYSE; and Nasdaq.                          CONNECT; Coalition; CSBA; ICBA; Dixie;
                                            CONNECT; Coalition; ICBA; MidSouth; Nasdaq;                  231 See Acorda, et al.; AMTA; BIO; Calithera;      MidSouth; Nasdaq; NVCA; NYSE; and Seneca.
                                            NVCA; NYSE; Seneca; and IMA.                              CONNECT; CSBA; NYSE; and Nasdaq.                        237 See BIO; Coalition; Nasdaq; NVCA; and NYSE.




                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                 32017

                                            the SRC and ‘‘accelerated filer’’                        To the extent any small business or                   require the use of professional skills,
                                            definitions by allowing a registrant to                  small organization, as defined for RFA                including information technology,
                                            qualify as both a SRC and an accelerated                 purposes, is not already encompassed                  accounting, and legal skills.
                                            filer.238 As stated above, the Chairman                  within the current SRC definition and                   The amendments are discussed in
                                            has directed the staff to formulate                      the current revenue threshold in Rule 3–              detail in Section II above. We discuss
                                            recommendations to the Commission for                    05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X, we                    the economic impact, including the
                                            possible changes to reduce the number                    believe it is likely that the revised                 estimated compliance costs and
                                            of registrants that our rules define as                  thresholds contained in the final rules               burdens, of the final rules in Section IV
                                            accelerated filers. As part of the staff’s               will capture those entities.                          (Economic Analysis) and Section V
                                            consideration of possible recommended                                                                          (Paperwork Reduction Act) above.
                                                                                                     D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping
                                            amendments, the Chairman has directed
                                                                                                     and Other Compliance Requirements                     E. Agency Action To Minimize Effect on
                                            the staff to consider, among other
                                            things, the historical and current                          The amendments to the SRC                          Small Entities
                                            relationship between the SRC and                         definition in the final rules increase the               The RFA directs us to consider
                                            ‘‘accelerated filer’’ definitions.                       number of registrants eligible to provide             significant alternatives that would
                                               We believe that the final rules will                  scaled disclosures in response to                     accomplish the stated objectives of the
                                            reduce disclosure burdens by expanding                   Regulation S–K and Regulation S–X                     amendments, while minimizing any
                                            the number of registrants that will                      disclosure requirements. These                        significant adverse impact on small
                                            qualify as SRCs and that are eligible to                 amendments do not revise the scaled                   entities. Accordingly, we considered the
                                            provide scaled disclosure, while                         disclosure requirements themselves, but               following alternatives:
                                            maintaining appropriate investor                         could modestly decrease the disclosures                  • Establishing different compliance or
                                            protections.                                             required for registrants that will qualify            reporting requirements or timetables
                                                                                                     as SRCs under the expanded thresholds.                that take into account the resources
                                            C. Small Entities Subject to the Final                      Consistent with the amendments to
                                            Rules                                                                                                          available to small entities;
                                                                                                     the revenue threshold in the SRC                         • clarifying, consolidating or
                                               For purposes of the RFA, under 17                     definition, the amendment to Rule 3–05                simplifying compliance and reporting
                                            CFR 230.157 (Securities Act Rule 157),                   of Regulation S–X raises the net revenue              requirements for small entities under
                                            an issuer, other than an investment                      threshold in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of                   our rules as revised by the amendments;
                                            company, is a ‘‘small business’’ or                      Regulation S–X from $50 million to                       • using performance rather than
                                            ‘‘small organization’’ if it had total                   $100 million. Current Rule 3–                         design standards; and
                                            assets of $5 million or less on the last                 05(b)(2)(iv) allows certain registrants to               • exempting small entities from
                                            day of its most recent fiscal year and is                omit financial statements of businesses               coverage of all or part of the
                                            engaged or proposing to engage in an                     acquired or to be acquired in certain
                                                                                                                                                           amendments.
                                            offering of securities not exceeding $5                  registration statements and current
                                                                                                                                                              The amendments generally do not
                                            million. Under 17 CFR 240.0–10(a)                        reports for the earliest of the three fiscal
                                                                                                                                                           create any new compliance or reporting
                                            (Exchange Act Rule 0–10(a)), an issuer,                  years required if the net revenues of the
                                                                                                                                                           requirements. Instead, the amendments
                                            other than an investment company, is a                   business to be acquired are less than $50
                                                                                                                                                           expand the number of companies
                                            ‘‘small business’’ or ‘‘small                            million. With the amendment, those
                                                                                                                                                           eligible for the different compliance and
                                            organization’’ if it had total assets of $5              registrants will become eligible to omit
                                                                                                                                                           reporting requirements available to
                                            million or less on the last day of its most              the relevant financial statements for
                                                                                                                                                           SRCs and increase the revenue
                                            recent fiscal year.                                      acquired businesses with net annual
                                                                                                                                                           threshold to qualify for the disclosure
                                               We estimate that there are currently                  revenues of $50 million or more but less
                                                                                                     than $100 million in the most recent                  accommodation in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv) of
                                            1,181 entities that qualify as ‘‘small’’                                                                       Regulation S–X.240 As a result, we do
                                            under the definitions set forth above.239                fiscal year. In this way, the amendment
                                                                                                     to Rule 3–05 could moderately decrease                not believe it is necessary or appropriate
                                            We believe it is likely that virtually all                                                                     to exempt small entities in connection
                                            small businesses or small organizations,                 the existing disclosure requirements for
                                                                                                     some registrants; however, we do not                  with this rulemaking. The amendments
                                            as defined in our rules described above,                                                                       are intended to increase the number of
                                            are already encompassed within the                       expect that the number of registrants
                                                                                                     affected by the amendments will be                    registrants eligible to provide scaled
                                            current SRC definition and the current                                                                         disclosures under Regulation S–K and
                                            revenue threshold in Rule 3–05(b)(2)(iv)                 significant.
                                                                                                        Both (i) the amendments to the SRC                 Regulation S–X. To the extent any small
                                            of Regulation S–X and will continue to                                                                         entity is not already encompassed
                                            be encompassed within the revised                        definition, which expand the number of
                                                                                                     registrants that qualify for the scaled               within the current SRC definition or the
                                            thresholds contained in the final rules.                                                                       current revenue threshold in Rule 3–
                                                                                                     disclosure based on revenue and public
                                              238 In conjunction with these amendments, we           float measures, and (ii) the amendment                05(b)(2)(iv) of Regulation S–X, we
                                            also are adopting technical revisions to Securities      to Rule 3–05 of Regulation S–X, which                 believe it is likely that the revised
                                            Act Forms S–1, S–3, S–4, S–8, and S–11 and               expands the pool of acquired companies                thresholds contained in the final rules
                                            Exchange Act Forms 10, 10–Q and 10–K. These              for which registrants are required to                 will capture those entities, thereby
                                            amendments modify the cover page of the specified                                                              enabling them to provide scaled
                                            forms to remove the parenthetical next to the ‘‘non-     provide only two years of financials,
                                            accelerated filer’’ definition that states ‘‘(Do not     reduce disclosure already required to be              disclosures. Therefore, we believe that
                                            check if a smaller reporting company).’’ After these     prepared under our rules. Accordingly,                the amendments will simplify
                                            amendments, a registrant should check all                there are no particular professional                  compliance and reporting requirements
                                            applicable boxes on the cover page addressing,                                                                 for small entities. Small entities may
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            among other things, non-accelerated, accelerated,        skills needed to comply with the
                                            and large accelerated filer status, SRC status, and      amendments themselves. Consistent                     avail themselves of the amendments
                                            emerging growth company status.                          with the current rules, however, a                    upon their effective date. This timetable
                                              239 This estimate is based on staff analysis of
                                                                                                     registrant will need to monitor the
                                            XBRL data submitted by filers, excluding co-                                                                     240 As discussed in note 20, Item 404 is the only

                                            registrants, with EDGAR filings of Forms 10–K filed
                                                                                                     applicable thresholds for disclosure and              disclosure item in Regulation S–K that may require
                                            during the calendar year of January 1, 2016 to           to comply with the underlying existing                more extensive information for SRCs than for non-
                                            December 31, 2016.                                       disclosure requirements, which may                    SRCs. See also note 22.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                            32018               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            will provide newly-eligible small                        PART 210—FORM AND CONTENT OF                          company, an asset-backed issuer (as
                                            entities with the ability to take                        AND REQUIREMENTS FOR FINANCIAL                        defined in § 229.1101), or a majority-
                                            advantage of the scaled disclosure                       STATEMENTS, SECURITIES ACT OF                         owned subsidiary of a parent that is not
                                            requirements at the earliest possible                    1933, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT                         a smaller reporting company and that:
                                            date. In this regard, we do not believe                  OF 1934, INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT                          (i) Had a public float of less than $250
                                            that it is necessary to establish a                      OF 1940, INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT                      million; or
                                            different timetable for small entities.                  OF 1940, AND ENERGY POLICY AND                           (ii) Had annual revenues of less than
                                            With respect to the use of performance                   CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975                              $100 million and either:
                                                                                                                                                              (A) No public float; or
                                            rather than design standards, because                                                                             (B) A public float of less than $700
                                                                                                     ■ 1. The authority citation for part 210
                                            the amendments are not expected to                                                                             million.
                                                                                                     continues to read as follows:
                                            have any significant adverse effect on                                                                            (2) Determination. Whether an issuer
                                            small entities (and are, in fact, expected                 Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77s,
                                                                                                     77z–2, 77z–3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26), 77nn(25),           is a smaller reporting company is
                                            to relieve burdens for some such                         77nn(26), 78c, 78j–1, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o(d),          determined on an annual basis.
                                            entities), we do not believe it is                       78q, 78u–5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm, 80a–8, 80a–20,              (i) For issuers that are required to file
                                            necessary to use performance standards                   80a–29, 80a–30, 80a–31, 80a–37(a), 80b–3,             reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of
                                            in connection with this rulemaking.                      80b–11, 7202 and 7262, and sec. 102(c), Pub.          the Exchange Act:
                                               In Section IV, above, we discuss                      L. 112–106, 126 Stat. 310 (2012), unless                 (A) Public float is measured as of the
                                                                                                     otherwise noted.                                      last business day of the issuer’s most
                                            additional alternatives that we have
                                                                                                     ■ 2. Amend § 210.3–05 by revising                     recently completed second fiscal quarter
                                            considered and their economic
                                                                                                     paragraph (b)(2)(iv) to read as follows:              and computed by multiplying the
                                            impact.241 We note that those
                                                                                                                                                           aggregate worldwide number of shares
                                            alternatives, such as using a different                  § 210.3–05 Financial statements of                    of its voting and non-voting common
                                            threshold or different standard for                      businesses acquired or to be acquired.                equity held by non-affiliates by the price
                                            determining SRC status, would be                         *      *     *      *    *                            at which the common equity was last
                                            unlikely to have a significant effect on                    (b) * * *                                          sold, or the average of the bid and asked
                                            smaller entities because, as noted above,                   (2) * * *                                          prices of common equity, in the
                                            we believe virtually all small entities are                 (iv) If any of the conditions exceed 50            principal market for the common equity;
                                            already eligible for SRC status.                         percent, the full financial statements                   (B) Annual revenues are as of the
                                            Similarly, with respect to the alternative               specified in §§ 210.3–01 and 210.3–02                 most recently completed fiscal year for
                                            of not amending the accelerated and                      shall be furnished. However, financial                which audited financial statements are
                                            large accelerated filer definitions, we                  statements for the earliest of the three              available; and
                                            believe there are very few small entities                fiscal years required may be omitted if                  (C) An issuer must reflect the
                                            that will be considered accelerated filers               net revenues reported by the acquired                 determination of whether it came within
                                            under the definitions in the final rules,                business in its most recent fiscal year               the definition of smaller reporting
                                            and, therefore, this alternative would                   are less than $100 million.                           company in its quarterly report on Form
                                            not significantly affect small entities.242              *      *     *      *    *                            10–Q for the first fiscal quarter of the
                                                                                                                                                           next year, indicating on the cover page
                                            VII. Statutory Amendments and Text of                    PART 229—STANDARD                                     of that filing, and in subsequent filings
                                            Final Rules                                              INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING FORMS                         for that fiscal year, whether it is a
                                                                                                     UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,                         smaller reporting company, except that,
                                              The rule amendments described in                       SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF                            if a determination based on public float
                                            this release are being adopted pursuant                  1934, AND ENERGY POLICY AND                           indicates that the issuer is newly
                                            to Sections 7, 10 and 19 of the Securities               CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975—                             eligible to be a smaller reporting
                                            Act (15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.), as amended,                 REGULATION S–K                                        company, the issuer may choose to
                                            Sections 3(b), 12, 13, 15(d) and 23(a) of                                                                      reflect this determination beginning
                                            the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.),                ■ 3. The authority citation for part 229
                                                                                                                                                           with its first quarterly report on Form
                                            as amended, and Section 72002 of the                     continues to read as follows:
                                                                                                                                                           10–Q following the determination,
                                            FAST Act.                                                  Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j,       rather than waiting until the first fiscal
                                                                                                     77k, 77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26),           quarter of the next year.
                                            List of Subjects in 17 CFR Parts 210,                    77ddd, 77eee, 77ggg, 77hhh, 77iii, 77jjj,                (ii) For determinations based on an
                                            229, 230, 239, 240, and 249                              77nnn, 77sss, 78c, 78i, 78j, 78j–3, 78l, 78m,         initial registration statement under the
                                                                                                     78n, 78n–1, 78o, 78u–5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm,
                                              Reporting and recordkeeping                            80a–8, 80a–9, 80a–20, 80a–29, 80a–30, 80a–
                                                                                                                                                           Securities Act or Exchange Act for
                                            requirements, Securities.                                31(c), 80a–37, 80a–38(a), 80a–39, 80b–11,             shares of its common equity:
                                                                                                     and 7201 et seq., and 18 U.S.C. 1350; sec.               (A) Public float is measured as of a
                                               For the reasons set out in the                        953(b), Pub. L. 111–203, 124 Stat. 1904               date within 30 days of the date of the
                                            preamble, the Commission is amending                     (2010); and sec. 102(c), Pub. L. 112–106, 126         filing of the registration statement and
                                            title 17, chapter II of the Code of Federal              Stat. 310 (2012).                                     computed by multiplying the aggregate
                                            Regulations as follows:                                  ■ 4. Amend § 229.10 by revising                       worldwide number of shares of its
                                                                                                     paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) to read as                  voting and non-voting common equity
                                                                                                     follows:                                              held by non-affiliates before the
                                               241 See Section IV.C. (alternatives include (i)
                                                                                                                                                           registration plus, in the case of a
                                            using a different registrant size metric in the SRC
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                                                                                     § 229.10   (Item 10) General.                         Securities Act registration statement, the
                                            definition, (ii) revising the SRC definition using
                                            different thresholds, and (iii) reducing the number      *      *     *    *     *                             number of shares of its voting and non-
                                            of registrants that our rules define as accelerated         (f) * * *                                          voting common equity included in the
                                            filers, which would expand the number of                    (1) Definition of smaller reporting                registration statement by the estimated
                                            registrants eligible for the Sarbanes-Oxley Act          company. As used in this part, the term               public offering price of the shares;
                                            Section 404(b) exemption).                               smaller reporting company means an                       (B) Annual revenues are as of the
                                               242 See Section IV.B.                                 issuer that is not an investment                      most recently completed fiscal year for


                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                                       32019

                                            which audited financial statements are                            any change in status as provided in                        company status because it exceeded one
                                            available; and                                                    paragraph (f)(2)(i)(C) of this section. In                 or more of the current thresholds, it will
                                               (C) The issuer must reflect the                                the case of a determination based on an                    remain unqualified unless when making
                                            determination of whether it came within                           initial Securities Act registration                        its annual determination either:
                                            the definition of smaller reporting                               statement, an issuer that was not
                                                                                                                                                                            (A) It determines that its public float
                                            company in the registration statement                             determined to be a smaller reporting
                                            and must appropriately indicate on the                                                                                       was less than $200 million; or
                                                                                                              company has the option to re-determine
                                            cover page of the filing, and subsequent                          its status at the conclusion of the                           (B) It determines that its public float
                                            filings for the fiscal year in which the                          offering covered by the registration                       and its annual revenues meet the
                                            filing is made, whether it is a smaller                           statement based on the actual offering                     requirements for subsequent
                                            reporting company. The issuer must re-                            price and number of shares sold.                           qualification included in the following
                                            determine its status at the end of its                               (iii) Once an issuer determines that it                 chart:
                                            second fiscal quarter and then reflect                            does not qualify for smaller reporting

                                                                                                                                                            Prior public float
                                                             Prior annual revenues
                                                                                                                       None or less than $700 million                                  $700 million or more

                                            Less than $100 million .......................................    Neither threshold exceeded .............................   Public float—Less than $560 million; and
                                                                                                                                                                         Revenues—Less than $100 million.
                                            $100 million or more ..........................................   Public float—None or less than $700 million;               Public float—Less than $560 million; and
                                                                                                                and.
                                                                                                              Revenues—Less than $80 million ...................         Revenues—Less than $80 million.


                                              Instruction 1 to paragraph (f): A registrant                       (i) For issuers that are required to file               worldwide number of shares of its
                                            that qualifies as a smaller reporting company                     reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of                    voting and non-voting common equity
                                            under the public float thresholds identified                      the Exchange Act:                                          held by non-affiliates before the
                                            in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (f)(2)(iii)(A) of this                                                                           registration plus, in the case of a
                                                                                                                 (A) Public float is measured as of the
                                            section will qualify as a smaller reporting
                                            company regardless of its revenues.                               last business day of the issuer’s most                     Securities Act registration statement, the
                                                                                                              recently completed second fiscal quarter                   number of shares of its voting and non-
                                            PART 230—GENERAL RULES AND                                        and computed by multiplying the                            voting common equity included in the
                                            REGULATIONS, SECURITIES ACT OF                                    aggregate worldwide number of shares                       registration statement by the estimated
                                            1933                                                              of its voting and non-voting common                        public offering price of the shares;
                                                                                                              equity held by non-affiliates by the price                    (B) Annual revenues are as of the
                                            ■ 5. The authority citation for part 230                          at which the common equity was last                        most recently completed fiscal year for
                                            continues to read in part as follows:                             sold, or the average of the bid and asked                  which audited financial statements are
                                              Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77b, 77b note, 77c,                        prices of common equity, in the                            available; and
                                            77d, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77r, 77s, 77z–3, 77sss,                  principal market for the common equity;
                                                                                                                                                                            (C) The issuer must reflect the
                                            78c, 78d, 78j, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78o–7 note,                       (B) Annual revenues are as of the
                                                                                                                                                                         determination of whether it came within
                                            78t, 78w, 78ll(d), 78mm, 80a–8, 80a–24, 80a–                      most recently completed fiscal year for
                                            28, 80a–29, 80a–30, and 80a–37, and Pub. L.                                                                                  the definition of smaller reporting
                                                                                                              which audited financial statements are
                                            112–106, sec. 201(a), sec. 401, 126 Stat. 313                                                                                company in the registration statement
                                                                                                              available; and
                                            (2012), unless otherwise noted.                                                                                              and must appropriately indicate on the
                                                                                                                 (C) An issuer must reflect the
                                            *       *       *       *        *                                                                                           cover page of the filing, and subsequent
                                                                                                              determination of whether it came within
                                                                                                                                                                         filings for the fiscal year in which the
                                            ■ 6. Amend § 230.405 by revising the                              the definition of smaller reporting
                                                                                                                                                                         filing is made, whether it is a smaller
                                            definition of ‘‘smaller reporting                                 company in its quarterly report on Form
                                                                                                                                                                         reporting company. The issuer must re-
                                            company’’ to read as follows:                                     10–Q for the first fiscal quarter of the
                                                                                                                                                                         determine its status at the end of its
                                                                                                              next year, indicating on the cover page
                                            § 230.405      Definitions of terms.                                                                                         second fiscal quarter and then reflect
                                                                                                              of that filing, and in subsequent filings
                                                                                                                                                                         any change in status as provided in
                                            *       *   *      *     *                                        for that fiscal year, whether it is a
                                                                                                                                                                         paragraph (3)(i)(C) of this definition. In
                                               Smaller reporting company. As used                             smaller reporting company, except that,
                                                                                                                                                                         the case of a determination based on an
                                            in this part, the term smaller reporting                          if a determination based on public float
                                                                                                                                                                         initial Securities Act registration
                                            company means an issuer that is not an                            indicates that the issuer is newly
                                                                                                                                                                         statement, an issuer that was not
                                            investment company, an asset-backed                               eligible to be a smaller reporting
                                                                                                                                                                         determined to be a smaller reporting
                                            issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this                          company, the issuer may choose to
                                                                                                                                                                         company has the option to re-determine
                                            chapter), or a majority-owned subsidiary                          reflect this determination beginning
                                                                                                                                                                         its status at the conclusion of the
                                            of a parent that is not a smaller                                 with its first quarterly report on Form
                                                                                                                                                                         offering covered by the registration
                                            reporting company and that:                                       10–Q following the determination,
                                                                                                                                                                         statement based on the actual offering
                                               (1) Had a public float of less than                            rather than waiting until the first fiscal
                                                                                                                                                                         price and number of shares sold.
                                            $250 million; or                                                  quarter of the next year.
                                               (2) Had annual revenues of less than                              (ii) For determinations based on an                        (iii) Once an issuer determines that it
                                                                                                                                                                         does not qualify for smaller reporting
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            $100 million and either:                                          initial registration statement under the
                                               (i) No public float; or                                        Securities Act or Exchange Act for                         company status because it exceeded one
                                               (ii) A public float of less than $700                          shares of its common equity:                               or more of the current thresholds, it will
                                            million.                                                             (A) Public float is measured as of a                    remain unqualified unless when making
                                               (3) Whether an issuer is a smaller                             date within 30 days of the date of the                     its annual determination either:
                                            reporting company is determined on an                             filing of the registration statement and                      (A) It determines that its public float
                                            annual basis.                                                     computed by multiplying the aggregate                      was less than $200 million; or


                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:26 Jul 09, 2018    Jkt 244001    PO 00000     Frm 00029    Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM     10JYR2


                                            32020                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                              (B) It determines that its public float                         qualification included in the following
                                            and its annual revenues meet the                                  chart:
                                            requirements for subsequent

                                                                                                                                                            Prior public float
                                                             Prior annual revenues
                                                                                                                       None or less than $700 million                                  $700 million or more

                                            Less than $100 million .......................................    Neither threshold exceeded .............................   Public float—Less than $560 million; and
                                                                                                                                                                         Revenues—Less than $100 million.
                                            $100 million or more ..........................................   Public float—None or less than $700 million;               Public float—Less than $560 million; and
                                                                                                                and.
                                                                                                              Revenues—Less than $80 million ...................         Revenues—Less than $80 million.



                                              Instruction 1 to definition of ‘‘smaller                        company’’ in Rule 12b–2 of the                             registrant has elected not to use the
                                            reporting company’’: A registrant that                            Exchange Act.                                              extended transition period for
                                            qualifies as a smaller reporting company
                                                                                                              Large accelerated filer b                                  complying with any new or revised
                                            under the public float thresholds identified
                                                                                                              Accelerated filer b                                        financial accounting standards provided
                                            in paragraphs (1) and (3)(iii)(A) of this
                                            definition will qualify as a smaller reporting
                                                                                                              Non-accelerated filer b                                    pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the
                                            company regardless of its revenues.                               Smaller reporting company b                                Securities Act.’’ The revisions read as
                                                                                                              Emerging growth company b                                  follows:
                                            *       *       *       *        *
                                                                                                              *     *     *      *     *                                   Note: The text of Form S–8 does not, and
                                            PART 239—FORMS PRESCRIBED                                         ■ 9. Amend Form S–3 (referenced in                         this amendment will not, appear in the Code
                                            UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933                                  § 239.13) by revising the text and check                   of Federal Regulations.
                                                                                                              boxes on the cover page immediately
                                            ■ 7. The authority citation for part 239                          before the text ‘‘If an emerging growth                    United States Securities and Exchange
                                            continues to read in part as follows:                             company, indicate by check mark if the                     Commission
                                              Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j,                   registrant has elected not to use the
                                                                                                                                                                         Washington, DC 20549
                                            77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77sss, 78c, 78l, 78m, 78n,                     extended transition period for
                                            78o(d), 78o–7 note, 78u–5, 78w(a), 78ll,                          complying with any new or revised                          Form S–8
                                            78mm, 80a–2(a), 80a–3, 80a–8, 80a–9, 80a–                         financial accounting standards provided
                                            10, 80a–13, 80a–24, 80a–26, 80a–29, 80a–30,                                                                                  Registration Statement Under the
                                                                                                              pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the                      Securities Act of 1933
                                            and 80a–37; and sec. 107, Pub. L. 112–106,                        Securities Act.’’ The revisions read as
                                            126 Stat. 312, unless otherwise noted.                                                                                       *     *     *      *      *
                                                                                                              follows:
                                            *       *       *       *        *                                                                                              Indicate by check mark whether the
                                                                                                                Note: The text of Form S–3 does not, and
                                            ■ 8. Amend Form S–1 (referenced in                                this amendment will not, appear in the Code                registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
                                            § 239.11) by revising the text and check                          of Federal Regulations.                                    accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,
                                            boxes on the cover page immediately                                                                                          a smaller reporting company, or an
                                            before the text ‘‘If an emerging growth                           United States Securities and Exchange                      emerging growth company. See the
                                            company, indicate by check mark if the                            Commission                                                 definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’
                                            registrant has elected not to use the                             Washington, DC 20549                                       ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting
                                            extended transition period for                                                                                               company,’’ and ‘‘emerging growth
                                            complying with any new or revised                                 Form S–3                                                   company’’ in Rule 12b–2 of the
                                            financial accounting standards provided                           Registration Statement Under the                           Exchange Act.
                                            pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the                             Securities Act of 1933
                                            Securities Act.’’ The revisions read as                                                                                      Large accelerated filer b
                                            follows:                                                          *     *     *      *      *                                Accelerated filer b
                                                                                                                 Indicate by check mark whether the
                                              Note: The text of Form S–1 does not, and                        registrant is a large accelerated filer, an                Non-accelerated filer b
                                            this amendment will not, appear in the Code                       accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,                Smaller reporting company b
                                            of Federal Regulations.
                                                                                                              a smaller reporting company, or an                         Emerging growth company b
                                            United States Securities and Exchange                             emerging growth company. See the
                                                                                                                                                                         *    *     *     *     *
                                            Commission                                                        definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’
                                                                                                              ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting                 ■ 11. Amend Form S–11 (referenced in
                                            Washington, DC 20549                                              company,’’ and ‘‘emerging growth                           § 239.18) by revising the text and check
                                            Form S–1                                                          company’’ in Rule 12b–2 of the                             boxes on the cover page immediately
                                                                                                              Exchange Act.                                              before the text ‘‘If an emerging growth
                                            Registration Statement Under the                                  Large accelerated filer b                                  company, indicate by check mark if the
                                            Securities Act of 1933                                            Accelerated filer b                                        registrant has elected not to use the
                                            *     *     *      *      *                                       Non-accelerated filer b                                    extended transition period for
                                               Indicate by check mark whether the                             Smaller reporting company b                                complying with any new or revised
                                                                                                              Emerging growth company b                                  financial accounting standards provided
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
                                            accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,                       *     *     *      *      *                                pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the
                                            a smaller reporting company, or an                                ■ 10. Amend Form S–8 (referenced in                        Securities Act.’’ The revisions read as
                                            emerging growth company. See the                                  § 239.16b) by revising the text and check                  follows:
                                            definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’                       boxes on the cover page immediately                          Note: The text of Form S–11 does not, and
                                            ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting                        before the text ‘‘If an emerging growth                    this amendment will not, appear in the Code
                                            company,’’ and ‘‘emerging growth                                  company, indicate by check mark if the                     of Federal Regulations.



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:26 Jul 09, 2018    Jkt 244001    PO 00000      Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM     10JYR2


                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations                                         32021

                                            United States Securities and Exchange                    PART 240—GENERAL RULES AND                            equity held by non-affiliates by the price
                                            Commission                                               REGULATIONS, SECURITIES                               at which the common equity was last
                                                                                                     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934                                  sold, or the average of the bid and asked
                                            Washington, DC 20549
                                                                                                                                                           prices of common equity, in the
                                            Form S–11                                                ■ 13. The authority citation for part 240             principal market for the common equity;
                                                                                                     continues to read in part as follows:                    (B) Annual revenues are as of the
                                            Registration Statement Under the
                                            Securities Act of 1933                                      Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j,           most recently completed fiscal year for
                                                                                                     77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn,               which audited financial statements are
                                            *     *     *      *      *                              77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78c–3, 78c–5, 78d, 78e, 78f,       available; and
                                               Indicate by check mark whether the                    78g, 78i, 78j, 78j–1, 78k, 78k–1, 78l, 78m,              (C) An issuer must reflect the
                                            registrant is a large accelerated filer, an              78n, 78n–1, 78o, 78o–4, 78o–10, 78p, 78q,             determination of whether it came within
                                            accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,              78q–1, 78s, 78u–5, 78w, 78x, 78ll, 78mm,              the definition of smaller reporting
                                            a smaller reporting company, or an                       80a–20, 80a–23, 80a–29, 80a–37, 80b–3, 80b–
                                                                                                     4, 80b–11, 7201 et seq., and 8302; 7 U.S.C.
                                                                                                                                                           company in its quarterly report on Form
                                            emerging growth company. See the                                                                               10–Q for the first fiscal quarter of the
                                                                                                     2(c)(2)(E); 12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(3); 18 U.S.C.
                                            definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’              1350; and Pub. L. 111–203, 939A, 124 Stat.            next year, indicating on the cover page
                                            ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting               1887 (2010); and secs. 503 and 602, Pub. L.           of that filing, and in subsequent filings
                                            company,’’ and ‘‘emerging growth                         112–106, 126 Stat. 326 (2012), unless                 for that fiscal year, whether it is a
                                            company’’ in Rule 12b–2 of the                           otherwise noted.                                      smaller reporting company, except that,
                                            Exchange Act.                                            *      *      *    *     *                            if a determination based on public float
                                            Large accelerated filer b                                ■  14. Amend § 240.12b–2 by:                          indicates that the issuer is newly
                                            Accelerated filer b                                      ■  a. In the definition of ‘‘accelerated              eligible to be a smaller reporting
                                                                                                                                                           company, the issuer may choose to
                                            Non-accelerated filer b                                  filer and large accelerated filer’’:
                                                                                                     ■ i. Adding the word ‘‘and’’ at the end               reflect this determination beginning
                                            Smaller reporting company b                                                                                    with its first quarterly report on Form
                                            Emerging growth company b                                of paragraph (1)(ii);
                                                                                                     ■ ii. Removing ‘‘; and’’ at the end of                10–Q following the determination,
                                            *     *     *      *      *                              paragraph (1)(iii) and in its place adding            rather than waiting until the first fiscal
                                            ■ 12. Amend Form S–4 (referenced in                      a period;                                             quarter of the next year.
                                            § 239.25) by revising the text and check                 ■ iii. Removing paragraph (1)(iv);                       (ii) For determinations based on an
                                            boxes on the cover page immediately                      ■ iv. Adding the word ‘‘and’’ at the end              initial registration statement under the
                                            before the text ‘‘If an emerging growth                  of paragraph (2)(ii);                                 Securities Act or Exchange Act for
                                            company, indicate by check mark if the                   ■ v. Removing ‘‘; and’’ at the end of                 shares of its common equity:
                                            registrant has elected not to use the                    paragraph (2)(iii) and in its place adding               (A) Public float is measured as of a
                                            extended transition period for                           a period; and                                         date within 30 days of the date of the
                                            complying with any new or revised                        ■ vi. Removing paragraph (2)(iv).                     filing of the registration statement and
                                            financial accounting standards provided                  ■ b. Revising the definition of ‘‘smaller             computed by multiplying the aggregate
                                            pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the                    reporting company’’.                                  worldwide number of shares of its
                                            Securities Act.’’ The revisions read as                     The addition and revision reads as                 voting and non-voting common equity
                                            follows:                                                 follows:                                              held by non-affiliates before the
                                                                                                                                                           registration plus, in the case of a
                                              Note: The text of Form S–4 does not, and               § 240.12b–2      Definitions.
                                            this amendment will not, appear in the Code
                                                                                                                                                           Securities Act registration statement, the
                                            of Federal Regulations.                                  *       *    *     *     *                            number of shares of its voting and non-
                                                                                                        Smaller reporting company. As used                 voting common equity included in the
                                            United States Securities and Exchange                    in this part, the term smaller reporting              registration statement by the estimated
                                            Commission                                               company means an issuer that is not an                public offering price of the shares;
                                                                                                     investment company, an asset-backed                      (B) Annual revenues are as of the
                                            Washington, DC 20549                                     issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this              most recently completed fiscal year for
                                            Form S–4                                                 chapter), or a majority-owned subsidiary              which audited financial statements are
                                                                                                     of a parent that is not a smaller                     available; and
                                            Registration Statement Under the                         reporting company and that:                              (C) The issuer must reflect the
                                            Securities Act of 1933                                      (1) Had a public float of less than                determination of whether it came within
                                            *     *     *      *      *                              $250 million; or                                      the definition of smaller reporting
                                               Indicate by check mark whether the                       (2) Had annual revenues of less than               company in the registration statement
                                            registrant is a large accelerated filer, an              $100 million and either:                              and must appropriately indicate on the
                                            accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,                 (i) No public float; or                            cover page of the filing, and subsequent
                                            a smaller reporting company, or an                          (ii) A public float of less than $700              filings for the fiscal year in which the
                                            emerging growth company. See the                         million.                                              filing is made, whether it is a smaller
                                            definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’                 (3) Whether an issuer is a smaller                 reporting company. The issuer must re-
                                            ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting               reporting company is determined on an                 determine its status at the end of its
                                            company,’’ and ‘‘emerging growth                         annual basis.                                         second fiscal quarter and then reflect
                                            company’’ in Rule 12b–2 of the                              (i) For issuers that are required to file          any change in status as provided in
                                            Exchange Act.                                            reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of               paragraph (3)(i)(C) of this definition. In
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            Large accelerated filer b                                the Exchange Act:                                     the case of a determination based on an
                                            Accelerated filer b                                         (A) Public float is measured as of the             initial Securities Act registration
                                                                                                     last business day of the issuer’s most                statement, an issuer that was not
                                            Non-accelerated filer b                                                                                        determined to be a smaller reporting
                                                                                                     recently completed second fiscal quarter
                                            Smaller reporting company b                              and computed by multiplying the                       company has the option to re-determine
                                            Emerging growth company b                                aggregate worldwide number of shares                  its status at the conclusion of the
                                            *     *     *      *      *                              of its voting and non-voting common                   offering covered by the registration


                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:26 Jul 09, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM   10JYR2


                                            32022                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 132 / Tuesday, July 10, 2018 / Rules and Regulations

                                            statement based on the actual offering                            or more of the current thresholds, it will                   (B) It determines that its public float
                                            price and number of shares sold.                                  remain unqualified unless when making                      and its annual revenues meet the
                                              (iii) Once an issuer determines that it                         its annual determination either:                           requirements for subsequent
                                            does not qualify for smaller reporting                               (A) It determines that its public float                 qualification included in the following
                                            company status because it exceeded one                            was less than $200 million; or                             chart:

                                                                                                                                                            Prior public float
                                                             Prior annual revenues
                                                                                                                       None or less than $700 million                                   $700 million or more

                                            Less than $100 million .......................................    Neither threshold exceeded .............................   Public float—Less than $560 million; and
                                                                                                                                                                         Revenues—Less than $100 million.
                                            $100 million or more ..........................................   Public float—None or less than $700 million;               Public float—Less than $560 million; and
                                                                                                                and.
                                                                                                              Revenues—Less than $80 million ...................         Revenues—Less than $80 million.



                                              Instruction 1 to definition of ‘‘smaller                           Indicate by check mark whether the                      Non-accelerated filer b
                                            reporting company’’: A registrant that                            registrant is a large accelerated filer, an                Smaller reporting company b
                                            qualifies as a smaller reporting company                          accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,                Emerging growth company b
                                            under the public float thresholds identified
                                                                                                              a smaller reporting company, or an                         *     *     *      *     *
                                            in paragraphs (1) and (3)(iii)(A) of this
                                            definition will qualify as a smaller reporting                    emerging growth company. See the
                                                                                                                                                                         ■ 18. Amend Form 10–K (referenced in
                                            company regardless of its revenues.                               definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’
                                                                                                                                                                         § 249.310) by revising the text and check
                                                                                                              ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting
                                            *       *       *       *        *                                                                                           boxes on the cover page immediately
                                                                                                              company,’’ and ‘‘emerging growth
                                                                                                                                                                         before the text ‘‘If an emerging growth
                                                                                                              company’’ in Rule 12b–2 of the
                                            PART 249—FORMS, SECURITIES                                                                                                   company, indicate by check mark if the
                                                                                                              Exchange Act.
                                            EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934                                                                                                         registrant has elected not to use the
                                                                                                              Large accelerated filer b                                  extended transition period for
                                                                                                              Accelerated filer b                                        complying with any new or revised
                                            ■ 15. The authority citation for part 249                         Non-accelerated filer b
                                            continues to read in part as follows:                                                                                        financial accounting standards provided
                                                                                                              Smaller reporting company b                                pursuant to Section 13(a) of the
                                               Authority: 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq. and 7201                      Emerging growth company b                                  Exchange Act.’’ The revisions read as
                                            et seq.; 12 U.S.C. 5461 et seq.; 18 U.S.C. 1350;
                                                                                                              *     *     *      *      *                                follows:
                                            Sec. 953(b), Pub. L. 111–203, 124 Stat. 1904;
                                            Sec. 102(a)(3), Pub. L. 112–106, 126 Stat. 309                    ■ 17. Amend Form 10–Q (referenced in                         Note: The text of Form 10–K does not, and
                                            (2012); Sec. 107, Pub. L. 112–106, 126 Stat.                      § 249.308a) by revising the text and                       this amendment will not, appear in the Code
                                            313 (2012), and Sec. 72001, Pub. L. 114–94,                       check boxes on the cover page                              of Federal Regulations.
                                            129 Stat. 1312 (2015), unless otherwise                           immediately before the text ‘‘If an
                                            noted.                                                            emerging growth company, indicate by                       United States Securities and Exchange
                                            *       *       *       *        *                                check mark if the registrant has elected                   Commission
                                            ■ 16. Amend Form 10 (referenced in                                not to use the extended transition                         Washington, DC 20549
                                            § 249.210) by revising the text and check                         period for complying with any new or
                                                                                                              revised financial accounting standards                     Form 10–K
                                            boxes on the cover page immediately
                                            before the text ‘‘If an emerging growth                           provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of                      *     *     *      *      *
                                            company, indicate by check mark if the                            the Exchange Act.’’ The revisions read                        Indicate by check mark whether the
                                            registrant has elected not to use the                             as follows:                                                registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
                                            extended transition period for                                      Note: The text of Form 10–Q does not, and                accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,
                                            complying with any new or revised                                 this amendment will not, appear in the Code                a smaller reporting company, or an
                                            financial accounting standards provided                           of Federal Regulations.                                    emerging growth company. See the
                                            pursuant to Section 13(a) of the                                                                                             definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’
                                            Exchange Act.’’ The revisions read as                             United States Securities and Exchange                      ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting
                                            follows:                                                          Commission                                                 company,’’ and ‘‘emerging growth
                                              Note: The text of Form 10 does not, and                         Washington, DC 20549                                       company’’ in Rule 12b–2 of the
                                            this amendment will not, appear in the Code                                                                                  Exchange Act.
                                                                                                              Form 10–Q
                                            of Federal Regulations.                                                                                                      Large accelerated filer b
                                                                                                              *     *     *      *      *                                Accelerated filer b
                                            United States Securities and Exchange                                Indicate by check mark whether the                      Non-accelerated filer b
                                            Commission                                                        registrant is a large accelerated filer, an                Smaller reporting company b
                                                                                                              accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,                Emerging growth company b
                                            Washington, DC 20549
                                                                                                              a smaller reporting company, or an                         *     *     *      *      *
                                            Form 10                                                           emerging growth company. See the
                                                                                                              definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’                  By the Commission.
                                            General Form for Registration of                                                                                               Dated: June 28, 2018.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2




                                            Securities                                                        ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting
                                                                                                              company,’’ and ‘‘emerging growth                           Brent J. Fields,
                                            Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the                           company’’ in Rule 12b–2 of the                             Secretary.
                                            Securities Exchange Act of 1934                                   Exchange Act.                                              [FR Doc. 2018–14306 Filed 7–9–18; 8:45 am]
                                            *       *       *       *        *                                Large accelerated filer b                                  BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
                                                                                                              Accelerated filer b



                                       VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:26 Jul 09, 2018    Jkt 244001    PO 00000      Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990    E:\FR\FM\10JYR2.SGM      10JYR2



Document Created: 2018-11-06 10:19:03
Document Modified: 2018-11-06 10:19:03
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionRules and Regulations
ActionFinal rules.
DatesThe final rules are effective September 10, 2018.
ContactAmy Reischauer or Jennifer Riegel, Office of Small Business Policy, Division of Corporation Finance, at (202) 551-3460, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-3628.
FR Citation83 FR 31992 
RIN Number3235-AL90
CFR Citation17 CFR 210
17 CFR 229
17 CFR 230
17 CFR 239
17 CFR 240
17 CFR 249
CFR AssociatedReporting and Recordkeeping Requirements and Securities

2024 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR